Quarterlytics / Technology / Hardware, Equipment & Parts / Coherent

Coherent

cohr · NASDAQ Technology
Claim this profile
Ticker cohr
Exchange NASDAQ
Sector Technology
Industry Hardware, Equipment & Parts
Employees 5001-10,000
← All annual reports
FY2011 Annual Report · Coherent
Sign in to download
Loading PDF…
2011

Annual Report, Proxy Statement & Notice of Annual Meeting

COHR_AR2011_final.indd   1

1/18/12   10:45 AM

COHR_AR2011_final.indd   2

1/18/12   10:45 AM

Dear Shareholders, Customers and Employees

Coherent achieved record performance for orders, 
sales, operating income and earnings per share in 
fiscal 2011 through a combination of key design 
wins in major applications and by leveraging a  
more efficient operating structure.  Revenues of 
$803 million surpassed the previous high of $605 
million in fiscal 2010 by 33%.  The improvement 
in earnings per share was even more impressive,  
rising to $3.46 per share in fiscal 2011 compared 
to the previous high of $1.92 per share in fiscal 
2010 (measured on a non-GAAP basis1).  Our record 
profitability led to strong cash generation, allowing 
us to repurchase approximately $100 million of 
our common stock.  Our total stock buybacks over 
the last four fiscal years were approximately $372 
million, funded completely from cash on-hand.

Each of our four end markets posted double-digit 
sales growth in fiscal 2011 through a combination 
of secular trends, design wins and share gains.  Our 
microelectronics business grew 63% year-over-year 
due to increased demand for mobile, high-definition 
displays, greater adoption of smartphones and  
tablets, and investments in semiconductor capital  

equipment. High definition mobile displays, wheth-
er silicon or AMOLED-based, rely upon laser anneal-
ing to achieve image quality and brightness.  Our 
field-proven Excimer lasers including the VYPER 
Series were the laser source of choice for nearly 
all panel manufacturers.  Not only has this led to 
strong sales and bookings for our Excimer systems, 
it also creates growing demand for service and  
replacement parts, most notably laser discharge 
units or LDUs.  We have expanded our manufactur-
ing site in Göttingen, Germany and are establish- 
ing a LDU refurbishment center in South Korea to 
support this demand.  

The smartphone and tablet markets enjoyed solid 
growth in 2011 as people all over the world used 
various networking applications to communicate 
with family, friends, customers and colleagues from 
their mobile devices.  This trend not only fueled 
demand for high definition displays, but also for 
high density circuit boards known as any layer/HDI 
boards. Manufacturing these boards requires high 
speed, precision technologies that utilize lasers.   
Our Paladin ultraviolet lasers are used to write the 

1 

See reconciliation table at the end of our Compensation Discussion and Analysis section.

COHR_AR2011_final.indd   3

1/18/12   10:45 AM

wire patterns on each layer of the board, much  
like a laser printer.  Coherent’s Diamond E-Series 
CO2 and AVIA ultraviolet lasers drill hundreds of 
thousands of interconnects or microvias per board.  
These applications will benefit further from in-
creased 4G deployment since the average 4G device 
has roughly twice as many layers and interconnects 
as a 3G board.

Lasers for semiconductor manufacturing got off 
to a strong start in fiscal 2011 as utilization rates 
remained high and critical dimension (i.e., node  
size) shrunk, which led to robust demand for  
Paladin ultraviolet and Innova Series ion lasers.  
By the second half, supply shortages at various 
nodes had eased and capacity expansion slowed.  
Service spare requirements and investment in the 
next critical dimension were largely unaffected.  

The materials processing market delivered strong 
year-over-year sales growth of 27%, primarily due 
to better overall market conditions.  Our Diamond, 
G-Series and GEM-Series CO2 lasers grew in mark-
ing, engraving and cutting applications.  We have 
started to recognize orders from our move to light 
industrial lasers and systems.  In fiscal 2011 we 
introduced improved, higher power versions of  

our HighLight direct diode system.  Among the 
larger market opportunities for this product is  
the remanufacturing of precision metal compo-
nents through cladding.  Brazing and heat treating 
are other important techniques.  Sales of our  
METAbeam laser manufacturing tool saw high 
annual growth through access to our broader  
distribution network.  We just launched a new 
version of the METAbeam that incorporates a one 
kilowatt Diamond E-1000 CO2 laser for increased 
processing speed and throughput.  Initial customer 
interest has been strong and shipments of the 
E-1000 equipped tool will begin in fiscal 2012.  We 
made steady progress on our kilowatt fiber laser 
platform, including successful customer trials.   
After additional customer testing, the platform will 
be released during fiscal 2012.

The instrumentation and OEM component market 
remains dominated by medical diagnostics and 
therapeutics.  Our Sapphire, Compass and CUBE 
lasers have set the standard for diagnostic lasers  
for many years.  The emergence of point of care  
diagnostics necessitated reducing the size and  
cost of lasers and led to the creation of the OBIS 
platform.  OBIS is a family of smart, plug-and-play  
lasers that provide output from the ultraviolet 

COHR_AR2011_final.indd   4

1/18/12   10:45 AM

to the infrared.  Their performance, size and cost 
should enable broader penetration of diagnostic 
technologies.  On the therapeutic side, the key  
procedures involve vision correction and treatment 
of eye diseases.  Our ExciStar Excimer lasers are  
the gold standard in vision correction and our  
OPS-based Genesis lasers are helping to improve 
treatment of various eye diseases including  
glaucoma and diabetic retinopathy. 

The scientific market posted another strong year 
despite the absence of stimulus funds.  We attri-
bute part of the growth to attosecond applications 
in physics and chemistry.  The balance of the growth 
came from the introduction of several new products 
such as the Chameleon Vision, Vitara and upgraded 
versions of the Legend and Libra families, which  
allowed us to capture market share.

During fiscal 2011 we acquired and integrated 
facilities in Singapore and Malaysia.  We intend  
to continue to leverage these resources to provide 
applications and services to be closer in proximity 
to our growing base of customers located in the 
Asia region, including the manufacture of several 
products.

As we enter fiscal 2012, we have a strong backlog, 
excellent customer alignment, market leadership 
in three of four markets served, an outstanding 
product portfolio and ample cash reserves.  While 
there continue to be macroeconomic headwinds 
worldwide, we are well-positioned to continue to 
drive long-term value creation for shareholders and 
customers alike.

Sincerely,

John R. Ambroseo,  
President and  
Chief Executive Officer

Garry W. Rogerson,  
Chairman of the Board

All Coherent product names are trademarks of Coherent, Inc.

COHR_AR2011_final.indd   5

1/18/12   10:45 AM

(This page intentionally left blank.)

NOTICE OF ANNUAL MEETING OF STOCKHOLDERS 

DATE:   

February 28, 2012 

TIME:   

8:00 a.m. 

PLACE: 

Hyatt Regency Santa Clara 
5101 Great America Parkway 
Santa Clara, CA  95054 

MATTERS TO BE VOTED ON: 

1. 

2. 

3. 

4. 

5. 

To elect the seven directors named in the proxy statement; 

To ratify the appointment of Deloitte & Touche LLP as the Company’s independent registered public accounting firm 
for the fiscal year ending September 29, 2012; 

To approve our Amended and Restated Employee Stock Purchase Plan; 

To receive an advisory vote on executive officer compensation; and 

To transact such other business as may properly be brought before the meeting and any adjournment(s) thereof. 

The foregoing items of business are more fully described in the Proxy Statement accompanying this Notice. 

Stockholders of record at the close of business on January 9, 2012, are entitled to notice of and to vote at the meeting and at 

any adjournments or postponements thereof. 

All stockholders are cordially invited to attend the meeting.  However, to assure your representation at the meeting, you are 

urged to mark, sign, date and return the enclosed proxy card as promptly as possible in the postage-prepaid envelope enclosed for that 
purpose or follow the instructions on the enclosed proxy card to vote by telephone or via the Internet.  Any stockholder of record 
attending the meeting may vote in person even if he or she has returned a proxy.  Please note, however, that if your shares are held of 
record by a broker, bank or other nominee and you wish to vote at the meeting, you must obtain a proxy issued in your name from that 
record holder. 

Sincerely, 

/s/ John R. Ambroseo 
John R. Ambroseo 
President and Chief Executive Officer 

Santa Clara, California 
January 20, 2012 

IMPORTANT NOTICE REGARDING THE AVAILABILITY OF PROXY MATERIALS 
FOR THE STOCKHOLDER MEETING TO BE HELD ON FEBRUARY 28, 2012 

The proxy statement and annual report to stockholders are available at www.proxyvote.com. 

YOUR VOTE IS IMPORTANT 

In order to assure your representation at the meeting, you are requested to complete, sign and date the enclosed proxy card as 
promptly as possible and return it in the enclosed envelope or follow the instructions on the enclosed proxy card to vote by 
telephone or via the Internet.  Any stockholder attending the Annual Meeting may vote in person even if he or she returned a 
proxy card. 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
(This page intentionally left blank.)

 
 
COHERENT, INC. 
5100 PATRICK HENRY DRIVE 
SANTA CLARA, CALIFORNIA 95054 

PROXY STATEMENT 

GENERAL INFORMATION ABOUT THE MEETING 

General 
The  enclosed  Proxy  is  solicited  on  behalf  of  the  Board  of 
Directors (the “Board”) of Coherent, Inc. for use at the Annual 
Meeting of Stockholders (the “Annual Meeting” or “meeting”) 
to be held at 8:00 a.m., local time, on February 28, 2012 at the 
Hyatt  Regency  Santa  Clara,  5101  Great  America  Parkway, 
Santa Clara, CA 95054, and at any adjournment(s) thereof, for 
the purposes set forth herein and in the accompanying Notice 
of Annual Meeting of Stockholders.  Our telephone number is 
(408) 764-4000.  These proxy solicitation materials were first 
mailed  on  or  about  January 20,  2012  to  all  stockholders 
entitled to vote at the Annual Meeting. 

Who may vote at the meeting? 
You are entitled to vote at the Annual Meeting if our records 
show that you held your shares as of the close of business of 
our record date, January 9, 2012 (the “Record Date”). On the 
Record  Date,  23,533,449  shares  of  our  common  stock,  $0.01 
par  value, were issued and outstanding. 

What does each share of common stock I own represent? 
On all matters, other than the election of directors, each share 
has one vote.  See “Election of Directors—Vote Required” for 
a description of your cumulative voting rights with respect to 
the election of directors. 

How does a stockholder vote? 
Whether  or  not  you  plan  to  attend  the  Annual  Meeting,  we 
urge you to vote by proxy to ensure your vote is counted.  If 
you are entitled to vote, you may do so as follows: 

•  Through your broker:  If your shares are held through a 
broker, bank or other nominee (commonly referred to as held 
in “street name”), you will receive instructions from them that 
you  must  follow  in  order  to  have  your  shares  voted.    If  you 
want to vote in person, you will need to obtain a legal proxy 
from  your  broker,  bank  or  other  nominee  and  bring  it  to  the 
meeting. 

In  person:   Attend  the  Annual  Meeting  and,  if  you 
• 
request, we will give you a new proxy at the time of voting.  If 
you have previously turned in a proxy card, you must notify us 
at  the  Annual  Meeting  that  you  intend  to  cancel  your  prior 
proxy and vote by proxy at the meeting. 

•  Returning  a  Proxy  Card:   Simply  complete,  sign  and 
date  the  enclosed  proxy  card  and  return  it  promptly  in  the 

1 

envelope  provided.   If  your  signed  proxy  card  is  received 
before  the  Annual  Meeting,  the  designated  proxies  will  vote 
your shares as you direct.  

•  Using  the  Telephone:   Dial  toll-free  1-800-690-6903 
using  a 
recorded 
instructions.  You will be asked to provide the control number 
from the enclosed proxy card. 

touch-tone  phone  and 

follow 

the 

•  Through  the  Internet:  go  to  www.proxyvote.com  to 
complete  an  electronic  proxy  card.   You  will  be  asked  to 
provide the control number from the enclosed proxy card.   

For telephone or Internet use, your vote must be received by 
11:59 P.M.  Eastern  Time  on  February  27,  2012  to  be 
counted. 

If you return a signed and dated proxy card without  marking 
any  voting  directions,  your  shares  will  be  voted  “for”  the 
election of all seven nominees for director and “for” all other 
proposals.   

Matters to be presented at the meeting 
We  are  not  aware  of  any  matters  to  be  presented  at  the 
meeting other than those described in this proxy statement.  If 
any other matter is properly presented at the Annual Meeting, 
your  proxy  holders  (one  of  the  individuals  named  on  your 
proxy card) will vote your shares in their discretion. The cost 
of  this  solicitation  will  be  borne  by  us.   We  may  reimburse 
brokerage  firms  and  other  persons  representing  beneficial 
owners of shares for their expenses in forwarding solicitation 
material  to  such  beneficial  owners.   In  addition,  proxies  may 
be  solicited  by  certain  of  our  directors,  officers  and  regular 
employees, without additional compensation, personally or by 
telephone or facsimile. 

Revoking your proxy  
If  you  hold  your  shares  in  street  name,  you  must  follow  the 
instructions  of  your  broker,  bank  or  other  nominee  to  revoke 
your voting instructions. If you are a holder of record and wish 
to  revoke  your  proxy  instructions,  you  must  (i)  advise  the 
Corporate  Secretary  in  writing  at  5100  Patrick  Henry  Dr., 
Santa Clara, CA 95054 before the proxies vote your shares at 
the  meeting,  (ii)  timely  deliver  later-dated  proxy  instructions 
or (iii) attend the meeting and vote your shares in person. 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Attendance at the Annual Meeting 
All  stockholders  of  record  as  of  the  Record  Date  may  attend 
the  Annual  Meeting.   Please  note  that  cameras,  recording 
devices and similar electronic devices will not be permitted at 
the  Annual  Meeting.   No  items  will  be  allowed  into  the 
Annual  Meeting  that  might  pose  a  concern  for  the  safety  of 
those  attending.  Additionally,  to  attend  the  meeting  you  will 
need to bring identification and proof sufficient to us that you 
were a stockholder of record as of the Record Date or that you 
are a representative of a stockholder of record as of the Record 
Date for a stockholder of record that is not a natural person.  
For  directions  to  attend  the  Annual  Meeting  or  other 
questions,  please  contact  Investor  Relations  by  telephone  at 
(408) 764-4110. 

Quorum; Abstentions; Broker Non-Votes 
Our bylaws provide that stockholders holding a majority of the 
shares of common stock issued and outstanding and entitled to 
vote  on  the  Record  Date  constitute  a  quorum  at  meetings  of 
stockholders.   Votes  will  be  counted  by  the  inspector  of 
election  appointed  for 
the  Annual  Meeting,  who  will 
separately  count  “For”  and  (with  respect  to  proposals  other 
than the election of directors) “Against” votes, abstentions and 
broker non-votes.   

A  “broker  non-vote”  occurs  when  a  nominee  holding  shares 
for a beneficial owner does not vote because the nominee does 
not  have  discretionary  voting  power  with  respect  to  the 
proposal and has not received instructions with respect to the 
proposal  from  the  beneficial  owner.   Because  directors  are 
elected  by  a  plurality  vote,  abstentions  in  the  election  of 
directors  have  no  impact  once  a  quorum  exists.   Abstentions 
and  broker  non-votes  represented  by  submitted  proxies  will 
not  be  taken  into  account  in  determining  the  outcome  of  the 
election  of  directors.    Abstentions  and  broker  non-votes 
represented  by  submitted  proxies  will  not  be  taken  into 
account in determining the outcome of Proposals Two through 
Four.  We  will  separately  note  the  total  of  abstentions  and 
broker non-votes when reporting on the outcome of the annual 
meeting.  

Deadline for Receipt of Stockholder Proposals 
In  order  to  submit  stockholder  proposals  for  the  fiscal  2012 
annual  meeting  for  inclusion  in  the  Company’s  proxy 
statement  pursuant  to  Rule  14a-8  of  the  Securities  Exchange 
Act  of  1934,  as  amended  (“SEC  Rule  14a-8”),  written 
materials  must  be  received  by  the  Corporate  Secretary  at  the 
Company’s principal office in Santa Clara, California no later 
than September 22, 2012. 

Stockholder  proposals  must  otherwise  comply  with  the 
requirements of SEC Rule 14a-8.   

Proposals  must  be  addressed  to:    Bret  DiMarco,  Corporate 
Secretary,  Coherent,  Inc.,  5100  Patrick  Henry  Dr.,  Santa 
Clara,  California  95054.  Simply  submitting  a  proposal  does 
not guarantee its inclusion. 

Section  2.15  of  the  Company’s  bylaws  also  establishes  an 
advance notice procedure with regards to director nominations 
and stockholder proposals that are not submitted for inclusion 
in the proxy statements, but that a stockholder instead wishes 
to  present  directly  at  any  Annual  Meeting.    To  be  properly 
brought before the fiscal 2012 annual meeting, a notice of the 
nomination or the matter the stockholder wishes to present at 
the meeting must be delivered to the Corporate Secretary (see 
above), no later than the close of business on the 45th day, nor 
earlier than the close of business on the 75th day, prior to the 
one  year  anniversary  of  the  date  these  proxy  materials  were 
first mailed by us unless the annual meeting of stockholders is 
held  prior  to  January  30,  2013  or  after  March  29,  2013,  in 
which  case,  the  proposal  must  be  received  by  us  not  earlier 
than  the  120th day  prior  to  the  annual  meeting  and  not  later 
than the later of the 90th day prior to the annual meeting and 
the  tenth  day  following  public  announcement  of  the  date  the 
annual  meeting  will  be  held  and  must  otherwise  be  in 
compliance with applicable laws and regulations in order to be 
considered  for  inclusion  in  the  proxy  statement  and  form  of 
proxy relating to that meeting.   

If a stockholder who has notified us of his or her intention to 
present  a  proposal  at  an  annual  meeting  does  not  appear  to 
present  his  or  her  proposal  at  such  meeting,  we  need  not 
present the proposal for vote at such meeting. The Chair of the 
Annual  Meeting  has  the  final  discretion  whether  or  not  to 
allow any matter to be considered at the meeting which did not 
timely comply with all applicable notice requirements. 

If  a  stockholder  wishes  only  to  recommend  a  candidate  for 
consideration by the Governance and Nominating Committee 
as  a  potential  nominee  for  the  Company’s  Board,  see  the 
procedures  discussed  in  “Proposal  One  —  Election  of 
Directors —  Board  Meetings and  Committees  — Process  for 
Recommending  Candidates  for  Election  to  the  Board  of 
Directors.” 

The  attached  proxy  card  grants 
the  proxyholders 
discretionary  authority  to  vote  on  any  matter  raised  at  the 
Annual Meeting. 

to 

Eliminating Duplicative Proxy Materials 
To reduce the expense of delivering duplicate voting materials 
to our stockholders who may hold shares of Coherent common 
stock in more than one stock account, we are delivering only 
one  set  of 
to  certain 
the  proxy  solicitation  materials 
stockholders  who  share  an  address,  unless  otherwise 
requested.   A  separate  proxy  card  is  included  in  the  voting 
materials for each of these stockholders.   

We  will  promptly  deliver,  upon  written  or  oral  request,  a 
separate copy of the annual report or this proxy statement to a 
stockholder at a shared address to which a single copy of the 
documents  was  delivered.   To  obtain  an  additional  copy, you 
may  write  us  at  5100  Patrick  Henry  Drive,  Santa  Clara, 
California  95054,  Attn:  Investor  Relations,  or  contact  our 
investor relations department by telephone at (408) 764-4110. 

2 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Similarly,  if  you  share  an  address  with  another  stockholder 
and have received multiple copies of our proxy materials, you 
may  contact  us  at  the  address  or  telephone  number  specified 
above to request that only a single copy of these materials be 
delivered to your address in the future.  Stockholders sharing a 
single  address  may  revoke  their  consent  to  receive  a  single 
copy  of  our  proxy  materials  in  the  future  at  any  time  by 
contacting our distribution agent, Broadridge, either by calling 
toll-free  at  1-800-542-1061,  or  by  writing  to  Broadridge, 
Householding Department, 51 Mercedes Way, Edgewood, NY 
11717.   Broadridge  will  remove  such  stockholder  from  the 
Householding  program  within  30  days  of  receipt  of  such 
written notice, after which each such stockholder will receive 
an individual copy of our proxy materials. 

Electronic Delivery of Proxy Materials 
In  an  effort  to  reduce  paper  mailed  to  your  home  and  help 
lower printing and postage costs, we are offering stockholders 
the  convenience  of  viewing  online  proxy  statements,  annual 
reports and related materials.  With your consent, we can stop 
sending  future  paper  copies  of  these  documents. 
  To 
participate  during  the  voting  season,  registered  stockholders 
may follow the instructions when voting online. 

Incorporation by Reference 
To  the  extent  that  this  proxy  statement  has  been  or  will  be 
specifically incorporated by reference into any other filing of 
Coherent  with  the  Securities  and  Exchange  Commission,  the 
sections of this proxy statement entitled “Report of the Audit 
Committee” (to the extent permitted by the rules of the SEC) 
and  “Compensation  Disclosure  and  Analysis”  shall  not  be 

deemed  to  be  so  incorporated,  unless  specifically  provided 
otherwise in such filing. 

Further Information 
We  will  provide  without  charge  to  each  stockholder 
solicited  by  these  proxy  solicitation  materials  a  copy  of 
Coherent’s annual report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year 
ended  October 1,  2011  without  exhibits  and  any 
amendments thereto on Form 10-K/A upon request of such 
stockholder  made  in  writing  to  Coherent, Inc.,  5100 
Patrick Henry Drive, Santa Clara, California 95054, Attn: 
Investor Relations.  We will also furnish any exhibit to the 
annual  report  on  Form 10-K  if  specifically  requested  in 
writing.  You can also access our Securities and Exchange 
Commission (“SEC”) filings, including our annual reports 
on  Form 10-K,  and  all  amendments  thereto  filed  on 
Form 10 K/A, on the SEC website at www.sec.gov. 

NOTICE 

REGARDING 

IMPORTANT 
THE 
AVAILABILITY  OF  PROXY  MATERIALS  FOR  THE 
STOCKHOLDER  MEETING  TO  BE  HELD  ON 
FEBRUARY  28,  2012:    The  proxy  statement  and  annual 
report 
at 
www.proxyvote.com. 

stockholders 

available 

are 

to 

Stockholder List 
A  list  of  stockholders  entitled  to  vote  at  the  Annual  Meeting 
will be available for examination by stockholders of record at 
the Annual Meeting. 

3 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
PROPOSAL ONE—ELECTION OF DIRECTORS 

Nominees 
Seven (7) members of our Board of Directors are to be elected 
at the Annual Meeting.  Unless otherwise instructed, the proxy 
holders  will  vote  the  proxies  received  by  them  for  the 
nominees  named  below.   Each  nominee  has  consented  to  be 
named  a  nominee  in  the  proxy  statement  and  to  continue  to 
serve as a director if elected.  If any nominee becomes unable 
or  declines  to  serve  as  a  director,  if  additional  persons  are 
nominated  at  the  meeting  or  if  stockholders  are  entitled  to 
cumulate  votes,  the  proxy  holders  intend  to  vote  all  proxies 
received  by  them  in  such  a  manner  (in  accordance  with 
cumulative  voting)  as  will  ensure  the  election  of  as  many  of 
the  nominees  listed  below  as  possible,  and  the  specific 
nominees  to  be  voted  for  will  be  determined  by  the  proxy 
holders. 

We  are  not  aware  of  any  reason  that  any  nominee  will  be 
unable  or  will  decline  to  serve  as  a  director.   The  term  of 
office of each person elected as a director will continue until 
the next Annual Meeting of Stockholders or until a successor 
has  been  elected  and  qualified  or  until  his  or  her  earlier 
resignation  or  removal.   There  are  no  arrangements  or 
understandings  between  any  director  or  executive  officer and 
any other person pursuant to which he or she is or was to be 
selected as a director or officer. 

The  names  of  the  nominees,  all  of  whom  are  currently 
directors  standing  for  re-election,  and  certain  information 
about them as of December 31, 2011 are set forth below.  All 
of  the  nominees  have  been  unanimously  recommended  for 
the  unanimous 
the  Board  acting  on 
nomination  by 
recommendation  of 
the  Governance  and  Nominating 
Committee  of  the  Board.   The  committee  consists  solely  of 
independent  members  of  the  Board.   There  are  no  family 
relationships  among  directors  or  executive  officers  of 
Coherent.  Mr.  Flatley  was  appointed  to  the  Board  in 
September,  2011  and  was  recommended  by  the  search  firm 
retained  by  the  committee  to  assist  it  in  reviewing  potential 
candidates for the Board. 

Director 

Name 
John R. Ambroseo 

  Age  
50 

Since   Principal Occupation 
2002 

Jay T. Flatley 

59 

2011 

President  and  Chief  Executive
Officer 
President  and  Chief  Executive
Officer of Illumina, Inc. 
Retired  Audit  Partner,  Ernst  & 
Young
President of LWK Ventures 

Chief 
Advanced Energy Industries, Inc. 

Executive  Officer 

of

65 

2008 

69 

2009 

59 

2004 

Susan M. 
James(1)(2) 
L. William 
Krause(2)(3) 
Garry W. 
Rogerson 
(1)(2)(3) 
Lawrence 
Tomlinson(1)(3) 
Sandeep Vij(2)(3) 

71 

2003 

46 

2004 

Retired  Senior  Vice  President  and
Treasurer of Hewlett-Packard Co. 
President  and  Chief  Executive
Officer of MIPS Technologies, Inc.

4 

(1) 
(2) 
(3) 

Member of the Audit Committee
Member of the Governance and Nominating Committee
Member of the Compensation and H.R. Committee

Except  as  set  forth  below,  each  of  our  directors  has  been 
engaged  in  his  or  her  principal  occupation  set  forth  above 
during  the  past  five  years.  There  is  no  family  relationship 
between any of our directors or executive officers.  

from 

September 2000 

John R. Ambroseo.  Mr. Ambroseo has served as our President 
and Chief Executive Officer as well as a member of the Board 
since  October 2002.  Mr. Ambroseo  served  as  our  Chief 
Operating  Officer  from  June 2001  through  September 2002. 
Mr. Ambroseo served as our Executive Vice President and as 
President  and  General  Manager  of  the  Coherent  Photonics 
Group 
From 
September 1997  to  September 2000,  Mr. Ambroseo  served  as 
our  Executive  Vice  President  and  as  President  and  General 
Manager  of  the  Coherent  Laser  Group.  From  March 1997  to 
September 1997,  Mr. Ambroseo  served  as  our  Scientific 
Business  Unit  Manager.  From  August 1988,  when 
Mr. Ambroseo  joined  us,  until  March 1997,  he  served  as  a 
Sales  Engineer,  Product  Marketing  Manager,  National  Sales 
Manager and Director of European Operations. Mr. Ambroseo 
received  a  Bachelor  degree  from  SUNY-College  at  Purchase 
and a PhD in Chemistry from the University of Pennsylvania. 

June 2001. 

to 

Mr. Ambroseo’s status as our  Chief Executive Officer, his 23 
year  tenure  with  Coherent,  his  extensive  knowledge  of  our 
products,  technologies  and  end  markets  and  his  ten  years  of 
service  as  a  director  of  Coherent  make  him  an  invaluable 
member of our Board of Directors. 

to 

Inc.,  a 

Illumina, 

Jay  T.  Flatley.    Since  1999  Mr. Flatley  has  served  as 
President, Chief Executive Officer and a member of the Board 
of  Directors  of 
leading  developer, 
manufacturer and marketer of life science tools and integrated 
systems  for  the  analysis  of  genetic  variation  and  function. 
Prior 
joining  Illumina,  Mr. Flatley  was  co-founder, 
President,  Chief  Executive  Officer,  and  a  member  of  the 
Board of Directors of Molecular Dynamics, Inc., a NASDAQ-
listed life sciences company focused on genetic discovery and 
analysis,  from  1994  until  its  sale  to  Amersham  Pharmacia 
Biotech Inc. in 1998. He served in various other positions with 
that company from 1987 to 1994. From 1985 to 1987, he was 
Vice President of Engineering and Vice President of Strategic 
Planning  at  Plexus  Computers,  a  UNIX  computer  company. 
He is also a member of the Keck Graduate Institute Board of 
Trustees.  Mr. Flatley  holds  a  B.A.  in  Economics  from 
Claremont McKenna College and a B.S. and M.S. in Industrial 
Engineering from Stanford University. 

Mr. Flatley’s  years  of  executive  and  management  experience 
in the high technology industry, including serving as the chief 
executive  officer  of  several  public  companies,  his  service  on 
the  board  of  another  publicly  held  company,  and  his  recent 
appointment as a director of Coherent make him an invaluable 
member of our Board of Directors. 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Susan M. James.  Ms. James originally joined Ernst & Young, 
a  global  leader  in  professional  services,  in  1975,  becoming  a 
partner in 1987 and from June 2006 to December 2009, was a 
consultant to Ernst & Young. During her tenure with Ernst & 
Young,  she  was  the  lead  partner  or  partner-in-charge  for  the 
audit work for a significant number of technology companies, 
including Intel Corporation, Sun Microsystems, Amazon.com, 
Autodesk, Inc. and the Hewlett-Packard Company, and for the 
Ernst & Young North America Global Account Network. She 
also served on the Ernst & Young Americas Executive Board 
of  Directors  from  January 2002  through  June 2006.  She  is  a 
certified  public  accountant  and  a  member  of  the  American 
Institute  of  Certified  Public  Accountants.  Ms. James  also 
serves  on  the  board  of  directors  of  Applied  Materials, Inc.,  a 
global leader in Nonmanufacturing Solutions, Yahoo! Inc., an 
Internet technology company, and Tri-Valley Animal Rescue, 
a  non-profit  corporation  dedicated  to  providing  homes  for 
homeless  pets.  Ms. James  holds  Bachelor’s  degrees 
in 
Mathematics  from  Hunter  College  and  Accounting  from  San 
Jose State University. 

Ms. James’  years  in  the  public  accounting  industry,  her 
service  on  the  boards  and  committees  of  a  number  of  other 
publicly  held  companies  and  her  four  years  of  service  as  a 
director  of  Coherent  make  her  an  invaluable  member  of  our 
Board of Directors. 

L.  William  Krause.    Mr. Krause  has  been  President  of  LWK 
Ventures,  a  private  investment  firm,  since  1991.   In  addition, 
Mr. Krause  served  as  Chairman  of  the  Board  of  Caspian 
Networks, Inc.,  an  IP  networking  systems  provider,  from 
April 2002 to September 2006 and as Chief Executive Officer 
from  April 2002  until  June 2004.   From  September 2001  to 
February 2002,  Mr. Krause  was  Chairman  and  Chief 
Executive Officer of Exodus Communications, Inc., which he 
guided through Chapter 11 Bankruptcy to a sale of assets.  He 
also served as President and Chief Executive Officer of 3Com 
Corporation, a global data networking company, from 1981 to 
1990 and as its Chairman from 1987 to 1993 when he retired.  
Mr. Krause  currently  serves  as  a  director  of  Brocade 
Communications  Systems, Inc.,  a  networking  solutions  and 
a  networking 
services 
infrastructure  company  and  Core-Mark  Holdings, Inc.,  a 
distributor  of  packaged  consumer  goods.  Mr. Krause 
previously served as a director for Sybase, Inc., Packeteer, Inc. 
and  TriZetto  Group, Inc.  Mr. Krause  holds  a  B.S.  degree  in 
electrical  engineering  and  received  an  honorary  Doctorate  of 
Science from The Citadel. 

company,  CommScope 

Inc., 

Mr. Krause’s  years  of  executive  and  management  experience 
in the high technology industry, including serving as the chief 
executive  officer  of  several  companies,  his  service  on  the 
boards  and  committees  of  a  number  of  other  publicly  held 
companies,  and  his  three  years  of  service  as  a  director  of 
Coherent  make  him  an  invaluable  member  of  our  Board  of 
Directors. 

Garry  W.  Rogerson.    Mr. Rogerson  has  served  as  our 
Chairman  of  the  Board  since  June 2007.  Since  August  2011, 
Mr. Rogerson has been Chief Executive Officer and a member 

5 

of the Board of Directors of Advanced Energy Industries, Inc., 
a  provider  of  power  and  control  technologies  for  thin-film 
manufacturing and solar-power generation.  He was Chairman 
and  Chief  Executive Officer of Varian, Inc.,  a  major  supplier 
of  scientific  instruments  and  consumable  laboratory  supplies, 
vacuum products and services, from February 2009 and 2004, 
the  purchase  of  Varian  by  Agilent 
respectively  until 
Technologies, Inc.  in  May 2010.  Mr. Rogerson  served  as 
Varian’s  Chief  Operating  Officer  from  2002  to  2004,  as 
Senior  Vice  President,  Scientific  Instruments  from  2001  to 
2002,  and  as  Vice  President,  Analytical  Instruments  from 
1999  to  2001.  Mr. Rogerson  received  an  honours  degree  and 
Ph.D.  in  biochemistry  from  the  University  of  Kent  at 
Canterbury. 

Mr. Rogerson’s  years  of  executive  and  management 
experience  in  the  high  technology  industry,  his  service 
including  serving  as  the  chief  executive  officer  of  several 
public companies, his service on the board of another publicly 
held company, and his eight years of service as a director of 
Coherent  make  him  an  invaluable  member  of  our  Board  of 
Directors. 

technology  company, 

Lawrence  Tomlinson.    Mr. Tomlinson  retired  from  Hewlett-
in 
Packard Company,  a  global 
June 2003.  Prior  to  retiring  from  Hewlett-Packard  Co.,  from 
1993  to  June 2003  Mr. Tomlinson  served  as  its  Treasurer, 
from  1996  to  2002  he  was  also  a  Vice  President  and  from 
2002  to  June 2003  was  also  a  Senior  Vice  President. 
Mr. Tomlinson  is  a  member  of  the  board  of  directors  of 
Salesforce.com, Inc.,  a  customer  relationship  management 
service  provider.  Mr. Tomlinson  previously  served  as  a 
director of Therma-Wave, Inc. Mr. Tomlinson received a B.S. 
degree in accounting from Rutgers University and an M.B.A. 
from Santa Clara University. 

Mr. Tomlinson’s  years  of  executive  and  management 
experience  in  the  high  technology  industry,  his  experience  in 
the finance and accounting industry, his service on the boards 
and committees of a number of other publicly held companies 
and his nine years of service as a director of Coherent make 
him an invaluable member of our Board of Directors. 

Sandeep  Vij.    Mr. Vij  has  held  the  position  of  President  and 
Chief Executive Officer of MIPS Technologies, Inc., a leading 
provider  of  processor  architectures  and  cores,  since 
January 2010. 
  Previously,  Mr. Vij  had  been  the  Vice 
President  and  General  Manager  of  the  Broadband  and 
Consumer  Division  of  Cavium  Networks, Inc.,  a  provider  of 
highly  integrated  semiconductor  products  from  May 2008  to 
January 2010.  Prior  to  that  he  held  the  position  of  Vice 
President  of  Worldwide  Marketing,  Services  and  Support  for 
Xilinx Inc.,  a  digital  programmable  logic  device  provider, 
from  2007  to  April 2008.  From  2001  to  2006,  he  held  the 
position of Vice President of Worldwide Marketing at Xilinx. 
From 1997 to 2001, he served as Vice President and General 
Manager  of  the  General  Products  Division  at  Xilinx.  Mr. Vij 
joined  Xilinx  in  1996  as  Director  of  FPGA  Marketing.  
Mr. Vij  is  a  member  of  the  board  of  directors  of  MIPS 
Technologies, Inc.  He  is  a  graduate  of  General  Electric’s 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Edison  Engineering  Program  and  Advanced  Courses  in 
Engineering.  He  holds  a  Masters  degree 
in  electrical 
engineering  from  Stanford  University  and  a  B.S.  degree  in 
electrical engineering from San Jose State University. 

Mr. Vij’s  years  of  executive  and  management  experience  in 
the  high  technology  industry,  including  serving  as  the  chief 
executive officer of another public company, his service on the 
board of another publicly held company, and his eight years of 
service  as  a  director  of  Coherent  make  him  an  invaluable 
member of our Board of Directors. 

Director Independence 
The  Board  has  determined  that,  with  the  exception  of 
Mr. Ambroseo,  all  of  its  current  members  and  all  of  the 
nominees for director are “independent directors” as that term 
is  defined  in  the  marketplace  rules of  the  Nasdaq  Stock 
Market. 

Board Meetings and Committees 
The  Board  held  a  total  of  seven  (7) meetings  during  fiscal 
2011.   During  fiscal  2011,  the  Board  had  three  standing 
committees: the Audit Committee; the Compensation and H.R. 
Committee; and the Governance and Nominating Committee.  
From  time  to  time,  the  Board  may  create  limited  ad  hoc 
committees,  service  on  which  does  not  provide  additional 
compensation.  In  the  past,  the  Board  has  also  established 
special  committees.  No  director  serving  during  fiscal  2011 
attended  fewer  than  75%  of  the  aggregate  of  all  meetings  of 
the Board and the committees of the Board upon which such 
director  served.    All  of  the  members  of  each  standing 
committee  are  “independent”  as  defined  under  the  applicable 
rules established by the Nasdaq Stock Market. 

Audit Committee  
The  Audit  Committee,  which  has  been  established 
in 
accordance  with  Section 3(a)(58)(A) of  the  Exchange  Act, 
consists  of  directors  James,  Rogerson,  and  Tomlinson.   The 
Audit  Committee  held  eleven  (11)  meetings  during  fiscal 
2011.   The  Board  has  determined  that  directors  James, 
Rogerson  and  Tomlinson  are  “audit  committee  financial 
experts”  as  that  term  is  defined  in  the  rules  of  the  SEC.  
Among  other  things,  the  Audit  Committee  has  the  sole 
authority  for  appointing  and  supervising  our  independent 
registered public accounting firm and is primarily responsible 
for  approving  the  services  performed  by  our  independent 
registered  public  accounting  firm  and  for  reviewing  and 
evaluating  our  accounting  principles  and  our  system  of 
internal accounting controls.   

Compensation and H.R. Committee 
For fiscal 2011, the Compensation and H.R. Committee of the 
Board consists of directors Krause, Rogerson, Tomlinson and 
Vij.   In  December,  2011,  Mr.  Flatley  replaced  Mr.  Rogerson 
on  the  committee.  All  of  the  members  of  the  Compensation 
and  H.R.  Committee  are  “independent”  as  defined  under  the 
marketplace 
the  Nasdaq  Stock  Market.   The 
Compensation  and  H.R.  Committee  held  nine  (9) meetings 
during  fiscal  2011.   The  Compensation  and  H.R.  Committee, 
among  other  things,  reviews  and  approves  our  executive 

rules of 

compensation policies and programs, and makes equity grants 
to  our  employees,  including  officers,  pursuant  to  our  stock 
option plans.  This committee has the sole authority delegated 
to it by the Board to make equity grants, which must be done 
at  a  meeting  rather  than  by  written  consent.  For  additional 
information  about  the  committee’s  processes  and  procedures 
the  consideration  and  determination  of  executive 
for 
compensation, see “Compensation Discussion and Analysis”. 

Governance and Nominating Committee 
The  Governance  and  Nominating  Committee  consists  of 
directors  James,  Krause  and Rogerson.    The  Governance and 
Nominating  Committee  held  five  (5) meetings  during  fiscal 
2011.   The  Governance  and  Nominating  Committee,  among 
other things, assists the Board by making recommendations to 
the  Board  on  matters  concerning  director  nominations  and 
elections,  board  committees  and  corporate  governance  and 
compensation  for  directors.   For  fiscal  2011,  the  committee 
retained  an  independent  compensation  consultant  to  advise  it 
on Board compensation. 

Copies  of  the  charters  for  each  of  our  committees  may  be 
found  on  our  website  at  www.coherent.com  under  “Investor 
Relations”. 

Attendance  at  Annual  Meeting  of  Stockholders  by  the 
members of the Board of Directors 
All  directors  are  encouraged,  but  not  required  to  attend  our 
annual  meeting  of  stockholders.   At  our  annual  meeting  held 
on  March  31,  2011,  all  members  of  the  Board  attended  in 
person. 

Process  for  Stockholders  to  Recommend  Candidates  for 
Election to the Board of Directors 
The  Governance  and  Nominating  Committee  will  consider 
nominees  properly 
recommended  by  stockholders.   A 
stockholder that desires to recommend a candidate for election 
to the Board must direct the recommendation in writing to us 
at  our  principal  offices  (Attention:  Bret  M.  DiMarco, 
Corporate  Secretary)  and  must  include  the  candidate’s  name, 
age,  home  and  business  contact 
information,  principal 
occupation or employment, the number of shares beneficially 
owned by the nominee, whether any hedging transactions have 
been  entered  into  by  the  nominee  or  on  his  or  her  behalf, 
information  regarding  any  arrangements  or  understandings 
between  the  nominee  and  the  stockholder  nominating  the 
nominee  or  any  other  persons  relating  to  the  nomination,  a 
written  statement  by  the  nominee  acknowledging  that  the 
nominee  will  owe  a  fiduciary  duty  to  Coherent  if  elected, 
and  any  other  information  required  to  be  disclosed  about  the 
nominee if proxies were to be solicited to elect the nominee as 
a director.   

For  a  stockholder  recommendation  to  be  considered  by  the 
Governance  and  Nominating  Committee  as  a  potential 
candidate at an annual meeting, nominations must be received 
on or before the deadline for receipt of stockholder proposals 
for  such  meeting.   In  the  event  a  stockholder  decides  to 
nominate a candidate for director and solicits proxies for such 
candidate,  the  stockholder  will  need  to  follow  the  rules set 

6 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
forth  by  the  SEC  and  in  our  bylaws.   See  “General 
Information  About  The  Meeting—Deadline  for  Receipt  of 
Stockholder Proposals.” 

The  Governance  and  Nominating  Committee’s  criteria  and 
process  for  evaluating  and  identifying  the  candidates  that  it 
approves as director nominees are as follows: 

the  Governance  and  Nominating  Committee  regularly 

• 
reviews the current composition and size of the Board; 

the  Governance  and  Nominating  Committee  reviews  the 
• 
qualifications  of  any  candidates  who  have  been  properly 
recommended  by  a  stockholder,  as  well  as  those  candidates 
who have been identified by management, individual members 
of the Board or, if the Governance and Nominating Committee 
determines,  a  search  firm.   Such  review  may, 
the 
Governance  and  Nominating  Committee’s  discretion,  include 
a review solely of information provided to the Governance and 
Nominating  Committee  or  may  also  include  discussions  with 
persons  familiar  with  the  candidate,  an  interview  with  the 
candidate or other actions that the committee deems proper; 

in 

the Governance and Nominating Committee evaluates the 
• 
performance  of  the  Board  as  a  whole  and  evaluates  the 
qualifications of individual members of the Board eligible for 
re-election at the annual meeting of stockholders; 

the Governance and Nominating Committee considers the 
• 
suitability of each candidate, including the current members of 
the Board, in light of the current size and composition of the 
Board.   Except  as  may  be  required  by  rules promulgated  by 
the Nasdaq Stock Market or the SEC, it is the current belief of 
the Governance and Nominating Committee that there are no 
specific,  minimum  qualifications  that  must  be  met  by  any 
candidate  for  the  Board,  nor  are  there  specific  qualities  or 
skills that are necessary for one or more of the members of the 
Board  to  possess.   In  evaluating  the  qualifications  of  the 
candidates,  the  Governance  and  Nominating  Committee 
considers  many  factors, 
issues  of  character, 
judgment, 
independence,  age,  expertise,  diversity  of 
experience,  length  of  service,  other  commitments  and  the 
like. While  Coherent  does  not  have  a  formal  policy  with 
regard to the consideration of diversity in identifying director 
nominees, as noted above, diversity is one of many factors that 
the committee considers.  

including, 

has 

The  Governance  and  Nominating  Committee  evaluates  such 
factors,  among  others,  and  does  not  assign  any  particular 
weighting or priority to any of these factors.  The Governance 
and  Nominating  Committee  considers  each 
individual 
candidate in the context of the current perceived needs of the 
Board  as  a  whole.   While  the  Governance  and  Nominating 
specific  minimum 
Committee 
qualifications  for  director  candidates,  the  Governance  and 
Nominating Committee believes that candidates and nominees 
must reflect a Board that is comprised of directors who (i) are 
predominantly independent, (ii) are of high integrity, (iii) have 
qualifications that will increase the overall effectiveness of the 
Board, and (iv) meet other requirements as may be required by 
applicable  rules,  such  as  financial  literacy  or  financial 
expertise with respect to audit committee members; 

established 

not 

in evaluating and identifying candidates, the Governance 
• 
and  Nominating  Committee  has  the  authority  to  retain  and 
terminate  any  third  party  search  firm  that  is  used  to  identify 
director  candidates  and  has  the  authority  to  approve  the  fees 
and retention terms of any search firm; and 

after such review and consideration, the Governance and 
• 
Nominating  Committee  recommends  the  slate  of  director 
nominees to the full Board for its approval. 

The Governance and Nominating Committee will endeavor to 
notify,  or  cause  to  be  notified,  all  director  candidates, 
including those recommended by a stockholder, of its decision 
as  to  whether  to  nominate  such  individual  for  election  to  the 
Board. 

Stockholder Communication with the Board of Directors 
While  the  Board  believes  that  management  speaks  for 
Coherent, any stockholder may contact any of our directors by 
writing  to  them  by  mail  c/o  Bret  M.  DiMarco,  Corporate 
Secretary,  at  our  principal  executive  offices,  the  address  of 
which appears on the cover of this proxy statement. 

Any  stockholder  may  report  to  us  any  complaints  regarding 
accounting, internal accounting controls, or auditing matters.  
Any stockholder who wishes to so contact us should send such 
complaints  to  the  Audit  Committee  c/o  Bret  M.  DiMarco, 
Corporate  Secretary,  at  our  principal  executive  offices,  the 
address of which appears on the cover of this proxy statement. 

Any stockholder communications that the Board is to receive 
will first go to our Corporate Secretary, who will log the date 
of  receipt  of  the  communication  as  well  as  the  identity  and 
contact  information  of  the  correspondent  in  our  stockholder 
communications log. 

Our  Corporate  Secretary  will  review,  summarize  and,  if 
appropriate,  investigate  the  complaint  under  the  direction  of 
the appropriate committee of the Board in a timely manner.  In 
the  case  of  accounting  or  auditing  related  matters,  a  member 
of the Audit Committee, or the Audit Committee as a whole, 
will  then  review  the  summary  of  the  communication,  the 
results of the investigation, if any, and, if appropriate, the draft 
response.  The summary and response will be in the form of a 

7 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
memo,  which  will  become  part  of 
the  stockholder 
communications  log  that  the  Corporate  Secretary  maintains 
with respect to all stockholder communications. 

Independent Chair and Board Leadership 
Our  Board  leadership  structure  consists  of  an  independent 
Chairman,  who  is  elected  by  the  independent  directors,  and 
independent  committee  chairs.    We  separate  the  positions  of 
Chief  Executive  Officer  and  Chairman  in  recognition  of  the 
differences  between  the  two  roles.  The  Board  believes  this 
structure  provides 
leadership  and 
engagement.  Given  that  our  Chairman  is  an  independent 
director, the Board does not feel the need for a separate “lead 
independent director,” as our independent Chairman performs 
that function.  The Board takes its independence seriously and 
reinforces  this  standard  with  six  of  its  seven  members  being 
independent.   

independent  Board 

The role of the Board and its committees in risk oversight 
The Board oversees Coherent’s risk profile and management’s 
processes  for  assessing  and  managing  risk,  both  as  a  whole 
Board  and  through  its  committees,  with  our  Governance  and 
Nominating  Committee  delegated 
the  responsibility  for 
assigning oversight responsibilities to each committee and the 
Board as a whole.  Our senior executive team provides regular 
updates  to  the  Board  and  each  committee  regarding  our 
strategies and objectives and the risks inherent with them.   

those  related 

Each  regular  meeting  of  the  Board  includes  a  discussion  of 
risks related to the Company’s financial results and operations 
and  each  committee  schedules  risk-related  presentations 
regularly  throughout  the  year.    In  addition our directors have 
access  to  our  management  to  discuss  any  matters  of  interest, 
including 
  Those  members  of 
to  risk. 
management  most  knowledgeable  of  the  issues  attend  Board 
and  committee  meeting  to  provide  additional  insight  on  the 
matters being discussed, including risk exposures.  Our Chief 
Financial Officer and General Counsel both report directly to 
our  Chief  Executive  Officer,  providing  him  with  further 
visibility to our risk profile.  A Vice President, Finance is the 
designated officer overseeing our enterprise risk management 

program  and  works  closely  with  both  our  Chief  Financial 
Officer and General Counsel on these matters. 

These  regular  meetings  also  provide  our  Board  members  the 
opportunity  to  discuss  issues  of  concern  directly  with 
management.  In general the Board and its committees oversee 
the following risk categories: 

The  Board  oversees  generally  the  Company’s  overall 
• 
enterprise  risk  management  process  and  specifically  with 
regards  to  the  areas  of  strategy,  mergers  and  acquisitions, 
communications and operations; 

The  Audit  Committee  generally  oversees  risks  primarily 
• 
related  to  financial  controls, accounting,  tax,  treasury,  capital 
legal, regulatory and compliance; 

The Compensation and HR Committee generally oversees 
• 
our  compensation  programs  so  that  they  do  not  incentivize 
excessive  risk  taking  as  well  as  overseeing  human  resources 
related risks; and 

The Governance and Nominating Committee oversees the 
• 
assignment  of  risk  oversight  categories  by  each  particular 
committee and/or the Board as a whole as well as those risks 
related to compensation of members of the Board, succession 
planning for the Board and chief executive officer.  

the  compensation  program 

In  the  fall  of  2010,  the  Compensation  and  H.R.  Committee 
reviewed 
risk  assessment 
performed  by  outside  legal  counsel  and  management  which 
evaluated  the  primary  design  features  of  the  Company’s 
compensation  plans.    In  the  fall  of  2011,  management  again 
presented  an  assessment  of  the  risks  associated  with  the 
Company’s compensation plans.  The Committee agreed with 
the  conclusion  that  the  risks  were  within  our  ability  to 
effectively  monitor  and  manage  and  that  these  risks  are  not 
reasonably  likely  to  have  a  material  adverse  effect  on  the 
Company. 

8 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Fiscal 2011 Director Compensation 

During  fiscal  2011,  we  paid  our  non-employee 
directors an annual retainer (depending upon position) 
and for service on the Board as follows: 

Position 
Board Member 
Board Chair 
Audit Committee Chair 
Compensation and H.R. Comm. Chair 
Governance & Nominating Comm. Chair 
Audit Committee member (non-Chair) 
Compensation and H.R. Committee 

member (non-Chair) 

Governance and Nominating Committee 

member (non-Chair) 

Annual Retainer
40,000 
16,000 
34,000 
16,000 
10,750 
12,500 

$
$
$
$
$
$

$

$

8,500 

6,500 

The  chart  below  summarizes  the  gross  cash  amounts 
earned  by  non-employee  directors  for  service  during 
fiscal  2011  on  the  Board  and  its  committees  (all 
amounts in dollars): 

Annual 
Board 
Service 

Name 
Jay T. 

Compensa
tion 
and H.R. 
Committee 

Nominating
and 
Governance
Committee

Audit 
Committee 

Total 

N/A

Flatley(2) 

N/A 
Susan M. James   $40,000 $34,000 
L. William 
Krause 
Garry W. 

$40,000

N/A
--

N/A

N/A
$6,500 $80,500

--  $8,500

$6,500 $55,000

grant date fair value computed in accordance with FASB 
ASC  718,  for  restricted  stock  units  and  stock  options 
which  were  granted  in  fiscal  2011.  The  assumptions 
used to calculate the value of these stock units and stock 
options  are  set  forth  in  Note 12.  “Employee  Stock 
Option  and  Benefit  Plans”  of 
the 
Consolidated Financial Statements in our Annual Report 
on Form 10-K for the year ended October 1, 2011. 

the  Notes 

to 

(2)  The directors’ aggregate holdings of RSUs as of October 

1, 2011 were as follows: 

Name 
Jay T. Flatley  
Susan M. James 
L. William Krause 
Garry W. Rogerson 
Lawrence Tomlinson 
Sandeep Vij 

Shares (1) 

2,000(2) 
7,500(3) 
7,500(4) 
7,500(5) 
7,500(5) 
7,500(5) 

(1)  The  shares  underlying  the  RSUs  will  vest  to  the 
extent  an  individual  is  a  member  of  the  Board  of 
Directors on such vesting date. 

(2)  2,000 shares vest on September 20, 2014 
(3)  3,500  shares  vest  on  February 15,  2012  and  2,000 
shares vest on each of March 11, 2012 and April 1, 
2013  

(4)  3,500  shares  vest  on  February 15,  2012  and  2,000 
shares  vest  on  each  of  June 4,  2012  and  April 1, 
2013 

(5)  3,500  shares  vest  on  February 15,  2012  and  2,000 
shares vest on each of March 11, 2012 and April 1, 
2013 

Rogerson  $56,000(1) $12,500  $8,500 $10,750 $87,750

Lawrence 

Tomlinson 

Sandeep Vij 

$40,000 $12,500  $8,500
--  $16,000
$40,000

-- $61,000
-- $56,000

The directors’ aggregate holdings of stock option awards 
(both vested and unvested) as of October 1, 2011 were 
as follows:

(1) 
Includes Mr. Rogerson’s service as Chairman of the Board. 
(2)  Mr.  Flatley  joined  the  Board  on  September  20,  2011  and 
accordingly  did  not  receive  any  cash  compensation  for  fiscal 
2011.    As  noted  below,  Mr.  Flatley  received  equity  grants 
contemporaneously with his appointment.

The  chart  below  summarizes  the  amounts  earned  by 
non-employee  directors  for  service  (including  both 
Board  and,  where  applicable,  committee  service) 
during fiscal 2011: 

Name 
Jay T. Flatley 
Susan M. James  
L. William Krause  
Garry W. Rogerson  
Lawrence Tomlinson  
Sandeep Vij  

Shares 

24,000
18,000
30,000
36,000
18,000
15,000

The  following  table  shows  equity  grants  received  by 
non-employee directors in fiscal 2011: 

Name 
Jay T. Flatley 
Susan M. James  
L. William Krause 
Garry W. Rogerson 
Lawrence Tomlinson 
Sandeep Vij 

Fees Paid 
in 
Cash ($)   
-- 

Stock 
Awards 
($)(1)(2)   

Option
Awards
($)(1)(2)  Total ($)
89,480  390,149 479,629
-- 283,885
-- 258,385
-- 291,135
-- 264,385
-- 259,385

80,500  203,385 
55,000  203,385 
87,750  203,385 
61,000  203,385 
56,000  203,385 

(1)  These  amounts  do  not  reflect  compensation  actually 
received. Rather, these amounts represent the aggregate 

9 

Name 
Jay T. Flatley 
Susan M. James  
L. William Krause  
Garry W. Rogerson  
Lawrence Tomlinson  
Sandeep Vij  

Restricted 
Stock Units 
Granted in 
Fiscal 2011  
(# shares) 

Stock Options
Granted in 
Fiscal 2011 
(# shares) 

2,000 
3,500 
3,500 
3,500 
3,500 
3,500 

24,000
--
--
--
--
--

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Our  stockholders  approved  the  adoption  of  our  2011 
Equity  Incentive  Plan  in  March,  2011  (the  “2011 
Plan”).    Accordingly,  future  director  grants  will  be 
under the 2011 Plan.   

The  Board  has  adopted  resolutions  automatically 
granting  under  the  2011  Plan  each  non-employee 
member  of  the  Board  of  Directors  3,500  restricted 
stock units (“RSUs”) upon such member’s reelection to 
the  Board,  with  vesting  on  February  15  of  the 
following  year.    Effective  in  December,  2011,  the 
Board determined that upon the initial appointment of a 
non-employee member to the Board, such new director 
will  receive  a  grant  of  3,500  RSUs,  which  vest  over 
two years (fifty percent on each anniversary of grant). 

For option grants held by a director who retires after at 
least  eight  years  of  service  on  the  Board  which  are 
outstanding  under  the  1998  Director  Plan,  such  grants 
will  fully  vest  and  the  director  will  have  the  right  to 
exercise  his  or  her  option  as  to  both  vested  and 
unvested shares as of such date. The option will remain 
exercisable for the lesser of (i) two (2) years following 
the  date  of  such  director’s  retirement  or  (ii) the 
expiration of the option’s original term.  This provision 
was not adopted for option grants under the 2011 Stock 
Plan. 

With the adoption of our 2011 Plan, the 1998 Director 
Plan  has  been  terminated  other  than  for  outstanding 
historical  grants  made  thereunder.    As  of  October 1, 
2011,  441,000  shares  have  been  issued  upon  the 
exercise  of  options  and  the  vesting  of  restricted  stock 
units under the 1998 Director Plan.  

Option Exercises and Stock Vested at 2011 Fiscal 
Year-End  

The table below sets forth certain information for each 
non-employee  directors  regarding  the  exercise  of 
options and the vesting of stock awards during the year 
ended  October  1,  2011,  including  the  aggregate  value 
realized upon such exercise or vesting. 

Option Awards 

Stock Awards 

Number 
of 
Shares
Acquired 
on 
Exercise  
(#) 

Number 
of 
Shares
Acquired
on 
Vesting 
(#) 

Value 
Realized 
on 
Exercise  
($) 

Value 
Realized
on 
Vesting  
($) 

— 

— 
18,000  630,280 
— 

— 

—

—
2,000 114,260
—

—

29,000  395,189 

2,000 114,260

6,000  110,449 
— 

— 

2,000 114,260
2,000 114,260

Name 
Jay T. Flatley 
M. 
Susan 
L. William Krause
Garry W. 

James 

Rogerson 

Lawrence 

Tomlinson 
Sandeep Vij 

Vote Required 

Every  stockholder  voting  for  the  election  of  directors 
may  cumulate  such  stockholder’s  votes  and  give  one 
candidate  a  number  of  votes  equal  to  the  number  of 
directors  to  be  elected  multiplied  by  the  number  of 
votes  to  which  the  stockholder’s  shares  are  entitled.  
Alternatively,  a  stockholder  may  distribute  his  or  her 
votes on the same principle among as many candidates 
as the stockholder thinks fit, provided that votes cannot 
be  cast  for  more  than  seven  (7) candidates.   However, 
no stockholder will be entitled to cumulate votes for a 
candidate  unless  (i) such  candidate’s  name  has  been 
properly  placed  in  nomination  for  election  at  the 
Annual  Meeting  prior  to  the  voting  and  (ii) the 
stockholder, or any other stockholder, has given notice 
at  the  meeting  prior  to  the  voting  of  the  intention  to 
cumulate the stockholder’s votes.  If cumulative voting 
occurs  at  the  meeting  and  you  do  not  specify  how  to 
distribute  your  votes,  your  proxy  holders 
(the 
individuals  named  on  your  proxy  card)  will  cumulate 
votes in such a manner as will ensure the election of as 
many of the nominees listed above as possible, and the 
specific nominees to be voted for will be determined by 
the proxy holders. 

If  a  quorum  is  present,  the  seven  (7) nominees 
receiving the highest number of votes will be elected to 
the  Board.   See  “Information  Concerning  Solicitation 
and  Voting—Quorum;  Abstentions;  Broker  Non-
Votes.” 

THE BOARD RECOMMENDS THAT 
STOCKHOLDERS VOTE “FOR” THE SEVEN 
NOMINEES PRESENTED HEREIN. 

10 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
internal  control  over  financial  reporting  and 
review  of  our  quarterly  financial  statements, 
advice on accounting matters that arose during 
the  audit  and  audit  services  provided  in 
connection  with  other  statutory  or  regulatory 
filings. 

Represents  due  diligence  support  associated 
with acquisition activities in fiscal 2011. Note 
that  this  amount  was  inadvertently  included 
under  “Audit  Fees”  in  the  accompanying 
Form 10-K.

Represents  the  annual  subscription  for  access 
to  the  Deloitte  Accounting  Research  Tool, 
which  is  a  searchable  on-line  accounting 
database ($2,000) in both fiscal years. 

(2) 

(3) 

Pre-Approval of Audit and Non-Audit Services 

that 

the 
The  Audit  Committee  has  determined 
provision  of  non-audit  services  by  Deloitte 
is 
compatible  with  maintaining  Deloitte’s  independence. 
In  accordance  with  its  charter,  the  Audit  Committee 
approves in advance all audit and non-audit services to 
be  provided  by  Deloitte.  In  other  cases,  the  Chairman 
of  the  Audit  Committee  has  the  delegated  authority 
from  the  Committee  to  pre-approve  certain  additional 
services,  and  such  pre-approvals  are  communicated  to 
the  full  Committee  at  its  next  meeting.  During  fiscal 
years  2011  and  2010,  100%  of  the  services  were  pre-
approved  by  the  Audit  Committee  in  accordance  with 
this policy. 

Vote Required 

The affirmative vote of a majority of the votes cast will 
be required to ratify the selection of Deloitte & Touche 
LLP  as  our  independent  registered  public  accounting 
firm for the fiscal year ending September 29, 2012. 

THE AUDIT COMMITTEE AND THE BOARD 
RECOMMENDS THAT STOCKHOLDERS VOTE 
“FOR” THE RATIFICATION OF THE 
APPOINTMENT OF DELOITTE & TOUCHE 
LLP AS OUR INDEPENDENT REGISTERED 
PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM FOR THE 
FISCAL YEAR ENDING SEPTEMBER 29, 2012. 

PROPOSAL TWO--RATIFICATION OF THE 
APPOINTMENT OF DELOITTE & TOUCHE 
LLP AS  INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC 
ACCOUNTING FIRM 

firm, 

a  matter 

to  audit  our 

The  Audit  Committee  of  the  Board  has  selected 
Deloitte &  Touche  LLP,  an  independent  registered 
public  accounting 
financial 
statements  for  the  fiscal  year  ending  September  30, 
2012,  and  recommends  that  stockholders  vote  for 
ratification  of  such  appointment.   Deloitte &  Touche 
LLP  has  audited  our  financial  statements  since  the 
fiscal  year  ended  September 25,  1976.   Although 
ratification by stockholders is not required by law, the 
Audit Committee has determined that it is desirable to 
request ratification of this selection by the stockholders 
as 
practice.  
good 
Notwithstanding its selection, the Audit Committee, in 
its  discretion,  may  appoint  a  new 
independent 
registered  public  accounting  firm  at  any  time  during 
the  year  if  the  Audit  Committee  believes  that  such  a 
change would be in the best interest of Coherent and its 
stockholders.   If  the  stockholders  do  not  ratify  the 
appointment  of  Deloitte &  Touche  LLP,  the  Audit 
Committee  may  reconsider  its  selection.   The  Audit 
Committee  selected  Deloitte &  Touche  LLP  to  audit 
our  financial  statements  for  the  fiscal  year  ended 
ratified  by  our 
October 1,  2011,  which  was 
stockholders. 

corporate 

of 

Representatives  of  Deloitte &  Touche  LLP  are 
expected  to  be  present  at  the  meeting  and  will  be 
afforded  the  opportunity  to  make  a  statement  if  they 
desire  to  do  so.   The  representatives  of  Deloitte & 
Touche  LLP  are  also  expected  to  be  available  to 
respond to appropriate questions. 

Principal Accounting Fees and Services 

The  following  table  sets  forth  fees  for  services 
provided by Deloitte & Touche LLP, the member firms 
of  Deloitte  Touche  Tohmatsu,  and  their  respective 
affiliates  (collectively,  “Deloitte”)  during  fiscal  years 
2011 and 2010: 

 fees(2)

Audit fees(1)  
Audit-related 
Tax fees  
All other
Total  

 fees(3)

2010 

2011 
1,588,000  $  1,440,000
—
—
2,000
1,667,000  $  1,442,000

77,000
— 
2,000

  $ 

  $ 

(1) 

Represents  fees  for  professional  services 
provided  in  connection  with  the  integrated 
audit  of  our  annual  financial  statements  and 

11 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
PROPOSAL THREE--APPROVAL OF OUR 
AMENDED AND RESTATED EMPLOYEE 
STOCK PURCHASE PLAN 

the  unanimous  recommendation  of 

We  are  asking  stockholders  to  approve  our  amended 
and  restated  Employee  Stock  Purchase  Plan  (the 
“Purchase  Plan”).    The  Purchase  Plan  was  initially 
adopted in 1980 and has been amended in 1983, 1989, 
1993, 1999 and 2009 to increase the number of shares 
reserved for issuance thereunder (the “Existing Plan”).  
its 
Following 
Compensation  and  H.R.  Committee,  the  Board  has 
determined  that  it  is  in  the  best  interests  of  the 
Company and its stockholders to amend and restate the 
Purchase Plan: (i) to authorize additional shares of our 
common  stock  for  purchase  under  the  Purchase  Plan 
and  (ii)  to  make  certain  administrative  changes.    The 
Board  has  authorized  an  increase  to  the  number  of 
shares 
thereunder  by  an 
issuance 
to  an  aggregate  of 
additional  1,000,000  shares 
7,925,000  shares  of  our  common  stock  reserved  for 
purchase  under 
to 
stockholder approval.  

the  Purchase  Plan,  subject 

reserved 

for 

As  of  December  31,  2011,  161,374  shares  remained 
available  for  issuance  under  the  Existing  Plan.    The 
Board  expects  that  with  the  1,000,000  share  increase, 
the  number  of  shares  reserved  for  issuance  under  the 
Purchase  Plan  will  be  sufficient  to  operate  the  plan 
between  three  to  five  years  without  having  to  request 
additional  shares.    The  Board  will  periodically  review 
actual share consumption under the Purchase Plan and 
may  make  an  additional  request  for  shares  under  the 
Purchase  Plan  earlier  or  later  than  this  period  as 
needed.  If the stockholders approve the Purchase Plan, 
it will replace the current version of the Existing Plan.  
If  stockholders  do  not  approve  the  amended  and 
restated  Purchase  Plan,  we  will  continue  to  use  the 
current version of the Existing Plan. 

Description of the Employee Stock Purchase Plan 

The following is a summary of the principal features of 
the  Purchase  Plan  and  its  operation.    The  summary  is 
qualified  in  its  entirety  by  reference  to  the  Purchase 
Plan as set forth in Appendix A. 

General 
The  Purchase  Plan  was  adopted  by  the  Compensation 
and  H.R.  Committee  of  the  Board  in  December  2011, 
subject to stockholder approval at the Annual Meeting.  
The  purpose  of  the  Purchase  Plan  is  to  provide 
employees of the Company and its subsidiaries with an 
opportunity  to  purchase  shares  of  our  common  stock 
through payroll deductions. 

the  “Administrator”)  administers 

Administration 
The Board or a committee appointed by the Board (in 
the 
either  case, 
Purchase  Plan.    The  administration,  interpretation  or 
application  of  the  Purchase  Plan  by  the  Administrator 
will  be  final,  conclusive  and  binding  upon  all 
participants.    The  Administrator  may  adopt  special 
rules  and  procedures  regarding  operation  of 
the 
Purchase  Plan  in  jurisdictions  outside  of  the  United 
States  including,  without  limitation,  to  conform  to  the 
laws  and  practices  of  such  countries.  
particular 
Members of Board or its committee who are employees 
may participate in the Purchase Plan. 

to 

the  extent 

the  Purchase  Plan 

Eligibility 
Each  of  our  employees  or  the  employees  of  our 
subsidiaries  who  is  customarily  employed  with  us  or 
one  of  our  subsidiaries  for  at  least  twenty  hours  per 
week  is  eligible  to  participate  in  the  Purchase  Plan; 
except  that  no  employee  will  be  granted  an  option 
under 
that  (i) 
immediately after the grant, such employee would own 
5%  or  more  of  the  total  combined  voting  power  or 
value of the Company, (ii) his or her rights to purchase 
stock  under  all  of  our  employee  stock  purchase  plans 
accrues at a rate which exceeds $25,000 worth of stock 
(determined at the fair market value of the shares at the 
time such option is granted) for each calendar year, or 
(iii)  the  employee  is  an  employee  of  a  subsidiary  that 
we have designated as not participating in the Purchase 
Plan.  We currently intend to designate only our China 
subsidiary  as  a  subsidiary  whose  employees  do  not 
participate in the Purchase Plan.  Approximately 2,150 
employees  are  eligible  to  participate  in  the  Purchase 
Plan.    Non-employee  directors  are  not  eligible  to 
participate in the Purchase Plan. 

Offering Period 
The  Purchase  Plan  is  implemented  through  offering 
periods  –  currently  two  offering  periods  during  each 
fiscal  year,  each  of  six  months  duration,  commencing 
on or about May 1 and November 1 of each year.  To 
participate  in  the  Purchase  Plan,  an  eligible  employee 
must  complete  a  subscription  agreement  provided  by 
the  Company  authorizing  payroll  deductions  and 
submit  such  subscription  agreement  prior  to  the 
applicable offering date.  Unless otherwise determined 
by  the  Company,  payroll  deductions  may  not  exceed 
10%  of  a  participant’s  base  pay  which  he  or  she 
received  on  a  given  payday  nor  be  less  than  a  $10 
deduction  per  payday.    At  the  beginning  of  each 
offering  period,  each  participant  automatically 
is 
granted  an  option  to  purchase  shares  of  our  common 
stock  through  such  participant’s  accumulated  payroll 
deductions.    Unless  a  participant  withdraws  from  the 
the  option  will  be  automatically 
Purchase  Plan, 

12 

 
 
exercised  at  the  end  of  the  offering  period,  and  the 
maximum  number  of  full  shares  will  be  purchased  at 
the  applicable  amount  of  the  accumulated  payroll 
deductions in his or her account. 

Purchase Price 
Shares  of  our  common  stock  may  be  purchased  under 
the Purchase Plan at a purchase price equal to 85% of 
the lesser of the fair market value of our common stock 
on (i) the first day of the offering period, or (ii) the last 
day  of  the  offering  period.    The  fair  market  value  of 
our  Common  Stock  on  any  relevant  date  will  be 
determined by the Board in good faith. 

Termination of Employment 
Upon  termination  of  a  participant’s  employment  prior 
to  the  end  of  an  offering  period  for  any  reason, 
including retirement or death, he or she will be deemed 
to have elected to withdraw from the Purchase Plan and 
the  payroll  deductions  credited  to  the  participant’s 
account  will  be  returned  to  him  or  her  and  such 
participant’s option will automatically be terminated. 

Nontransferability 
Participants  may  not  assign  their  rights  under  the 
Purchase Plan to any other person other than by will or 
the laws of descent and distribution. 

Payroll Deductions 
The  purchase  price  of  the  shares  is  accumulated  by 
payroll  deductions  throughout  each  offering  period.  
The  payroll  deductions  made  by  a  participant  will  be 
credited to his or her account under the Purchase Plan.  
A  participant  may  not  make  any  additional  payments 
into  such  account.    The  maximum  number  of  full 
shares  of  our  common  stock  that  a  participant  may 
purchase in each offering period will be determined by 
total  amount  of  payroll  deductions 
dividing 
withheld  from  the  participant’s  compensation  during 
that offering period by the purchase price provided that 
in  no  event  may  a  participant  purchase  during  one 
offering period more than 10,000 shares. 

the 

A participant may lower but not increase the rate of his 
or her payroll deductions during an offering period by 
filing a new subscription agreement.  Unless otherwise 
determined by the Company, the change in rate will be 
effective  within  15  days  following  the  Company’s 
receipt of the new authorization. 

Withdrawal 
During 
the  offering  period,  a  participant  may 
discontinue  all,  but  not  less  than  all,  of  the  payroll 
deductions  credited  to  his  or  her  account  at  any  time 
prior  to  the  end  of  an  applicable  offering  period  by 
giving  notice  to  the  Company.    All  the  participant’s 
payroll deductions credited to his or her account will be 
paid promptly after receipt of a withdrawal notice and 
the  option  will  terminated,  and  no  further  payroll 
deductions will be made during the applicable offering 
period. 

In the event an employee fails to remain employed by 
the Company or any subsidiary customarily for at least 
20 hours per week during a given offering period, he or 
she  will  be  deemed  to  have  elected  to  withdraw  from 
the  Purchase  Plan  and  the  payroll  deductions  credited 
to  his  or  her  account  will  be  returned  and  the  option 
terminated. 

13 

Changes in Capitalization and Transactions 
The  Purchase  Plan  provides  for  adjustment  of  the 
number  of  shares  which  may  be  issued  under  the 
Purchase  Plan  as  well  as  the  purchase  price  per  share 
and  the  number  of  shares  covered  by  each  option  to 
purchase  for  changes  in  shares  without  receipt  of 
consideration by the Company such as resulting from a 
stock 
recapitalization, 
reorganization,  merger,  consolidation  or  other  similar 
corporate  transaction  or  event  affecting  our  common 
stock. 

dividend, 

stock 

split, 

In  the  event  of  any  corporate  transaction,  the  Board 
may  make  such  adjustment  it  deems  appropriate  to 
prevent dilution or enlargement of rights in the number, 
class of or price of shares available for purchase under 
the Purchase Plan and such other adjustments it deems 
appropriate.  In the event of any corporate transaction, 
the  Board  may  elect  to  have  the  options  under  the 
Purchase Plan assumed or such options substituted by a 
successor  entity,  to  terminate  all  outstanding  options 
either  prior  to  their  expiration  or  upon  completion  of 
the purchase of shares on the next purchase date, or to 
take  such  other  action  deemed  appropriate  by  the 
Board. 

Amendment and Termination of the Plan 
The  Board  may  at  any  time  terminate  or  amend  the 
Purchase Plan, provided that certain amendments such 
as increasing the number of shares that may be issued 
under  the  Purchase  Plan  require  stockholder  approval.  
No  such  termination  can  affect  options  to  purchase 
previously granted, nor may any amendment make any 
change 
in  any  option  previously  granted  which 
adversely affects the rights of any participant. 

Participation in Plan Benefits 
Participation  in  the  Purchase  Plan  is  voluntary  and  is 
dependent  on  each  eligible  employee’s  election  to 
participate and his or her determination as to the level 
of  payroll  deductions  and  the  eventual  purchase  price 
future 
under 

the  Purchase  Plan. 

  Accordingly, 

 
PURCHASE  PLAN.    IT  DOES  NOT  PURPORT  TO 
BE  COMPLETE,  AND  DOES  NOT  DISCUSS  THE 
TAX  CONSEQUENCES  OF  A  PARTICIPANT’S 
DEATH  OR  THE  PROVISIONS  OF  THE  INCOME 
TAX LAWS OF ANY MUNICIPALITY, STATE OR 
FOREIGN 
THE 
PARTICIPANT MAY RESIDE. 

IN  WHICH 

COUNTRY 

Vote Required; Recommendation of Board of 
Directors 
If  a  quorum  is  present,  the  affirmative  vote  of  a 
majority  of  the  votes  cast  will  be  required  to  approve 
the amendment and restatement of the Purchase Plan. 

THE BOARD OF DIRECTORS RECOMMENDS 
THAT STOCKHOLDERS VOTE “FOR” 
THE ADOPTION OF OUR AMENDED 
AND RESTATED EMPLOYEE STOCK 
PURCHASE PLAN.

the  Purchase  Plan 

purchases  under 
are  not 
determinable.  Non-employee directors are not eligible 
to participate in the Purchase Plan.  No purchases have 
been  made  under  the  amended  and  restated  Purchase 
Plan  since  its  adoption  by  the  Board  in  December 
2011. As of January 9, 2012, the closing price of a share 
of our common stock was $52.47.

Certain Federal Income Tax Information 
The  following  brief  summary  of  the  effect  of  federal 
income  taxation  upon  the  participant  and  us  with 
respect to the shares purchased under the Purchase Plan 
does  not  purport  to be  complete,  and does not discuss 
the  tax  consequences  of  a  participant’s  death  or  the 
income  tax  laws  of  any  state  or  foreign  country  in 
which the participant may reside. 

the  shares  purchased  under 

The  Purchase  Plan,  and  the  right  of  participants  to 
make  purchases  thereunder,  is  intended  to  qualify 
under  the  provisions  of  Sections  421  and  423  of  the 
Internal  Revenue  Code  of  1986,  as  amended.    Under 
these  provisions,  no  income  will  be  taxable  to  a 
participant  until 
the 
Purchase Plan are sold or otherwise disposed of.  Upon 
sale  or  other  disposition  of  the  shares,  the  participant 
will  generally  be  subject  to  tax  in  an  amount  that 
depends upon the holding period.  If the shares are sold 
or otherwise disposed of more than two years from the 
first day of the applicable offering period and one year 
from  the  applicable  date  of  purchase,  the  participant 
will recognize ordinary income measured as the lesser 
of (a) the excess of the fair market value of the shares 
at the time of such sale or disposition over the purchase 
price and (b) an amount equal to 15% of the fair market 
value of the shares as of the first day of the applicable 
offering period.  Any additional gain will be treated as 
long-term  capital  gain.    If  the  shares  are  sold  or 
otherwise  disposed  of  before  the  expiration  of  these 
holding periods, the participant will recognize ordinary 
income  generally  measured  as  the  excess  of  the  fair 
market  value  of  the  shares  on  the  date  the  shares  are 
purchased over the purchase price.  Any additional gain 
or loss on such sale or disposition will be long-term or 
short-term capital gain or loss, depending on how long 
the  shares  have  been  held  from  the  date  of  purchase.  
The  Company  generally  is  not  entitled  to  a  deduction 
for amounts taxed as ordinary income or capital gain to 
a  participant  except  to  the  extent  of  ordinary  income 
recognized by participants upon a sale or disposition of 
shares  prior  to  the  expiration  of  the  holding  periods 
described above. 

THE FOREGOING IS ONLY A SUMMARY OF THE 
EFFECT  OF  FEDERAL 
INCOME  TAXATION 
UPON  PARTICIPANTS  AND  US  UNDER  THE 

14 

 
Vote Required 

Under our bylaws the affirmative vote of the holders of 
a  majority  of  the  votes  cast  is  required  to  approve  the 
compensation  of  our  named  executive  officers 
disclosed  in  this  proxy  statement.  The  vote  is  an 
advisory vote, and therefore not binding. Our Board of 
Directors  values  the  opinions  of  our  stockholders  and 
to  the  extent  there  is  any  significant  vote  against  the 
named  executive  officer  compensation  as  disclosed  in 
this  proxy 
consider  our 
statement,  we  will 
stockholders’ concerns and the Compensation and H.R. 
Committee  will  evaluate  whether  any  actions  are 
necessary to address those concerns. 

Recommendation 

THE BOARD OF DIRECTORS UNANIMOUSLY 
RECOMMENDS THAT STOCKHOLDERS VOTE 
“FOR” THE APPROVAL OF OUR NAMED 
EXECUTIVE OFFICER COMPENSATION 
DISCLOSED IN THIS PROXY STATEMENT 

PROPOSAL FOUR--ADVISORY VOTE ON 
EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION 

At our Annual Meeting in March, 2011, a plurality of 
our stockholders indicated that they would like to have 
an  annual  advisory  vote  on  executive  compensation.  
Accordingly,  our  Board  of  Directors  proposes  that 
stockholders  provide  advisory  (non-binding)  approval 
of  the  compensation  of  our  named  executive  officers, 
as  disclosed  pursuant  to  the  compensation  disclosure 
the  Compensation 
including 
rules of 
Discussion  and  Analysis,  the  Fiscal  2011  Summary 
Compensation Table and related tables and disclosure. 

the  SEC, 

As  described  in  our  Compensation  Discussion  and 
Analysis, we have adopted an executive compensation 
philosophy  designed  to  provide  alignment  between 
executive pay and performance and to focus executives 
on  making  decisions  that  enhance  our  stockholder 
value  in  both  the  short  and  long  term.  Executives  are 
compensated  in  a  manner  consistent  with  Coherent’s 
strategy,  competitive  practices,  stockholder  interest 
alignment,  and  evolving  compensation  governance 
standards. The committee positions the midpoint of our 
target  compensation  ranges  near  the 50th percentile  of 
our  peers,  with  actual  compensation  falling  above  or 
below  depending  upon 
the  Company’s  financial 
performance.   

15 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN 
BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT 

Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners 
and Management 

The  following  table  sets  forth,  as  of  December 31, 
2011, certain information with respect to the beneficial 
ownership  of  common  stock  by  (i) any  person 
(including  any  “group”  as  that  term  is  used  in 
Section 13(d)(3) of  the  Exchange  Act  known  by  us  to 
be the beneficial owner of more than 5% of our voting 
securities,  (ii) each  director  and  each  nominee  for 
director,  (iii) each  of  the  executive  officers  named  in 
the  Summary  Compensation  Table  appearing  herein, 
and (iv) all executive officers and directors as a group, 
based  on  information  available  to  the  Company  as  of 
filing  this  proxy  statement.  We  do  not  know  of  any 
arrangements,  including  any  pledge  by  any  person  of 
our  securities,  the  operation  of  which  may  at  a 
subsequent  date  result  in  a  change  of  control.  Unless 
otherwise indicated, the address of each stockholder in 
the  table  below  is  c/o  Coherent, Inc.,  5100  Patrick 
Henry Drive, Santa Clara, California 95054. 

Name and Address 
Eagle Asset 

Number of 
Shares 

Percent of
Total (1) 

Management, Inc.(2)  
880 Carillon Parkway 
St. Petersburg, FL 33716 ........ 1,753,471

Dimensional Fund Advisors(2) 
1299 Ocean Ave., 11th Floor 
Santa Monica, CA 90401 ....... 1,583,201

Royce & Associates LLC (2) 

745 Fifth Ave.  
New York, NY 10151 ............. 1,371,150

Wells Fargo & Co

/ MN/

? (2) 

420 Montgomery St.  
San Francisco, CA 94163 ....... 1,275,309

Lord Abbett & Co. LLC (2)  

90 Hudson St.  
Jersey City, NJ 07302 ............ 1,298,772

Vanguard Group Inc. (2)  

P.O. Box 2600  
Valley Forge, PA 19482 .......... 1,202,234

Black Rock Fund Advisors(2) 

400 Howard St.  
San Francisco, CA 94105 ....... 1,189,284
314,867
51,803
52,737
28,216
15,500
--
20,500
22,500
41,500
21,700

John R. Ambroseo(3) .................
Helene Simonet(4) .....................
Paul Sechrist(5) ..........................
Bret M. DiMarco(6) ...................
Mark S. Sobey(7) .......................
Jay T. Flatley(8) .........................
Susan M. James(9) ......................
L. William Krause(10) ...............
Garry W. Rogerson (11)  .............
Lawrence Tomlinson(12) ...........

.

7.45%

6.73%

5.91%

5.42%

5.52%

5.11%

5.05%
1.33%
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*

16 

Sandeep Vij(13)..........................
All directors and executive 
officers as a group (11 
persons)(14) ...........................

21,100

*

590,423

2.47%

Sobey, 

Sechrist, 

Represents less than 1%. 

* 
(1)  Based  upon  23,528,684  shares  of  Coherent 
common  stock  outstanding  as  of  December  31, 
2011.  Beneficial  ownership  is  determined  in 
accordance  with 
the  SEC  and 
the  rules of 
generally  includes  voting  or  investment  power 
with  respect  to  the  securities.  In  computing  the 
number of shares beneficially owned by a person 
and the percentage ownership of that person, each 
share  of  Coherent  common  stock  subject  to 
options  held  by  that  person  that  are  currently 
exercisable or will be exercisable within 60 days 
of December 31, 2011 and all shares of restricted 
stock  which  are  vested  on  December  31,  2011, 
are  deemed  outstanding.  For  Ms.  Simonet  and 
Messrs. Ambroseo, 
and 
DiMarco,  no 
shares  of  performance-based 
restricted  stock  or  restricted  stock  units  are 
included. In addition, such shares, are not deemed 
outstanding  for  the  purpose  of  computing  the 
percentage ownership of any other person. 
(2)  Based on the institutional holding report provided 
by  NASDAQ,  which  reflects    the  most  recent 
Schedule 13F,  13D  or  Schedule  13G 
(or 
amendments  thereto)  filed  by  such  person  with 
the SEC. 
Includes 197,053 shares issuable upon exercise of 
options  held  by  Mr. Ambroseo  which  were 
exercisable  or  would  become  exercisable  or 
vested,  as  the  case  may  be,  within  60 days  of 
December 31, 2011. 
Includes 18,317 shares issuable upon exercise of 
options  held  by  Ms. Simonet  which  were 
exercisable  or  would  become  exercisable  or 
vested,  as  the  case  may  be,  within  60 days  of 
December 31, 2011. 
Includes 38,500 shares issuable upon exercise of 
options  held  by  Mr. Sechrist  which  were 
exercisable  or  would  become  exercisable  or 
vested,  as  the  case  may  be,  within  60 days  of 
December 31, 2011. 
Includes 14,084 shares issuable upon exercise of 
options  held  by  Mr. DiMarco  which  were 
exercisable  or  would  become  exercisable  or 
vested,  as  the  case  may  be,  within  60 days  of 
December 31, 2011. 
Includes 15,500 shares issuable upon exercise of 
options  held  by  Mr. Sobey  which  were 
exercisable  or  would  become  exercisable  or 
vested,  as  the  case  may  be,  within  60 days  of 
December 31, 2011. 

(6) 

(5) 

(7) 

(4) 

(3) 

 
 
 
 
/
/
 
(8) 

(9) 

(10) 

(11) 

(12) 

(13) 

(14) 

Mr. Flatley was elected to the Board of Directors
in  September 2011  and,  accordingly,  has  no
options which were exercisable or would become
exercisable  within  60 days  of  December  31,
2011.   
Includes 15,000 shares issuable upon exercise of
options and 3,500 shares issuable upon vesting of
RSUs held by Ms. James which were exercisable
or  would  become  exercisable  within  60 days  of 
December 31, 2011. 
Includes 19,000 shares issuable upon exercise of
options and 3,500 shares issuable upon vesting of
RSUs held by Mr. Krause which were exercisable
or  would  become  exercisable  within  60 days  of 
December 31, 2011. 
Includes 33,000 shares issuable upon exercise of
options and 3,500 shares issuable upon vesting of 
RSUs  held  by  Mr. Rogerson  which  were
exercisable  or  would  become  exercisable  within
60 days of December 31, 2011. 
Includes 15,000 shares issuable upon exercise of
options and 3,500 shares issuable upon vesting of
RSUs  held  by  Mr. Tomlinson  which  were 
exercisable  or  would  become  exercisable  within
60 days of December 31, 2011. 
Includes 12,000 shares issuable upon exercise of
options and 3,500 shares issuable upon vesting of
RSUs held by Mr. Vij which were exercisable or
would  become  exercisable  within  60 days  of 
December 31, 2011. 
Includes  an  aggregate  of  377,454  options  and
17,500  shares  issuable  upon  vesting  of  RSU’s
which  were  exercisable  or  would  become
exercisable or vested, as the case may be, within
60 days of December 31, 2011.  

Section 16(a) Beneficial Ownership Reporting 
Compliance 

Section 16(a) of  the  Securities  Exchange  Act  of  1934 
(the  “Exchange  Act”)  requires  our  officers  and 
directors, and persons who own more than ten percent 
of  a  registered  class  of  our  equity  securities  to  file 
reports  of  ownership  and  changes  in  ownership  with 
the  SEC.  Such  officers,  directors  and  ten-percent 
stockholders  are  also  required by  SEC rules to furnish 
us  with  copies  of  all  forms  that  they  file  pursuant  to 
Section 16(a). Based solely on our review of the copies 
of  such  forms  received  by  us,  and  on  written 
representations  from  certain  reporting  persons  that  no 
other  reports  were  required  for  such  persons,  we 
believe  that,  during  fiscal  2011,  our  officers,  directors 
and,  to  our  knowledge,  greater  than  ten  percent 
stockholders 
applicable 
complied  with 
Section 16(a) filing requirements. 

all 

OUR EXECUTIVE OFFICERS  

The  name,  age,  position  and  a  brief  account  of  the 
business  experience  of  our  chief  executive officer  and 
each of our other executive officers as of December 31, 
2011 are set forth below: 

Name 
John R. 
Ambroseo 
Helene 
Simonet 
Mark Sobey

Age
50

59

51

Paul Sechrist

52

Bret M. 
DiMarco 

43

Office Held 

President and Chief Executive 
Officer 
Executive Vice President and Chief 
Financial Officer 
Executive Vice President and 
General Manager, Specialty Laser 
Systems 
Executive Vice President 
Worldwide Sales, Service and 
Marketing 
Executive Vice President, General 
Counsel and Corporate Secretary 

Please  see  “Directors”  above  for  Mr. Ambroseo’s 
biographical information. 

Helene  Simonet.    Ms. Simonet  has  served  as  our 
Executive  Vice  President  and  Chief  Financial  Officer 
since  April 2002.  Ms. Simonet 
served  as  Vice 
President of Finance of our former Medical Group and 
Vice  President  of  Finance,  Photonics  Division  from 
December 1999 
joining 
Coherent, she spent over twenty years in senior finance 
positions  at  Raychem  Corporation’s  Division  and 
Corporate  organizations,  including  Vice  President  of 
Finance  of  the  Raynet  Corporation.  Ms. Simonet  has 
both  Master’s  and  Bachelor  degrees 
the 
University of Leuven, Belgium. 

to  April 2002.  Prior 

from 

to 

Mark  Sobey.    Mr. Sobey  has  served  as  our  Executive 
Vice President and General Manager of Specialty Laser 
Systems (SLS) since April 2010. Mr. Sobey  served as 
Senior  Vice  President  and  General  Manager  for  the 
SLS  Business  Group,  which  primarily  serves  the 
Microelectronics  and  Research  markets,  since  joining 
Coherent  in  July 2007.  Prior  to  Coherent,  Mr. Sobey 
has  spent  over  20  years  in  the  Laser  and  Fiber  Optics 
including  roles  as 
industries, 
Telecommunications 
Senior  Vice  President  Product  Management  at  Cymer 
from  January 2006  through  June 2007  and  previously 
as Senior Vice President Global Sales at JDS Uniphase 
through  October 2005.  He  received  his  PhD 
in 
Engineering  and  BSc  in  Physics,  both  from  the 
University of Strathclyde in Scotland. 

Paul Sechrist. Mr. Sechrist has served as our Executive 
Vice President, Worldwide Sales and Service in March 
2011. He  has  over  28  years  of  experience  with 

17 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Coherent, including Senior Vice President and General 
Manager  of  Commercial  Lasers  and  Components 
Business  Group  from  October  2008  to  March  2011, 
Vice President and General Manager of Specialty Laser 
Systems  Business  Group,  Santa  Clara from  March 
2008 
to  October  2008,  and  Vice  President  for 
Components from April 2005 to October 2008. Prior to 
this, Mr. Sechrist also held roles in Sales Management, 
Sales,  Applications  and  Manufacturing.  Mr.  Sechrist 
received  an  AA  degree  from  San  Jose  City  College, 
with  Physics  studies  at  California  State  University, 
Hayward. 

Bret  M.  DiMarco.    Mr. DiMarco  has  served  as  our 
Executive  Vice  President  and  General  Counsel  since 
since 
June 2006  and  our  Corporate  Secretary 
February 2007.  From  February 2003  until  May 2006, 
Mr. DiMarco  was  a  member  and  from  October 1995 
until January 2003 was an associate at Wilson Sonsini 
Goodrich &  Rosati,  P.C.,  a  law  firm.  Mr. DiMarco 
received  a  Bachelor  degree  from  the  University  of 
California  at  Irvine  and  a  Juris  Doctorate  degree  from 
the  Law  Center  at 
the  University  of  Southern 
California. He is also an adjunct professor of law at the 
University  of  California  Hastings  College  of  the  Law, 
teaching corporate law and mergers and acquisitions. 

18 

 
 
 
Condition  and  Results  of  Operations”  in  our  Annual 
Report  on  Form 10-K  filed  with  the  Securities  and 
Exchange Commission on November 30, 2011. 

Selected Business Highlights  

records, 

Fiscal 2011 saw Coherent continue to deliver multiple 
financial  performance 
including  annual 
revenue, pro forma EBITDA percentage and pro forma 
earnings per share.  This growth allowed us to invest in 
the development of new technologies and to prudently 
return  money  to  our  stockholders  through  our  stock 
repurchase programs, as seen in the following charts:   

Our revenue grew 33% from fiscal 2010 to fiscal 2011 
(in millions): 

Revenue 

$803 

$605

FY10

FY11 

Our pro forma EBITDA% increased from 17% to 
19.5% from fiscal 2010 to fiscal 2011:  

Pro Forma EBITDA% 

17.0%

19.5% 

FY10

FY11 

*Pro forma EBITDA% is defined as operating income adjusted for 
depreciation, amortization, stock compensation expenses, major restructuring 
costs and certain other non-operating income and expense items.  EBITDA % 
itself is not a GAAP measurement and, accordingly, no reconciliation table is 
provided. 

Our non-GAAP earnings per share grew 80% from 
fiscal 2010 to fiscal 2011:  

Non-GAAP EPS

$3.46 

$1.92

FY10

FY11 

*Non-GAAP earnings per share is defined as earnings per share excluding 
certain recurring and non-recurring items. 

Compensation Discussion and Analysis 

Introduction 

In this section, we describe the material components of 
our  executive  compensation  program  for  our  “Named 
Executive Officers” or “NEOs”:   

• 

John R.  Ambroseo,  our  president  and  chief 
executive officer; 

•  Helene  Simonet,  our  executive  vice  president  and 

chief financial officer; 

•  Mark S.  Sobey,  our  executive  vice  president  and 

general manager, specialty laser systems; 

• 

Paul  Sechrist,  our  executive  vice  president, 
worldwide sales and service; and 

•  Bret M.  DiMarco,  our  executive  vice  president, 

general counsel and corporate secretary. 

We  also  provide  an  overview  of  our  executive 
compensation  philosophy,  principal  compensation 
policies and practices by which the Compensation and 
H.R. Committee arrives at its decisions regarding NEO 
compensation. 

Stockholder Feedback 

The  Compensation  and  HR  Committee  carefully 
considers  feedback  from  our  stockholders  regarding 
our  executive  compensation  program,  including  the 
results  of  our  stockholders’  annual  advisory  vote  on 
executive  compensation.    Stockholders  are  invited  to 
express  their  views  to  the  committee  as  described  in 
this 
“Stockholder 
Communication  with  the  Board  of  Directors.”    We 
strongly  urge  our 
this 
Compensation Discussion and Analysis in conjunction 
with the advisory vote under Proposal Four. 

stockholders 

heading 

proxy 

under 

read 

the 

to 

Executive Summary 

Our Business 

Founded  in  1966,  we  have  become  a  world  leader  in 
providing photonics based solutions to the commercial 
and  scientific  research  markets  with  global  offices.  
Our  common  stock  is  listed  on  the  NASDAQ  market 
and is part of the Russell 2000.  For more information 
about  our  business,  please  read  “Business”  and 
“Management’s  Discussion  and  Analysis  of  Financial 

19 

 
 
 
 
For a reconciliation table to earnings per share on a GAAP basis, 
please refer to the “Reconciliation Table” at the end of the proxy 
statement. 

Compensation Overview 

  Our 
is 

approach 
tie 
to 

to 
Compensation  Philosophy. 
compensating  our 
total 
executives 
compensation  to  long-term  stockholder  value  by  our 
results  of  operations  and  our  stock  price.    This 
approach provides strong alignment between executive 
pay  and  performance  and  focuses  executives  on 
making decisions that enhance our stockholder value in 
both the short and long-term.  We design our executive 
compensation program to achieve the following goals: 

•  Pay for Performance, with both short and long-
term measurements—A significant portion of the 
annual compensation of our executives is designed 
to  vary  with  annual  business  performance  and  a 
comparative achievement to stockholder return by 
a comparison to the Russell 2000 Index. 

•  Tie  compensation  to  performance  of  the  core 
business—Our fiscal 2011 annual cash bonus plan 
was based upon Coherent’s achievement of certain 
threshold  amounts  of  adjusted  EBITDA  dollars 
(coupled  with  a  revenue  achievement  threshold), 
which  the  committee  felt  was  the  most  effective 
metric  for 
tying  management’s  compensation 
directly to Coherent’s core operating results. 

•  Retain  and  Hire  Talented  Executives—
Executives 
salaries  and 
should  have  base 
employee benefits that are market competitive and 
the committee positions the midpoint of our target 
compensation  ranges  near  the  50th percentile  of 
our  peer  group  (as  noted  below),  with  actual 
compensation  falling  above  or  below  depending 
upon Coherent’s financial performance. 

•  Align 

with 

compensation 

stockholder 
interests—While  our  stockholders  clearly  benefit 
by  continued  strong  operating  performance,  the 
committee  also  believes  that  having  a  significant 
portion  of  compensation  tied  to  equity  with  both 
time  and  performance  based  vesting  requirements 
directly aligns management to stockholder returns.  
For 
the 
performance-based  RSUs  vest  over  three  years 
dependent  upon  the  performance  of  Coherent’s 
common stock price measured against the Russell 
2000  Index.    For  each  1%  Coherent’s  common 
stock exceeds the performance of the Russell 2000 
Index, the grant recipient will get a 2% increase in 
value  (up  to  a  maximum  cap),  and  for  each  1% 

the  grants  made 

fiscal  2011, 

in 

below the Russell 2000 Index’s performance, a 2% 
decrease  in  value.    The  maximum  achievable 
amounts under the performance-based RSUs make 
up the largest potential portion of the equity grants 
made to our officers. 

Elements  of  Executive  Compensation.    During  fiscal 
2011, 
the  compensation  of  our  NEOs  primarily 
consisted  of  (A) base  salary,  (B) an  annual  cash 
incentive  award  opportunity,  and  (C) long-term  equity 
incentive awards divided between time-based restricted 
stock  grants  (“RSUs”)  and  performance-based  RSUs.  
For fiscal 2011, on average, approximately 75% of our 
NEO’s target compensation and approximately 82% of 
our  CEO’s  target  compensation  was  delivered  in  the 
form of variable annual cash incentives and long-term 
equity incentives. 

The  pay  mix  for  our  chief  executive  officer  during 
fiscal  2011  at  target,  maximum  and  actual  can  be 
illustrated as follows (*): 

$6M 

$5M 

$4M 

$3M 

$2M 

$1M 

$‐

89% 

87% 

Variable

Fixed

82%

18%

11% 

13% 

Target

Maximum

Actual

Note: The annual cash incentive amounts represent target awards based on base 
salary and target bonuses in effect during Fiscal Year 2011.  The Long Term 
Incentives included both time-based and performance-based RSU grants using 
the grant date face value and an assumption of 100% vesting in the case of “at 
target” grants and 200% vesting in the case of “maximum achievable” grants.  
These charts do not include other benefits, such as perquisites. 

  This 

Compensation  Governance.    “Pay  for  performance” 
has  been  and  remains  at  the  core  of  Coherent’s 
is  accomplished 
executive  compensation. 
primarily by having a majority of the NEOs’ potential 
compensation being “at risk” through a combination of 
a  fiscal  year  variable  cash  bonus  program  tied  to 
achievement  of  operating  metrics  and  performance 
metrics  in  equity  grants.    In  addition  to  this  core 
philosophy,  the  committee  monitors  and  considers 
evolving  governance  approaches  and  standards  in 
executive  compensation.    As  more  fully  discussed 
below,  recent  examples  of  how  this  philosophy  is 
applied  and  changes  made  pursuant  to  compensation 
best practices, include: 

20 

 
 
 
 
•  The  elimination  of  the  chief  executive  officer’s 
280G  “tax  gross-up”  provision  in  our  change  of 
control severance plan in fiscal 2011; 

•  The elimination and phasing-out of all perquisites 
and Company deferred compensation contributions 
for executive officers beginning in calendar 2011; 

•  Named  executive  officers  did  not  receive  salary 

increases for fiscal 2009, 2010 or 2012; 

•  Other  than  for  new  promotions,  the  committee 
maintained  the  same  target  bonus  percentage  for 
each NEO in fiscal 2010, 2011 and 2012; 

• 

In fiscal 2009, the Company adopted a claw-back 
policy  for  our  chief  executive  officer  and  chief 
financial officer in certain circumstances;  

•  Our  change-of-control  plan  provides  for  payment 
only in “double-trigger” circumstances—namely a 
change-of-control  coupled  with  a  termination  of 
employment; and  

•  Aside  from  our  change-of-control  plan,  our 
executive  officers  do  not  have  employment  or 
severance contracts. 

executive 

Our stockholders recognized our corporate governance 
and 
by 
compensation 
overwhelmingly  approving  our  first  “say  on  pay” 
advisory  vote  last  year:  voting  19,684,002  shares 
(92%) in favor compared to only 591,602 shares (3%) 
against  with  1,204,275  shares  (5%)  abstaining. 

structure 

Role of Management 

to 

The  Compensation  and  H.R.  Committee  regularly 
meets with Mr. Ambroseo, our chief executive officer, 
to  obtain  recommendations  with  respect 
the 
compensation programs, practices and packages for our 
Named  Executive  Officers  other  than  Mr. Ambroseo.  
Additionally,  Ms. Simonet,  our 
executive  vice 
president and chief financial officer, Mr. DiMarco, our 
executive  vice  president  and  general  counsel  and 
members  of  our  human  resources  department  are 
regularly  invited  to  meetings  of  the  committee  or 
otherwise asked to assist the committee.  

The  assistance  of  these  individuals  include  providing 
financial  information  and  analysis  for  the  committee 
and its compensation consultant, taking minutes of the 
legal  advice,  developing 
meeting  or  providing 
and 
consideration, 
compensation  proposals 

for 

21 

providing insights regarding our employees (executive 
and  otherwise)  and  the  business  context  for  the 
committee’s decisions.  Named Executive Officers will 
attend portions of committee meetings when requested, 
but  leave  the  meetings  when  matters  potentially 
affecting them are discussed.   

committee  makes 

The 
Mr. Ambroseo’s compensation without him present. 

decisions 

regarding 

Role of the Committee’s Compensation Consultant 

In fiscal 2011, the Compensation and H.R. Committee 
engaged  Compensia  as  its  independent  compensation 
consultants to: 

•  Review  and  analyze  our  executive  compensation 

program; and 

•  Provide  market  data  and  ranges  for  fiscal  2011 

compensation. 

Additionally,  in  fiscal  2011,  Compensia  was  retained 
by  the  Board  of  Directors  and  the  Governance  and 
Nominating  Committees  to  review,  analyze  and  make 
recommendations  regarding  compensation  for  service 
on  the  Board  of  Directors  and  its  committees.    The 
independent  compensation  consultant  serves  at  the 
discretion of the committee and is not permitted to do 
other work for Coherent unless expressly authorized by 
the  committee.    Since  their  retention,  Compensia  has 
not  performed  any  work  for  Coherent  other  than  its 
work  with  the  committee  or  for  the  Board.    The 
committee is focused on maintaining the independence 
of  its  compensation  consultant  and,  accordingly,  does 
not  anticipate  having  its  consultant  perform  any  other 
work for the Company in addition to its direct work for 
the committee or the Board. 

We  also  participate  in  and  maintain  a  subscription  to 
the  Radford  Global  Technology  Survey.    This  survey 
provides  benchmark  data  and  compensation  practices 
reports 
to  employee 
compensation generally.  Such data includes executive 
compensation data which is presented to the committee 
at its request. 

to  assist  us  with  regards 

Pay Positioning Strategy and Benchmarking of 
Compensation 

We have striven to position the midpoint of our target 
compensation  ranges  near  the  50th percentile  of  our 
peers,  resulting  in  targeted  total  compensation  that  is 
competitive  within  our  labor  market  for  performance 
that meets the objectives established by the committee.  
A  Named  Executive  Officer’s  actual  salary,  cash 
incentive  compensation  opportunity  and  equity 
compensation  may  fall  below  or  above  the  target 

 
 
the 

skills, 

individual’s  experience, 
position  based  on 
seniority, 
and 
performance 
knowledge, 
contributions.    These  factors  are  weighed  individually 
by  the  committee  in  its  judgment,  and  no  one  factor 
takes precedence over others nor is any formula used in 
making these decisions. 

review  of 

The  chief  executive  officer’s 
the 
performance of the other Named Executive Officers is 
considered by the committee in making individual pay 
decisions.  With respect to the chief executive officer, 
the committee additionally considered the performance 
of Coherent as a whole and the views of the Board of 
Directors  regarding 
the  chief  executive  officer’s 
performance.    Actual  realized  pay  is  higher  or  lower 
than  the  targeted  amounts  for  each  individual  based 
primarily on the Company’s performance. 

its 

information  provided  by 

In  analyzing  our  executive  compensation  program 
relative to this target market positioning, the committee 
reviews 
independent 
compensation consultant, which includes an analysis of 
data from peer companies’ proxy filings with respect to 
similarly situated individuals at the peer companies and 
from  compensation  survey  sources,  including  a  broad 
cross-section  of  technology  companies  of  similar  size 
to  Coherent  from  the  Radford  Global  Technology 
Survey. 

For  pay  decisions  made  in  fiscal  2011,  the  committee 
made no changes to the group of peer companies from 
fiscal 2010.  The peer group for fiscal 2011 comprised 
the following companies: 

Altera Corp. 
Cymer Inc. 
FEI Company 
Finisar Corp 
FLIR Systems, Inc.  Newport Corporation 

Infinera Corp. 
Integrated Device Tech.  Plantronics Inc. 
JDS Uniphase 
Linear Technology 

Opnext, Inc. 

PMC-Sierra, Inc. 
Trimble Navigation Limited 
Varian Semiconductor 
Veeco Instruments 

Several factors are considered in selecting the peer 
group, the most important of which are: 

• 

Industry  (primarily  companies  in  the  Electronic 
Equipment 
sub-industry 
and  Semiconductor 
classifications  defined  by  the  Global  Industry 
Classification Standard (GICS) system); 

•  Revenue 

level  (as  a  proxy  for  complexity) 
(primarily  companies  with  between  $300 million 
and $1.5 billion in revenues); 

•  Geographic  location  (U.S.  technology  markets); 

and 

22 

•  Emphasizing  companies  with  a  significant  R&D 
component, a focus on manufacturing and seeking 
equipment 
balance 
a 
manufacturers. 

among 

types 

of 

The committee annually reviews the composition of the 
peer  group  to  ensure  it  is  the  most  relevant  set  of 
companies to use for comparison purposes. 

Components of Our Executive Compensation 
Program 

The  principal  components  of  our  executive  officer 
compensation  and  employment  arrangements  during 
fiscal 2011 included: 

•  Base salary; 

•  Variable cash incentive payments; 

•  Equity awards; and 

•  Other benefits. 

selected  because 

These  components  were 
the 
committee  believes  that  a  combination  of  salary, 
incentive  pay  and  benefits  is  necessary  to  help  us 
attract  and  retain  the  executive  talent  on  which 
Coherent’s success depends. 

Base Salary 

is 

Base  salary 
to  providing  an 
the  foundation 
appropriate total direct compensation package.  We use 
base salary to fairly and competitively compensate our 
executives for the jobs we ask them to perform.  This is 
stable  component  of  our  executive 
the  most 
compensation  program,  as  this  amount  is  not  at  risk.  
The  committee  reviewed  information  provided  by 
Compensia  with 
situated 
individuals  at  the  peer  companies  to  assist  it  in 
determining the base salary for each Named Executive 
Officer,  depending  upon  the  particular  executive’s 
experience and historical performance. 

similarly 

respect 

to 

base 

salaries 

increased 

Effective  beginning  with  the  second  quarter  of  fiscal 
2011,  based  on  data  provided  by  Compensia,  the 
committee 
of 
the 
Messrs. Ambroseo  and  Sobey  as  a  market  adjustment 
to bring them in line with peer data for their positions 
and  each  of  Ms. Simonet  and  Messrs. Ambroseo, 
DiMarco  and  Sobey  received  a  one-time  salary 
increase  of  $35,000  to  help  offset  the  phased-out 
elimination  of  Coherent’s  historical  perquisites.  
Mr. Sechrist did not receive any salary adjustment with 

 
 
 
 
goals  approved  by  the  committee.    The  2011  VCP 
goals were tied to Coherent achieving varying levels of 
adjusted EBITDA dollars (“adjusted EBITDA $”), with 
a  requirement  of  achieving  two  thresholds  for  each 
payment  period:  (1) at  least  80%  of  the  Board-
approved  budgeted  revenue  and  (2) a  minimum  of  a 
certain  adjusted  EBITDA$,  without  giving  effect  to 
any  2011  VCP  payments.    Adjusted  EBITDA  was 
defined as earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation, 
amortization  and  certain  other  non-operating  income 
and  expense  items  and  other  items,  such  as  the  fiscal 
impact  of  stock  option  expensing  under  Financial 
Accounting  Standards  Board,  or  FASB,  Accounting 
Standards  Codification,  or  ASC  718,  stock  option-
related  litigation  costs  and  settlement  related  thereto, 
2011 VCP earned, impairment or restructuring charges, 
and the impact of acquisitions. 

The  Committee  considered 
the  macroeconomic 
conditions  and  peer  data  when  considering  the  2011 
VCP  and,  accordingly,  provided  for  a  lower  threshold 
in  the  first  half  of  the  year  then  the  second,  with  a 
range  of  participation  between  zero  to  300%  of  the 
target  bonus  opportunity  in  both  periods.    In  order  to 
incentivize  management  to  drive  improvement  in 
adjusted  EBITDA  over  the  course  of  the  year,  the 
Committee  approved  a  meaningful  step  up  during  the 
second half of  the  year.    Given  the difficult  economic 
conditions and the record performance required by the 
Board-approved  budget,  the  Committee  determined 
that  the  payout  would  be  150%  of  target  bonus 
opportunity for target achievement. 

Fiscal 2011 Variable Compensation Plan Scale for 
Named Executive Officers 

Adjusted EBITDA$ Achievement for First Half  
FY2011 was $90.1M, with a corresponding payout of 
approximately 273.4% of target 

Adjusted EBITDA $ (in millions) 

Payout 

First Half FY 2011 VCP Scale 

$55.2 (threshold) 
$59.8 
$64.4 
$68.9 
$77.5 
$86.1 
$94.7 (and above) 

Revenue Threshold $269.6 million 

0%
50%
100%
150%
200%
250%
300%

increases  brought  certain  of 

regards  to  the  elimination  of  his  historical  perquisites.  
These 
the  Named 
Executive  Officers  above  the  50th percentile  in  the 
short-term,  which  the  committee  determined  was 
consistent  with  strong  financial  performance  by  the 
Company  in  fiscal  2010  and  the  fact  that  peer  salary 
market data did not reflect perquisite values. 

The following table summarizes the base salary 
adjustments in fiscal 2011: 

Named Executive 
Officer 

John Ambroseo  
Helene Simonet  
Mark Sobey(1)  
Paul Sechrist(2) 
Bret DiMarco  

Base 
Salary for 
Fiscal 2010 
$   580,000 
$   370,000 
$   300,000 
$   295,000 
$   300,000 

Salary 
Increase 
effective 
Second 
Quarter 
Fiscal 2011 
$  45,000 
$  35,000 
$  60,000 
$  30,000 
$  35,000 

Base Salary
effective 
Second 
Quarter 
Fiscal 2011 
$  625,000 
$  405,000 
$  360,000 
$  325,000 
$  335,000 

(1)  Reflects  the  base  salary  and  promotion  increase  upon 
Mr. Sobey’s  appointment  as  an  executive  officer 
beginning the third fiscal quarter of fiscal 2010. 

(2)  Mr. Sechrist  received  a  salary  increase  when  he  was 
promoted  to  Executive  Vice  President,  Sales &  Service 
in March, 2011. 

Variable Cash Incentive Compensation 

A  substantial  portion  of  each  individual’s  potential 
short-term  compensation  is  in  the  form  of  variable 
incentive  pay  tied  to  committee-established  goals.    In 
fiscal  2011,  Coherent  maintained  one  incentive  cash 
program  under  which  executive  officers  were  eligible 
to  receive  bonuses,  the  2011  Variable  Compensation 
Plan (“2011 VCP”). 

2011 VCP  

in 

The  2011  VCP  was  designed  as  an  “at  risk”  bonus 
compensation  program  to  promote  a  focus  on  the 
growth  and  profitability  of  Coherent.    It  provided 
incentive  compensation  opportunity 
line  with 
targeted market rates to our Named Executive Officers.  
Under  the  2011  VCP,  participants  were  eligible  to 
receive  bi-annual  bonuses  (with  measurement  periods 
for the first half and the second half of the 2011 fiscal 
year).  In setting the performance goals, the committee 
assessed  the  anticipated  difficulty  and  importance  to 
the  success  of  Coherent  of  achieving  the  performance 
goals. 

The  actual  awards  (if  any)  payable  for  each  semi-
annual period varied depending on the extent to which 
actual  performance  met,  exceeded  or  fell  short  of  the 

23 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Adjusted EBITDA$ Achievement for Second Half 
FY2011 was $93.3M, with a payout of 
approximately 247.8% of target 

Second Half FY 2011 VCP Scale 

Adjusted EBITDA $ (in millions) 

Payout 

$61.2 (threshold) 
$66.3 
$71.4 
$76.5 
$85.1 
$93.7 
$102.3 (and above) 

0%
50%
100%
150%
200%
250%
300%

Revenue Threshold $277.1 million 

The tables below describes for each Named Executive 
Officer  under  the  2011  Variable  Compensation  Plan 
(i) the target percentage of base salary, (ii) the potential 
award range as a percentage of base salary, and (iii) the 
actual  award  earned  for  the  measurement  period  in 
fiscal 2011. 

First Half of Fiscal Year 2011 

Named Executive 
Officer 
John Ambroseo  
Helene Simonet  
Mark Sobey  
Paul Sechrist 
Bret DiMarco  

Target 
Percentage 
of Salary*   
100% 
70% 
60% 
50% 
50% 

Actual
Award($)
(1) 

Payout 
Percentage 
Range of 
Salary 
0 - 300%  854,401
0 - 210%  387,561
0 - 180%  295,277
0 - 150%  222,138
0 - 150%  228,976

Actual 
Award 
Percentage
of Salary(2)
273.4%
191.4%
164.0%
136.7%
136.7%

Second Half of Fiscal Year 2011 

Named Executive 
Officer 
John Ambroseo  
Helene Simonet  
Mark Sobey  
Paul Sechrist 
Bret DiMarco  

Target 
Percentage 
of Salary*   
100% 
70% 
60% 
50% 
50% 

Actual
Award($)
(1) 

Payout 
Percentage 
Range of 
Salary 
0 - 300%  774,274
0 - 210%  351,215
0 - 180%  267,586
0 - 150%  201,305
0 - 150%  207,502

Actual 
Award 
Percentage
of Salary(2)
247.8%
173.4%
148.7%
123.9%
123.9%

* 

Salary amounts used in the table include any applicable 
increases to base salary during the year per individual. 
(1)  Reflects amounts earned during the applicable half of fiscal 

2011. 

(2)  This reflects the aggregate bonuses earned by the Named 

Executive Officers for the applicable half of fiscal 2011 under 
the 2011 VCP. 

Equity Awards 

We  believe  that  equity  awards  provide  a  strong 
alignment  between  the  interests  of  our  executives  and 
our  stockholders.    We  seek  to  provide  equity  award 
opportunities that are consistent with our targeted peer 
group  median,  with  the  potential  for  increase  for 
exceptional  financial  performance,  consistent  with  the 
reasonable management of overall equity compensation 

expense  and  stockholder  dilution.    Finally,  we  believe 
that  long-term  equity  awards  are  an  essential  tool  in 
promoting  the  retention  of  our  executives.    For  fiscal 
2011,  our  long-term  incentive  program  included  the 
restricted  stock  units  and 
grant  of 
performance-based  restricted  stock  units. 
  These 
components  provide  a  reward  for  past  corporate  and 
individual  performance  and  as  an  incentive  for  future 
performance. 

time-based 

its  compensation  decisions, 

the 
When  making 
committee  reviews  a  compensation  overview  prepared 
by  its  independent  compensation  consultant  which 
reflects  potential  realizable  value  under  current  short 
and  long  term  compensation  arrangements  for  each 
Named Executive Officer. 

Fiscal 2011 Equity Grants 

the 

grants 

against 

performance 

For fiscal 2011, the committee determined to base the 
equity  program  on  a  combination  of  time-based  and 
performance-based restricted stock units.  In particular, 
the committee determined to measure achievement for 
relative 
the 
performance of Coherent’s common stock against that 
of  the  Russell  2000  Index.    The  committee  believed 
that using the Russell 2000 Index (in which Coherent is 
a  member)  as  a  representative  of  total  stockholder 
return  directly  aligns  executive  compensation  with 
stockholder  interest.    The  committee  determined  that 
both  the  performance-based  and  time-based  restricted 
stock unit grants provide a further retention tool in that 
the  grants  vest  over  three  years  with  one-year  annual 
cliff  vesting  and,  for  the  performance-based  grants,  a 
measurement  period  for  each  of  the  next  three  years 
(e.g. at 12, 24 and 36 months from the date of grant). 

At  target  achievement,  all  Named  Executive  Officers 
(other than the chief executive officer) will receive an 
equity  distribution  of  50% 
time-based  and  50% 
performance-based  equity  award  payouts.    Our  chief 
executive  officer  will  receive  greater  than  half  of  his 
in  performance-based  equity 
total  equity  award 
awards  at 
  At  maximum 
achievement,  this  becomes  an  even  greater  shift  to 
performance-based as seen in the next graphic. 

target  achievement. 

In the event of a change of control of the Company, the 
performance-based  grants  will  be  measured,  with 
respect  to  performance  periods  not  yet  completed,  by 
the  relative  performance  of  Coherent’s  common  stock 
against the Russell 2000 Index through the date of the 
change  of  control  and  such  performance-based  shares 
would  then  convert  to  time-based  vesting  with  a 
maximum  of  three  one-year  vesting  cliffs  from  the 
grant date. 

24 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
The  following  table  reflects  the  equity  grants  to  the 
Named  Executive  Officers  during  the  first  quarter  of 
fiscal 2011: 

Named Executive Officer   
John Ambroseo  
Helene Simonet  
Mark Sobey  
Paul Sechrist(1) 
Bret DiMarco  

Time-Based 
RSU Grants 

20,000 
7,500 
7,000 
5,500 
5,000 

Performance-Based 
RSU Grants  
Range 
(issuance dependent 
upon achievement)
0 - 70,000
0 - 15,000
0 - 14,000
0 – 11,000
0 - 10,000

(1) Includes grants made in FY11 both before and after 
Mr. Sechrist was promoted to an executive officer. 

The following chart shows the aggregate composition 
of equity grants for fiscal 2011 to our chief executive 
officer assuming the maximum achievement under the 
performance-based grants: 

FY11 CEO Equity Grant Components at

Maximum Achievement

Time based RSUs

Performance based RSUs

22%

78%

Equity Award Practices 

Equity  grants  to  our  employees  are  driven  by  our 
annual review process.  Grant guidelines are based on 
competitive  market  practices.    Typically,  an  eligible 
employee  is  granted  equity  at  the  first  committee 
meeting following beginning employment and may be 
eligible  for  periodic  grants  thereafter.    Eligibility  for 
and the size of grants are influenced by the then-current 
guidelines  for  non-executive  officer  grants  and  the 
individual’s  performance  or  particular  requirements  at 
the time of hire. 

In  fiscal  2011,  the  committee  granted  an  aggregate  of 
374,175 shares subject to time-based and performance-
based restricted stock units (at maximum), representing 
approximately  1.57%  of  Coherent’s  outstanding  
common  stock  as  of  October  1,  2011  (excluding 
  The 
automatic  and 

to  directors). 

initial  grants 

committee did not grant any stock options during fiscal 
2011 to employees.  With the assistance of Compensia, 
the  committee  has  reviewed  this  burn  rate  relative  to 
peer  practices  and  guidance  from  ISS  and  found  that 
the  total  dilution  was  consistent  with  the  median  of 
peer practices and complied with ISS guidelines. 

During  fiscal  2011  equity  grants  were  only  made  at 
meetings of the Compensation and H.R. Committee. 

Other Benefits 

Retirement Plans 

Executive  officers  are  eligible  to  participate  in  our 
401(k) Retirement Plan on the same terms  as all other 
U.S.  employees,  including  a  4%  Company  matching 
contribution.    Our  401(k) Retirement  Plan  is  a  tax-
qualified  plan  and  therefore  is  subject  to  certain 
Internal  Revenue  Code  limitations  on  the  dollar 
amounts  of  deferrals  and  Company  contributions  that 
can be made to plan accounts.  These limitations apply 
to our more highly-compensated employees (including 
the Named Executive Officers). 

to  100%  of 

We  maintain  a  Deferred  Compensation  Plan  for 
executive  management  personnel  and  members  of  the 
Board.    The  Deferred  Compensation  Plan  permits 
eligible  participants  to  defer  receipt  of  compensation 
pursuant  to  the  terms  of  the  plan.    The  Deferred 
Compensation  Plan  permits  participants  to  contribute, 
on  a  pre-tax  basis,  up  to  75%  of  their  base  salary 
their  bonus  pay  and 
earnings,  up 
commissions  and  up  to  100%  of  directors’  annual 
retainer  earned  in  the  upcoming  plan  year.    Plan 
participants  may  invest  deferrals  in  a  variety  of 
different  deemed  investment  options.    To preserve  the 
tax-deferred status of deferred compensation plans, the 
IRS  requires  that  the  available  investment  alternatives 
be “deemed investments.”  Participants do not have an 
ownership  interest  in  the  funds  they  select;  the  funds 
are  only  used  to  measure  the  gains  or  losses  that  are 
attributed  to  the  participant’s  deferral  account  over 
time. 

The  committee  considers  the  Deferred  Compensation 
Plan  to  be  a  reasonable  and  appropriate  program 
because  it  promotes  executive  officer  retention  by 
offering  a  deferred  compensation  plan 
is 
comparable to and competitive with what is offered by 
our peer group of companies. 

that 

Beginning with plan year 2011, the Company no longer 
makes  a  non-qualified  deferred  compensation  plan 
the  Named  Executive 
contribution  on  behalf  of 

25 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
Officers in connection with the Internal Revenue Code 
limits on qualified 401(k) plans. 

determination  of  the  NEOs’  total  direct  compensation 
for a specific year. 

Employee Stock Purchase Plan 

Executive perquisites and Other Personal Benefits 

Our  stockholders  have  approved  an  employee  stock 
purchase plan whereby employees can purchase shares 
for  a  discount,  subject 
to  various  participation 
limitations.  Our Named Executive Officers are eligible 
to participate in this plan.  For more information on our 
employee  stock  purchase  plan,  please  see  Proposal 
Three in this proxy. 

Severance and Change of Control Arrangements 

We  have  adopted  our  Change  of  Control  Severance 
Plan  (the  “Change  of  Control  Plan”)  which  provides 
certain  benefits  in  the  event  of  a  change  in  control  of 
Coherent  for  certain  executives,  including  each  of  our 
Named  Executive  Officers.    Benefits  are  provided  if 
there  is  a  tender offer  or  merger resulting  in  Coherent 
being acquired by another entity and within two years 
thereafter  the  participant’s  employment  is  terminated 
without  cause  or  is  voluntarily  terminated  following  a 
constructive  termination.    The  committee  believes  the 
Change  of  Control  Plan  serves  as  an  important 
retention  tool  in  the  event  of  a  pending  change  of 
control transaction. 

The Change of Control Plan was amended and restated 
in  the  first  quarter  of  fiscal  2011.    Among  the 
amendments  made  to  the  plan  in  fiscal  2011  were: 
(i) the elimination of the gross-up payment to the chief 
executive  officer  for  any  excise  taxes  resulting  from 
the  application  of  Section 280G  of 
the  Internal 
(ii) the  elimination  of  certain 
Revenue  Code; 
(iii) the 
Company-provided  medical  benefits  and 
addition  of  a  monthly  payment  of  $2,750  (36 months 
for  the  chief  executive  officer  and  24 months  for  the 
other Named Executive Officers). 

The committee reviews the provisions of the Change of 
Control  Plan  at  a  minimum  every  two  years  at  or 
immediately  prior  to  the  termination  of  the  plan.   The 
committee  believes  that  reviewing  the  Change  of 
Control  Plan  every  two  years  allows  for  the  right 
balance  in  providing  certainty  for  the  participants 
thereof  while  providing 
the 
opportunity to revise the plan consistent with corporate 
governance  best  practices,  evolving  peer  group 
practices and regulatory changes. 

the  committee  with 

The  committee  does  not  consider 
the  potential 
payments and benefits under these arrangements when 
making  compensation decisions for our NEOs.   These 
arrangements  serve  specific  purposes  unrelated  to  the 

In  the  first  quarter  of  fiscal  2011,  the  committee 
determined,  upon  recommendation  from  management 
and  in  consultation  with  Compensia,  to  eliminate  and 
phase-out  executive  perquisites  effective  January 1, 
2011.    The  use  of  leased  vehicles  by  executives  was 
in 
terminated  for  Ms. Simonet  and  Mr. DiMarco 
October 2011 and will be terminated in April 2012 for 
Mr. Ambroseo. 

of 

  The 

vehicle 

Automobile  Benefit.    During  fiscal  2011  prior  to  the 
leases,  Mr. Ambroseo, 
termination 
Ms. Simonet and Mr. DiMarco utilized vehicles leased 
by  Coherent. 
leased  automobiles  were 
administered  by  a  third  party  financing  agency  and 
Coherent  paid  the  monthly  lease  amount.    Executive 
officers were either reimbursed for or provided gas, oil, 
maintenance  and  insurance  for  automobiles  leased 
under  this  program.    Participants  in  the  automobile 
program incur annual imputed income on the personal 
use  of  any  vehicles  under  the  program,  including  fuel 
and  miles,  as  determined  using  the  Internal  Revenue 
Code  rules.  During  fiscal  2011,  Mr. Sobey  received  a 
monthly  car  allowance  which  was  terminated  on 
January 1, 2011. 

Medical  Reimbursement.    Prior  to  January 1,  2011, 
each  Named  Executive  Officer  also  received  up  to 
$5,000  per  calendar  year  of  reimbursement  for 
uninsured medical expenses with Coherent also paying 
such  executive’s  taxes  on  the  amount  of  the  benefit.  
This was eliminated beginning in calendar 2011. 

Tax and Accounting Considerations 

•  Accounting  for  Stock-Based  Compensation—The 
Company  accounts  for  stock-based  compensation 
in  accordance  with  the  requirements  of  ASC  718.  
The  Company  also  takes  into  consideration  ASC 
718  and  other  generally  accepted  accounting 
principles  in  determining  changes  to  policies  and 
compensation 
practices 
programs. 

stock-based 

for 

its 

the 

limits 

section 

deductibility 

Section 162(m) of  the  Internal  Revenue  Code—
of 
This 
compensation  for  our  chief  executive  officer  and 
our  other  most  highly  compensated  Named 
Executive  Officers  (other  than  our  chief  financial 
officer)  unless  the  compensation  is  less  than 
is 
any 
$1 million  during 

fiscal  year  or 

• 

26 

 
“performance-based”  under  Section 162(m).    Our 
2001  Stock  Plan  and  2011  Equity  Incentive  Plan 
are  designed  so  that  option  grants  and  certain 
performance-based  full  value  awards  thereunder 
are  fully  tax-deductible. 
  Cash  compensation 
(including  both  base  salary  and  payments  under 
our VCP) and time-based full-value awards are not 
qualified  as  “performance-based”  compensation 
under Section 162(m).  We may from time to time 
pay  compensation 
to  our  executive  officers 
(including  under  our  VCP)  that  may  not  be 
deductible  when,  for  example,  we  believe  that 
such  compensation  is  appropriate  and  in  the  best 
interests  of  the  stockholders  after  taking  various 
factors 
including  business 
conditions  and  the  performance  of  such  executive 
officer. 

into  consideration, 

Compensation  and  H.R.  Committee.    No  member  of 
our  Board  is  an  executive  officer  of  a  company  in 
which one of our executive officers serves as a member 
of the board of directors or compensation committee of 
that company. 

Each  of  the  members  of  the  committee  qualifies  as 
(i) an “independent director” under the requirements of 
The  NASDAQ  Stock  Market,  (ii) a  “non-employee 
director” under Rule 16b-3 of the Securities Exchange 
Act  of  1934  (the  “1934  Act”),  (iii) an  “outside 
director” under Section 162(m) of the Code and (iv) an 
“independent  outside  director”  as  that  term  is  defined 
by Institutional Shareholder Services. 

Compensation and H.R. Committee Report 

• 

Section 409A  of  the  Internal  Revenue  Code—
Section 409A  imposes  additional  significant  taxes 
in  the  event  that  an  executive  officer,  director  or 
service provider received “deferred compensation” 
that  does  not  satisfy 
requirements  of 
Section 409A.    We  consider  Section 409A  in  the 
design and operation of any plans. 

the 

reviewed  and  discussed 

The  Compensation  and  H.R.  Committee  of  the  Board 
has 
the  Compensation 
Discussion  and  Analysis  required  by  Item 402(b) of 
Regulation S-K  with  management  and,  based  on  such 
review  and  discussions,  the  Compensation  and  H.R. 
Committee  recommended 
the 
Compensation Discussion and Analysis be included in 
the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K. 

the  Board 

that 

to 

Other Compensation Policies 

Respectfully submitted by the Compensation and H.R. 
Committee 

Sandeep Vij, Chair 
L. William Krause 
Garry Rogerson* 
Larry Tomlinson 

* Mr. Flatley replaced Mr. Rogerson on the Committee in 
December 2011. 

RECONCILIATION TABLE 

GAAP net income per diluted 
share 
Stock option investigation and 
litigation expense (benefit) 

Stock-related compensation 

expense 

Gain on Finland dissolution 
One-time tax expense (benefit) 
Restructuring costs 
Non-GAAP net income per 
diluted share 

Year Ended 

  October 1, 

2011 

  October 2, 
2010 

$3.66 

$1.47 

-- 

0.36 
(0.32) 
(0.24) 
-- 

$3.46 

(0.06) 

0.27 
-- 
-- 
0.24 

$1.92 

To  further  align  our  executive  compensation  program 
with  the  interests  of  our  stockholders,  at  the  end  of 
fiscal  2009,  the  special  litigation  committee  of  the 
Board approved a recoupment policy.  The recoupment 
policy  provides  that,  in  the  event  that  there  is  an 
accounting  restatement  and  there  is  a  finding  by  the 
Board  that  such  restatement  was  due  to  the  gross 
recklessness  or  intentional  misconduct  of  the  chief 
executive officer or chief financial officer and it caused 
material  noncompliance  with  any  financial  reporting 
requirement, then Coherent shall seek disgorgement of 
any  portion  of  the  bonus  or  other  incentive  or  equity 
based  compensation 
to  such  accounting 
related 
restatement received by such individual during the 12-
month  period 
financial 
document. 

the  original 

following 

Compensation Committee Interlocks and Insider 
Participation and Committee Independence 

During  fiscal  2011,  the  Compensation  and  H.R. 
Committee  of  the  Board  consisted  of  Messrs. Vij 
(Chair), Krause, Rogerson and Tomlinson.  None of the 
members  of  the  Compensation  and  H.R.  Committee 
has  been  or  is  an  officer  or  employee  of  Coherent.  
None  of  our  executive  officers  serves  on  the  board  of 
directors or compensation committee of a company that 
has  an  executive  officer  that  serves  on  our  Board  or 

27 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
Fiscal 2011 Summary Compensation Table  

The table below presents information concerning the total compensation of our Named Executive Officers for the fiscal years ended 
October 1, 2011, October 2, 2010, and October 3, 2009. 

Name and Principal Position 

John Ambroseo, 

Chief Executive Officer and 
President 
Helene Simonet, 

Executive Vice President and 
Chief Financial Officer 
,(2)

Mark Sobey

Executive Vice President  
General Manager, SLS 

Paul Sechrist, (11) 
    Executive Vice President 
    Worldwide Sales, 
    Service and Marketing 
Bret DiMarco, 
    Executive Vice President and 

General Counsel 

Fiscal 
Year    

Salary ($)

2011(1)   612,901  
2010 
580,008  
602,316  
2009  
   2011(1)   395,587  
369,990  
   2010  
384,221  
   2009  
343,856  
293,673  

2011(1)
2010  

Stock 
Awards 
($)(3) 

Option 
Awards 
($)(4) 

Non-Equity 
Incentive Plan 
Compensation 
($)(5) 

All Other 
Compensation
($)(6) 

2,452,700  
981,000  
661,218  
660,675 
366,240  
236,232  
616,630 
313,920  

N/A 
600,390 
688,194 
N/A 
224,146 
245,329 
N/A 
192,125 

1,628,675  
870,012  
2,262  
738,776 
388,490  
1,010  
562,863  
255,017  

46,841(8)
277,527(8)
76,016(8)
41,183(9)
46,664(9)
52,951(9)
27,277(10)
22,378(10)

Total ($) 

4,741,117
3,308,937
2,030,006
1,836,221
1,395,530
919,743
1,550,626
1,077,113

2011

(1)

  306,573 

570,055 

N/A 

423,443  

16,357(12)

1,316,428

(1)

2011
2010
2009

325,580
297,309
  311,658

440,450 
274,680  
186,438  

N/A 
168,109  
193,441  

436,478  
225,000   
585   

33,405(13)
36,527(13)
38,138(13)

1,235,913
1,001,625
730,260

(1)  

(2) 

(3) 

(4) 

Reflects  the  dollar  amount  of  salary  earned  in  fiscal 
year  2011.  Due  to  the  timing  of  our  fiscal  year,  fiscal 
year 2009 included 27 payroll periods compared to 26 
payroll periods in fiscal 2010 and 2011. 

 Mr. Sobey  was  promoted  to  Executive  Vice  President 
and General Manager of Specialty Lasers and Systems 
(SLS)  and  became  an  executive  officer  on  April 1, 
2010. Accordingly, information for 2009 for Mr. Sobey 
has been omitted. 

in 

Amounts  shown  reflect  the  grant  date  fair  value  of 
accordance  with  Financial 
awards  granted 
Accounting  Standards  Board  (FASB)  Accounting 
Standards  Codification  (ASC)  Topic  718.    Reflects 
unvested  time-based  and  performance-based  restricted 
stock units; there is no guaranty that the recipients will 
ultimately receive this amount, or any amount. 

 The amounts shown reflect the grant date fair value of 
stock options determined pursuant to FASB ASC Topic 
718.  These  options  vest  annually  over  a  three  year 
period. Pursuant to FASB ASC Topic 718, the amounts 
shown  here  exclude  the  effect  of  estimated  forfeitures 
related 
to  service-based  vesting  conditions.  The 
assumptions  used  in  the  valuation  of  these  awards  are 
set  forth  in  Note 14,  “Employee  Stock  Option  and 
Benefit  Plans”  of  the  Financial  Statements  in  our 

(5) 

(6) 

annual  report  on  Form 10-K.  These  amounts  do  not 
correspond  to  the  actual  value,  if  any,  that  may 
ultimately  be  recognized  by  the  Named  Executive 
Officers.    As  seen  in  the  table,  no  stock  options  were 
granted to the named executive officers in fiscal 2011. 

Reflects  the  dollar  amounts  earned  under  the  Variable 
Compensation  Plan  (VCP)  during  fiscal  2011,  fiscal 
2010 and fiscal 2009. 

As  previously  noted,  effective  January  1,  2011,  the 
Compensation  and  H.R.  Committee  announced  the 
elimination  and  phasing  out  of  executive  perquisites. 
Fiscal  2011,  therefore,  included  an  executive  medical 
benefit  (which  was on  a  calendar  year  calculation  and 
is  no  longer  in  effect),  the  calendar  2010  contribution 
to the Company’s non-qualified deferred compensation 
plan  (which  will  not  be  made  for  calendar  2011),  and 
automobile  policy  (which  was  phased  out  for  Ms. 
Simonet and Mr. DiMarco in October, 2011 and will be 
in  April,  2012  for  Mr.  Ambroseo).  
phased  out 
Executives  will  continue 
the  regular 
to  receive 
Company-provided  401(k)  employee  contribution 
match (subject to applicable IRS rule limitations). 

(7) 

For  fiscal  year  2010,  Dr.  Ambroseo  and  Ms.  Simonet 
“All  Other  Compensation”  includes  a  payment  for 
that  we  previously 
expired  stock  option  grants 

28 

 
 
  
 
  
  
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
   
  
  
  
  
   
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
 
disclosed on Form 8-K filing dated December 9, 2009.  
As noted in the Form 8-K, from November 1, 2006 to 
December  31,  2007  we  imposed  a  company-wide 
blackout  on  the  exercise  of  stock  options  because  we 
were  not  current  in  our  financial  reporting  obligations 
due to an internal historical stock option grant practices 
investigation.  The Compensation and H.R. Committee 
approved  payments 
individuals,  which 
amounts were determined pursuant to the same formula 
used for non-executive officers. 

these 

to 

pursuant 

(b) Car  Allowance 

(8)                               For fiscal 2011, includes (a) amounts contributed by us 
under 
the  Company’s  401(k)  plan  ($9,656)  and 
deferred compensation plan ($10,920), (b) the use of a 
Company-leased  and  maintained  automobile  or  car 
allowance  (“Car  Allowance”)  ($20,630),  (c)  amounts 
reimbursed 
executive  medical 
to 
reimbursement  ($2,634).    For  fiscal  2010,  includes 
(a) amounts  contributed  by  us  under  the  Company’s 
401(k) plan  ($8,902)  and  deferred  compensation  plan 
($10,177), 
(c) the 
payment  described  in  footnote  (7) above  ($237,000), 
(d) payment  for  buy-out  of  earned  vacation  ($1,785) 
and  (e) amounts  reimbursed  pursuant  to  executive 
medical reimbursement ($5,228). For fiscal year 2009, 
includes  (a) amounts  contributed  by  us  under  the 
Company’s  401(k) plan 
($13,541)  and  deferred 
compensation  plan  ($20,402),  (b) debt  forgiveness 
which  was  reflected  on  Mr. Ambroseo’s  W-2  form 
during 
the  first  quarter  of  fiscal  2009  for  his 
promissory  note  which  was  fully  forgiven  prior  to  the 
end  of  fiscal  2009  ($10,000),  (c) a  Car  Allowance 
($29,760),  and  (d) amounts  reimbursed  pursuant  to 
executive medical reimbursement ($10,236). 

($12,436), 

(9)  

($4,927), 

For fiscal 2011, includes (a) amounts contributed by us 
under 
the  Company’s  401(k)  plan  ($7,446)  and 
(b)  Car 
deferred  compensation  plan 
Allowance ($17,513), (c) amounts reimbursed pursuant 
to  executive  medical  reimbursement  ($7,468).    For 
fiscal  2010,  includes  (a) amounts  contributed  by  us 
($8,662)  and 
under 
deferred  compensation  plan 
(b) a  Car 
Allowance  ($17,513),  (d) the  payment  described  in 
(e) amounts 
($8,550), 
footnote 
executive  medical 
to 
reimbursed 
reimbursement  ($4,195).  For  fiscal  2009,  includes 

the  Company’s  401(k) plan 

(7) above 

($4,184), 

pursuant 

and 

(a) amounts  contributed  by  us  under  the  Company’s 
401(k) plan ($12,048) and deferred compensation plan 
($8,058), (b) a payment for buy-out of earned vacation 
($7,115), 
($15,834)  and 
(d) amounts  reimbursed  pursuant  to  executive  medical 
reimbursement ($6,198).  

(c) a  Car  Allowance 

($1,919), 

For fiscal 2011, includes (a) amounts contributed by us 
under  the  Company’s  401(k)  plan  ($10,622)  and 
deferred  compensation  plan 
(b)  Car 
Allowance  ($4,500),  (c)  amounts  reimbursed  pursuant 
to  executive  medical  reimbursement  ($8,473).    For 
fiscal  2010,  includes  (a) amounts  contributed  by  us 
the  Company’s  401(k) plan  ($10,358)  and 
under 
(b) a  Car 
deferred  compensation  plan 
reimbursed 
Allowance 
pursuant to executive medical reimbursement ($668). 

($953), 
(c) amounts 

($9,000)  and 

to  Executive  Vice 
Mr.  Sechrist  was  promoted 
President Worldwide Sales, Service and Marketing and 
became  an  executive  officer  on  March  31,  2011. 
Accordingly,  information  for  2010  and  2009  for 
Mr. Sechrist has been omitted. 

For fiscal 2011, includes (a) amounts contributed by us 
under  the  Company’s  401(k)  plan  ($11,023)  and 
deferred  compensation  plan  ($792)  and  (b)  amounts 
reimbursed 
executive  medical 
to 
reimbursement ($2,987).   

pursuant 

($2,062), 

For fiscal 2011, includes (a) amounts contributed by us 
under  the  Company’s  401(k)  plan  ($10,469)  and 
(b)  Car 
deferred  compensation  plan 
Allowance ($16,790), (c) amounts reimbursed pursuant 
to  executive  medical  reimbursement  ($3,362).    For 
fiscal  2010,  includes  (a) amounts  contributed  by  us 
the  Company’s  401(k) plan  ($10,154)  and 
under 
(b) Car 
plan 
deferred 
Allowance  ($16,296),  and  (d) amounts  reimbursed 
pursuant to executive medical reimbursement ($7,992). 
For fiscal 2009, includes amounts (a) contributed by us 
the  Company’s  401(k) plan  ($10,338)  and 
under 
deferred  compensation  plan 
(b) a  Car 
Allowance  ($16,876)  and  (c) amounts  reimbursed 
pursuant to executive medical reimbursement ($6,039).  

compensation 

($4,200), 

($1,425), 

(10) 

(11) 

(12) 

(13) 

29 

 
  
  
  
 
 
  
  
 
Grants of Plan-Based Awards in Fiscal 2011  

Except as set forth in the footnotes, the following table shows all plan-based equity and non-equity incentive awards granted to our 
Named Executive Officers during fiscal 2011. 

Grants of Plan-Based Awards 

Estimated Future Payouts 
Under Non-Equity Incentive 
Plan Awards 

Estimated Future Payouts 
Under Equity Incentive 
Plan Awards 

Name 

John Ambroseo 

Type 

PRSU 

RSU 

Grant 
Date 

Threshold 
($) 

Target   
($) 

Maximum 
($) 

11/29/2010  

11/29/2010  

Actual 
Payouts 
Under Non-
Equity 
Incentive 
Plan 
Awards ($)

Threshold 
(#) 

Target 
(#) 

Maximum 
(#) 

0 

35,000

70,000 

All Other 
Stock 
Awards:  
# of 
Securities 
Underlying 
Options (#) 

All Other 
Option 
Awards: 
# of 
Securities 
Underlying 
Options (#)

Exercise 
or Base 
Price of 
Option 
Awards 
($) 

Grant Date 
Fair Value 
($) (1) 

—

—

$1,612,100 

20,000  

$840,600 

1st semi-annual bonus 

2nd semi-annual bonus 

Total 

PRSU 

RSU 

11/29/2010  

11/29/2010  

1st semi-annual bonus 

2nd semi-annual bonus 

Total 

PRSU 

RSU 

11/29/2010  

11/29/2010  

1st semi-annual bonus 

2nd semi-annual bonus 

Total 

PRSU 

PRSU 

RSU 

RSU 

3/30/2011  

11/3/2010  

3/30/2011  

11/3/2010  

1st semi-annual bonus 

2nd semi-annual bonus 

Total 

PRSU 

RSU 

11/29/2010 

11/29/2010 

Helene Simonet 

Mark Sobey 

Paul Sechrist 

Bret DiMarco 

0 (2)  312,500

937,500

854,401  

0 (2)  312,500

937,500

0 (2)  625,000 1,875,000

774,274  
1,628,675 (3) 

0 (2)  141,750

425,250

387,561  

0 (2)  141,750

425,250

0 (2)  283,500

850,500

351,215  
738,776 (3) 

0 (2)  108,000

324,000

295,277  

0 (2)  108,000

324,000

0 (2)  216,000

648,000

267,586  
562,863 (3) 

0 (2)  81,250

243,750

222,138  

0 (2)  81,250

243,750

0 (2)  162,500

487,500

201,305  
423,443 (3) 

1st semi-annual bonus 

2nd semi-annual bonus 

Total 

0 (2)  83,750

251,250

228,976  

0 (2)  83,750

251,250

0 (2)  167,500

502,500

207,502  
436,478 (3) 

0 

7,500

15,000 

—

—

7,500  

0 

7,000

14,000 

—

—

0 

0 

1,000

4,500

2,000(4) 
9,000 

7,000  

1,000(4) 
4,500 

—

—

0 

5,000

10,000 

—

—

5,000  

$345,450 

$315,225 

$322,420 

$294,210 

$69,830 

$242,505 

$58,190 

$199,530 

$230,300 

$210,150 

(1)  Reflects  the  grant  date  fair  value  of  equity  awards 
computed  in  accordance  with  FASB  ASC  Topic  718.  The 
assumptions  used  in  the  valuation  of  these  awards  are  set 
forth  in  Note  14  "Employee  Stock  Option  and  Benefits 
Plans" of the Financial Statements in the Annual Report on 
Form 10-K.  These amounts do not correspond to the actual 
value  that  will  be  recognized  by  the  Named  Executive 
Officers. 

(2)  Failure  to  meet  a  minimum  level  of  performance  would 
have resulted in no bonus paid out under the 2011 Variable 
Compensation Plan. 

(3)  Reflects  the  amount  earned  under  the  2011  Variable 

Compensation Plan during the 2011 fiscal year. 

(4)  Mr.  Sechrist  received  a  performance  restricted  stock  unit 
grant  and  a  time-based  restricted  stock  unit  grant  when  he 
was  promoted  to  Executive  Vice  President  on  March  30, 
2011. 

30 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
  
  
  
  
   
  
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
  
  
  
  
   
  
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
  
  
  
  
   
  
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
  
  
  
  
   
  
  
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
Option Exercises and Stock Vested at 2011 Fiscal Year-End  

The table below sets forth certain information for each Named Executive Officer regarding the exercise of options and the vesting of 
stock awards during the year ended October 1, 2011, including the aggregate value realized upon such exercise or vesting. 

Name 
John Ambroseo 
Helene Simonet 
Mark Sobey 
Paul Sechrist 
Bret DiMarco 
(1) 
(2)  

Reflects the difference between the exercise price of the option and market price of our Common Stock on the exercise date. 
Reflects the market price of our Common Stock on the vesting date.

Option Awards 

Stock Awards 

Number of 
Shares 
Acquired 
on 
Exercise (#) 

178,547 
137,299 
55,500 
7,200 
61,166 

Value 
Realized 
on 
Exercise ($)(1) 

4,375,858 
1,791,402 
631,516 
147.260 
785,591 

Number of 
Shares 
Acquired 
on 
Vesting (#) 

29,517 
12,234 
7,500 
6,000 
9,517 

Value 
Realized 
on 
Vesting ($)(2) 

1,380,235 
589,533 
336,120 
266,456 
460,051 

31 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Outstanding Equity Awards at Fiscal 2011 Year-End  

The following table presents information concerning unexercised options and stock that has not yet vested for each Named Executive 
Officer outstanding as of October 1, 2011. 

Option Awards(1) 

Stock Awards 

Number of 
Securities 
Underlying 
Unexercised
Options (#) 
Unexercisable

Number of 
Securities 
Underlying 
Options (#) 
Exercisable 

Option 
Exercise
Price(2) 

Option 
Expiration
Date 

Number 
of 
Shares or
Units of
Stock 
That 
Have 
Not 
Vested 
(#) 

— 
— 
— 
25,000 
— 
— 
121,853 

— 
— 
— 
— 
— 
— 

— 
— 
— 
— 
— 
— 

— 
— 
— 
— 
— 
6,000 
— 
11,000 
10,000 

— 
— 
— 
— 
— 
— 

— 
— 
— 
50,000  $
— 
25,200  $
—  $

— 
— 
— 
18,667  $

8,984  $

— 
— 
— 
16,000  $
— 
7,500  $

— 
— 
— 
— 
— 
12,000  $
— 
5,500  $
—  $

— 
— 
— 
14,000  $

7,084  $

— 
— 
— 
26.16 
— 
23.16 
32.95 

— 
— 
— 
26.16 
— 
23.16 

— 
— 
— 
26.16 
— 
23.16 

— 
— 
— 
— 
— 
26.16 
— 
23.16 
32.95 

— 
— 
— 
26.16 
— 
23.16 

— 
— 
— 
11/20/2016 
— 
11/17/2014 
10/03/2013 

— 
— 
— 
11/20/2016 
— 
11/17/2014 

— 
— 
— 
11/20/2016 
— 
11/17/2014 

— 
— 
— 
— 
— 
11/20/2016 
— 
11/17/2014 
10/03/2013 

— 
— 
— 
11/20/2016 
— 
11/17/2014 

20,000 
70,000(4)
25,000 
— 
9,516 
— 
— 

7,500 
15,000(4)
9,333 
— 
3,400 

7,000 
14,000(4)
8,000 
— 
2,500 
— 

1,000 
2,000(5)
4,500 
9,000(5)
6,000 
— 
2,333 
— 
— 

5,000 
10,000(4)
7,000 
— 
2,683 
— 

Market 
Value 
of Shares 
or 
Units of 
Stock 
That Have 
Not Vested 
($)(3) 

859,200 
3,007,200 
1,074,000 
— 
408,807 
— 
— 

322,200 
644,400 
400,946 
— 
146,064 
— 

300,720 
601,440 
343,680 
— 
107,400 
— 

42,960 
85,920 
193,300 
386,640 
257.760 
— 
100,226 
— 
— 

214,800 
429,600 
300,720 
— 
115,262 
— 

Name 

John Ambroseo   

Helene Simonet  

Mark Sobey 

Paul Sechrist 

Bret DiMarco 

Grant 
Date 

11/29/2010  
11/29/2010  
11/20/2009  
11/20/2009  
11/17/2008  
11/17/2008  
10/03/2007  

11/29/2010  
11/29/2010  
11/20/2009  
11/20/2009  
11/17/2008  
11/17/2008  

11/29/2010  
11/29/2010  
11/20/2009  
11/20/2009  
11/17/2008  
11/17/2008  

3/30/2011  
3/30/2011  
11/3/2010  
11/3/2010  
11/20/2009  
11/20/2009  
11/17/2008  
11/17/2008  
10/03/2007  

11/29/2010  
11/29/2010  
11/20/2009  
11/20/2009  
11/17/2008  
11/17/2008  

Equity 
incentive
plan 
awards: 
  Number of 
unearned
shares, 
units or 
other 
rights 
that have
not 
vested 
(#) 

Equity 
incentive 
plan 
awards: 
Market or 
payout 
value of 
unearned
shares, units
or 
other rights
that have 
not 
vested 
($) 

— 
— 
— 
— 
— 
— 
— 

— 
— 
— 
— 
— 
— 

— 
— 
— 
— 
— 
— 

— 
— 
— 
— 
— 
— 
— 
— 
— 

— 
— 
— 
— 
— 
— 

— 
— 
— 
— 
— 
— 
— 

— 
— 
— 
— 
— 
— 

— 
— 
— 
— 
— 
— 

— 
— 
— 
— 
— 
— 
— 
— 
— 

— 
— 
— 
— 
— 
— 

(1)  Each of the unvested option grants set forth above vest in 
three equal installments on the anniversary of the date of 
grant.  

(2)  The  exercise  prices  indicated  are  the  prices  originally 
recorded  by  the  Company  at  grant  and  have  not  been 
adjusted to reflect any new measurement date as a result 
of the Company’s historical stock option review. 

(3)  Market value is determined by multiplying the number of 
shares  by  $42.96,  the  closing  price  of  the  Company’s 
common  stock  on  September  30,  2011,  the  last  trading 
date of the fiscal year. 

(4)  The  performance-based  restricted  stock  units  vesting 
determination  dates  are  November  29,  2011,  November  
29,  2012  and  November    29,  2013.    The  performance 

32 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
based restricted stock units will vest in an amount which 
is  0-200%  subject 
the  achievement  of  certain 
performance metrics.  The amount reflected in the table is 
the maximum amount or 200%. 

to 

(5)  The  performance-based  restricted  stock  units  vesting 
determination dates are November 3, 2011, November 3, 
2012  and  November    3,  2013.    The  performance  based 

Fiscal 2011 Non-Qualified Deferred Compensation 

restricted  stock  units  will  vest  in  an  amount  which  is  0-
200%  subject  to  the  achievement  of  certain  performance 
metrics.    The  amount  reflected  in  the  table  is  the 
maximum amount or 200%. 

The following table presents information regarding the non-qualified deferred compensation activity for each Named Executive 
Officer during fiscal 2011: 

Executive 
Deferrals 
including 
Company 
Contribution in 
Last FY ($) 
 $       789,241  

 $                -    
 $           4,927  

 $                -    
 $       180,616  

 $                -    
 $           1,919  
 $           2,062  

Executive 
Contributions in 
Last FY ($) (1) 
 $         778,321  

 $                  -    
 $                  -    

 $                  -    
 $         179,824  

 $                  -    
 $                  -    
 $                  -    

Name 

Ambroseo, John 
SRP (4) 
Simonet, Leen 
SRP (4) 
Sechrist, Paul 
SRP (4) 
Sobey, Mark 
DiMarco, Bret 

Registrant 
Contributions in 
Last FY ($) (3) 
 $         10,920  

Aggregate 
Earnings in Last 
FY ($) 
 $      (96,108) 

Aggregate 
Withdrawals/ 
Distributions ($) 
 $                -    

 $               -    
 $          4,927  

 $               -    
 $             792  

 $               -    
 $          1,919  
 $          2,062  

 $        (7,176) 
 $            651  

 $           (770) 
 $      (24,935) 

 $        (1,595) 
 $           (363) 
 $           (391) 

 $                -    
 $                -    

 $                -    

 $                -    
 $                -    

Aggregate Balance 
of Last FYE ($) (2) 
 $       4,859,259  

 $       1,028,721  
 $         745,466  

 $         117,325  
 $         344,308  

 $         116,357  
 $           15,376  
 $           25,837  

(1)    Amounts  in  this  column  consist  of  salary  and/or  bonus 
earned during fiscal year 2011, which is also reported in the 
Summary Compensation Table. 

(2)  The  deferred  compensation  in  a  participant’s  account  is 
fully  vested  and  is  credited  with  positive  or  negative 
investment  results  based  upon  plan  investment  options 
selected by the participant. 

(3)  Amounts  are  company  contribution  payments  in  excess  of 
the IRS 401(a) (17) and 402(g) qualified plan limits made 
to  the  non-qualified  “Deferred  Compensation  Plan”  for 
plan  year  2010  made  in  fiscal  year  2011.    Amounts 

reported in this column are also reported in the “All Other 
Compensation”  column  of  the  Summary  Compensation 
Table.  The Deferred Compensation company contribution 
was terminated on December 31, 2010. 

(4) Amounts represent account balances and earnings from the 
Supplementary  Retirement  Plan 
(SRP)  which  was 
suspended  on  December  31,  2004. 
  Deferrals  (both 
this  plan  have  been 
executive  and  company) 
suspended.    The  Deferred  Compensation  Plan  is  the  only 
non-qualified  deferred  compensation  plan  available  for 
executive management. 

into 

33 

 
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
executives will also have acceleration of all vesting conditions 
for  equity  grants  and  a  payment  in  lieu  of  health  care  for  the 
executive  (and  his  or  her  covered  family  members)  will  be 
provided  on  the  same  terms  for  two  years  and,  in  the  case  of 
Mr. Ambroseo, three years. A change in control of Coherent is 
defined under the change of control plan as an occurrence of a 
business  combination,  an  acquisition by  any  person directly  or 
indirectly of fifty percent or more of the combined voting power 
of  our  common  stock  or  a  change  in  the  composition  of  the 
Board where less than fifty percent are incumbent directors. 

The following table shows the potential payments and benefits 
that  we  (or  our  successor)  would  be  obligated  to  make  or 
provide  upon  termination  of  employment  of  each  our  Named 
Executive  Officers  pursuant  to  the  terms  of  the  Change  of 
Control Severance Plan. Other than this plan, there are no other 
employment  agreements  or  other  contractual  obligations 
triggered upon a change of control. For purposes of this table, it 
is  assumed  that  each  Named  Executive  Officer’s  employment 
terminated at the close of business on September 30, 2011 (the 
last  business  day  before  the  end  of  our  fiscal  year  end  on 
October  1,  2011).  These  payments  are  conditioned  upon  the 
execution of a form release of claims by the Named Executive 
Officer  in  favor  of  us.  The  amounts  reported  below  do  not 
include  the  nonqualified  deferred  compensation  distributions 
that would be made to the Named Executive Officers following 
a 
those  amounts  and 
descriptions, see the prior table). There can be no assurance that 
a triggering event would produce the same or similar results as 
those estimated below if such event occurs on any other date or 
at  any  other  price,  of  if  any other  assumption  used  to  estimate 
potential  payments  and  benefits  is  not  correct.  Due  to  the 
number  of  factors  that  affect  the  nature  and  amount  of  any 
potential  payments  or  benefits,  any  actual  payments  and 
benefits  may  be  different.    The  Total  Benefit  per  individual  in 
the  table  below  does  not  add  to  the  total  of  the  individual 
components due to rounding within each component. 

termination  of  employment 

(for 

Potential Payments upon Termination or Change of Control 

The  change  in  control  plan  provides  for  the  payment  of 
specified  compensation  and  benefits  upon  certain  terminations 
of  the  employment  of  the  participants  following  a  change  in 
control of the Company. The Board has evaluated the economic 
and  social  impact  of  an  acquisition  or  other  change  of  control 
on its key employees. The Board recognizes that the potential of 
such an acquisition or change of control can be a distraction to 
its  key  employees  and  can  cause  them  to  consider  alternative 
employment opportunities. The Board has determined that it is 
in  the  best  interests  of  Coherent  and  its  stockholders  to  assure 
that Coherent will have the continued dedication and objectivity 
of  its  key  employees.  The  Board  believes  that  the  change  of 
control  plan  will  enhance  the  ability  of  our  key  employees  to 
assist the Board in objectively evaluating potential acquisitions 
or other changes of control. 

The  change  of  control  plan  provides  that  if  within  24 months 
after  a  change  in  control  the  executive’s  employment  is 
terminated  other  than  by  reason  of  his  or  her  death,  disability, 
retirement  or  for  cause,  or  the  executive  officer  terminates  his 
or her employment for “good reason,” the executive will receive 
a  lump  sum  severance  payment  equal  to  2.99  (in  the  case  of 
Mr. Ambroseo)  or  2.0  (in  the  case  of  Ms. Simonet  and 
Messrs. DiMarco,  Sechrist  and  Sobey)  times  the  executive’s 
annual base salary and annual bonus (assuming achievement of 
all  performance  requirements  thereof).  “Good  reason”  is 
defined under the plan as any of the following that occurs after 
a  change  in  control  of  the  Company:  certain  reductions  in 
compensation;  certain  material  changes  in  employee  benefits 
and perquisites;  a  change  in  the  site  of  employment;  reduction 
in  the  executive’s  duties  and  responsibilities;  the  Company’s 
failure to obtain the written assumption by its successor of the 
obligations set forth in the Agreement; attempted termination of 
employment  on  grounds  insufficient  to  constitute  a  basis  of 
termination for  cause  under  the  terms  of  the  change of control 
plan;  or  the  Company’s  breach  of  any of  the  provisions of  the 
change  of  control  plan.  Under  the  terms  of  the  plan,  the 

34 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Named Executive 
Officer 
John Ambroseo 

Helene Simonet 

Mark Sobey 

Paul Sechrist 

Bret DiMarco 

Multiplier for 
Base 
Salary and 
Bonus 
2.99X 

2X 

2X 

2X 

2X 

Nature of 
Benefit 

Termination 
for Cause 

Any Other 
Termination 

  Salary Severance 
  Bonus Severance 
  Equity Compensation Acceleration(1)  
  Aggregate Monthly Payment(2) 
  Total Benefit 
  Salary Severance 
  Bonus Severance 
  Equity Compensation Acceleration(1)  
  Aggregate Monthly Payment(2) 
  Total Benefit 
  Salary Severance 
  Bonus Severance 
  Equity Compensation Acceleration(1)  
  Aggregate Monthly Payment(2) 
  Total Benefit 
  Salary Severance 
  Bonus Severance 
  Equity Compensation Acceleration(1)  
  Aggregate Monthly Payment(2) 
  Total Benefit 
  Salary Severance 
  Bonus Severance 
  Equity Compensation Acceleration(1)  
  Aggregate Monthly Payment(2) 
  Total Benefit 

— 
— 
— 
— 

— 
— 
— 
— 

— 
— 
— 
— 

— 
— 
— 
— 

— 
— 
— 
— 

$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$

1,874,375 
1,874,375 
6,688,167 
99,000 
10,535,917 
810,000 
567,000 
2,005,098 
66,000 
3,448,098 
720,000 
432,000 
1,770,540 
66,000 
2,988,540 
650,000 
325,000 
1,377,326 
66,000 
2,418,326 
670,000 
335,000 
1,435,845 
66,000 
2,506,845 

(1)  Equity  Compensation  Acceleration  is  the  in-the-money 
value of unvested stock options, time-based restricted stock 
units and performance-based restricted stock units, in each 
case as of September 30, 2011 at the closing stock price on 
that  date  ($42.96).  The  value  of  accelerated  stock  options 
are  thus  calculated  by  multiplying  the  number of  unvested 
shares subject to acceleration by the difference between the 
exercise price and the closing stock price on September 30, 
2011; the value of accelerated restricted stock is calculated 
by  multiplying  the  number  of  unvested  shares  subject  to 
acceleration  by  the  closing  stock  price  on  September  30, 
2011.  For  purposes  of  the  table  we  have  assumed  the 
immediate 
the  
and 
performance-based  restricted  stock  units  at  the  maximum, 
or 200% of target, achievement. In the event of a change of 

vesting 

release 

of 

control,  however,  the  performance-based  restricted  stock 
units  would  be  measured  for  achievement  prior  to  the 
effective  date  of  the  change  of  control  and  converted  to 
time-based  awards  subject  to  the  terms  of  the  plan.  The 
amounts reflected for Equity Compensation Acceleration do 
not  reflect  any  applicable  taxes,  just  gross proceeds.  Since 
the table assumes a triggering event on September 30, 2011, 
only  those  stock  options  and  restricted  stock/RSU  grants 
outstanding as of that date are included in the table.  

(2)  Aggregate  Monthly  Payment  is  a  monthly  payment  of 
$2,750  in  lieu  of  receiving  company  subsidized  COBRA 
benefits,  life  insurance  premiums  and/or  other  welfare 
benefits, 36 months for the Chief Executive Officer and 24 
months for the other named executive officers. 

35 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
EQUITY COMPENSATION PLAN INFORMATION 

The following table provides information as of October 1, 2011 about the Company’s equity compensation plans under which 

shares of our common stock may be issued to employees, consultants or members of our Board: 

Plan  
category 
Equity compensation plans approved by security holders 
Equity compensation plans not approved by security holders 
Total 

(a) 
Number of 
securities to be
issued upon 
exercise of 
outstanding 
options, 
warrants and 
rights 
1,421,730(2)  $
— 
1,421,730 

$

(b) 
Weighted-average 
exercise price of 
outstanding 
options, 
warrants and 
rights(1) 

(c) 
Number of 
securities 
remaining 
available for 
future issuance
under equity 
compensation 
plans (excluding
securities 
reflected in 
column (a)) 

27.80 
— 
27.80 

6,861,565(3) 

— 
6,861,565 

(1)  These  weighted  average  exercise  prices  do  not  reflect  the 
shares that will be issued upon the payment of outstanding 
awards of RSUs  

(2)  This  number  does  not  include  any  options  which  may  be 
assumed  by  us  through  mergers  or  acquisitions,  however, 
we do have the authority, if necessary, to reserve additional 

shares  of  common  stock  under  these  plans  to  the  extent 
necessary for assuming such options. 

(3)  This number of shares includes 161,374 shares of common 
stock  reserved  for  future  issuance  under  the  Employee 
Stock  Purchase  Plan  and  6,700,191  shares  reserved  for 
future issuance under the 2011 Plan. 

36 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED PERSON 
TRANSACTIONS 

Review, Approval or Ratification of Related Person 
Transactions 

In  accordance  with  the  charter  for  the  Audit  Committee  of  the 
Board,  the  members  of  the  Audit  Committee,  all  of  whom  are 
independent  directors,  review  and  approve  in  advance  any 
proposed related person transactions. Additionally, from time to 
time  the  Board  may  directly  consider  these  transactions.  For 
purposes  of  these  procedures,  the  individuals  and  entities  that 
are considered “related persons” include: 

•  Any  of  our  directors,  nominees  for  director  and 

executive officers; 

•  Any  person  known  to  be  the  beneficial  owner  of  five 
percent  or  more  of  our  common  stock  (a  “5% 
Stockholder”); and 

•  Any 

immediate 

family  member,  as  defined 

in 
Item 404(a) of  Regulation S-K,  of  a  director,  nominee 
for director, executive officer and 5% Stockholder. We 
will  report  all such  material  related person transactions 
under  applicable  accounting  rules,  federal  securities 
laws and SEC rules and regulations. 

Related Person Transactions 

We have  entered  into  indemnification  agreements  with  each of 
our  executive  officers  and  directors.  Such  indemnification 
agreements  require  us  to  indemnify  these  individuals  to  the 
fullest extent permitted by law. We also intend to execute these 
agreements with our future directors and officers. 

REPORT OF THE AUDIT COMMITTEE OF THE BOARD OF DIRECTORS 

The  Audit  Committee  is  responsible  for  overseeing  our 
accounting  and  financial  reporting  processes  and  audits  of  our 
financial  statements.   As  set  forth  in  its  charter,  the  Audit 
Committee  acts  only  in  an oversight  capacity  and  relies on  the 
work  and  assurances  of  both  management,  which  has  primary 
responsibilities for our financial statements and reports, as well 
as  the  independent  registered  public  accounting  firm  that  is 
responsible for expressing an opinion on the conformity of our 
audited  financial  statements  to  generally  accepted  accounting 
principles. 

The Audit Committee met eleven (11) times either in person or 
by  telephone  during  fiscal  2011.   In  the  course  of  these 
meetings,  the  Audit  Committee  met  with  management,  the 
internal auditors and our independent auditors and reviewed the 
internal  and  external  audit  examinations, 
results  of 
evaluations of our internal controls and the overall quality of our 
financial reporting. 

the 

The  Audit  Committee  believes  that  a  candid,  substantive  and 
focused dialogue with the internal auditors and the independent 
registered  public  accounting  firm  is  fundamental  to  the  Audit 
Committee’s  oversight  responsibilities.   To  support  this  belief, 
the  Audit  Committee  periodically  meets  separately  with  the 
independent  auditors,  without 
internal  auditors  and 
management  present.   In  the  course  of  its  discussions  in  these 
meetings,  the  Audit  Committee  asked  a  number  of  questions 
intended to bring to light any areas of potential concern related 
to our financial reporting and internal controls.  These questions 
include: 

the 

•  Are 

there  any  significant  accounting 

judgments, 
estimates  or  adjustments  made  by  management  in 
preparing the financial statements that would have been 
made  differently  had  the  auditors  themselves prepared 
and been responsible for the financial statements; 

•  Based on the auditors’ experience, and their knowledge 
of  our  business,  do  our  financial  statements  fairly 
present to investors, with clarity and completeness, our 
financial  position  and  performance  for  the  reporting 
in  accordance  with  generally  accepted 
period 
accounting 
disclosure 
requirements; 

principles 

SEC 

and 

•  Based on the auditors’ experience, and their knowledge 
of our business, have we implemented internal controls 
and  internal  audit  procedures  that  are  appropriate  for 
our business. 

The  Audit  Committee  approved  the  engagement  of  Deloitte & 
Touche  LLP  as  our  independent  registered  public  accounting 
firm for fiscal 2011 and reviewed with the internal auditors and 
independent  registered  public  accounting  firm  their  respective 
overall audit scope and plans.  In approving Deloitte & Touche 
LLP,  the  Audit  Committee  considered  the  qualifications  of 
Deloitte &  Touche  LLP  and  discussed  with  Deloitte &  Touche 
LLP  their  independence,  including  a  review  of  the  audit  and 
non-audit  services  provided  by  them  to  us.   The  Audit 
Committee  also  discussed  with  Deloitte &  Touche  LLP  the 
matters  required  to  be  discussed  by  Statement  on  Auditing 
(AICPA,  Professional 
Standards  No. 61,  as  amended, 
Standards,  Vol.  1  AU  section  380),  as  adopted  by  the  Public 
Company  Accounting  Oversight  Board  in  Rule 3200T,  and  it 
received  the  written  disclosures  and  the  letter  from  Deloitte & 
Touche  LLP  required  by  the  applicable  requirements  of  the 
Public  Company  Accounting  Oversight  Board 
regarding 
Deloitte &  Touche  LLP’s  communications  with  Audit 
Committee  concerning 
independence  and  has  discussed 
Deloitte & Touche LLP’s independence with Deloitte & Touche 
LLP. 

Management  has  reviewed  and  discussed  the  audited  financial 
statements for fiscal 2011 with the Audit Committee, including 
a  discussion  of  the  quality  and  acceptability  of  the  financial 

37 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
the 

reasonableness  of 

reporting, 
significant  accounting 
judgments  and  estimates  and  the  clarity  of  disclosures  in  the 
financial  statements.   In  connection  with  this  review  and 
discussion,  the  Audit  Committee  asked  a  number  of  follow-up 
questions of management and the independent registered public 
accounting  firm  to  help  give  the  Audit  Committee  comfort  in 
connection with its review. 

In reliance on the reviews and discussions referred to above, the 
Audit  Committee  recommended  to  the  Board  that  the  audited 
financial  statements  be  included  in  the  annual  report  on 
Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended October 1, 2011, for filing 
w ith  th e  SEC.

Respectively submitted by 
THE AUDIT COMMITTEE 

Susan James, Chair 
Garry Rogerson 
Lawrence Tomlinson 

OTHER MATTERS 

We know of no other matters to be submitted to the meeting.  If any other matters properly come before the meeting, it is the 

intention of the persons named in the enclosed form Proxy to vote the shares they represent as the Board may recommend. 

Dated: January 20, 2012 

BY ORDER OF THE BOARD OF DIRECTORS 

/s/ John R. Ambroseo 
John R. Ambroseo 
President and Chief Executive Officer 

38 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
ANNEX A 
AMENDED AND RESTATED EMPLOYEE STOCK 
PURCHASE PLAN 

COHERENT, INC. 

EMPLOYEE STOCK PURCHASE PLAN 

Amended and restated as _______________ 

The  following  constitutes  the  provisions  of  the  Employee 
Stock  Purchase  Plan  (herein  called  the  “Plan”)  of  Coherent, 
Inc. (herein called the “Company”). 

1. 
Purpose.    The  purpose  of  the  Plan  is  to  provide 
employees  of  the  Company  and  its  subsidiaries  with  an 
opportunity  to  purchase  Common  Stock  of  the  Company 
through payroll deductions.  It is the intention of the Company 
to  have  the  Plan  qualify  as  an  “Employee  Stock  Purchase 
Plan”  under  Section  423  of  the  Internal  Revenue  Code  of 
1986.    The  provisions  of  the  Plan  shall,  accordingly,  be 
construed  so  as  to  extend  and  limit  participation  in  a  manner 
consistent with the requirements of that Section of the Code. 

2. 

Definitions. 

(a) 

“Base  pay”  or  “base  salary”  means  regular 
straight-time  earnings  and  commissions,  excluding  payments 
for overtime, shift premiums, incentive compensation, bonuses 
and any other special payments. 

(b) 

“Employee” means any person, including an 
officer, who is customarily employed for at least twenty (20) 
hours  per  week  by  the  Company  or  its  subsidiaries  (50%  or 
more of whose voting shares are owned directly or indirectly 
by the Company) unless the Company designates a subsidiary 
as not participating in the Plan.   

3. 

Eligibility. 

(a) 

Any  employee  as  defined  in  paragraph  2 
who  shall  be  employed  by  the  Company  on  the  date  his 
participation  in  the  Plan  is  effective  shall  be  eligible  to 
participate  in  the  Plan,  subject  to  limitations  imposed  by 
Section 423(b) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986. 

(b) 

Any  provisions  of  the  Plan  to  the  contrary 
notwithstanding, no employee shall be granted an option under 
the  Plan  (i)  if,  immediately  after  the  grant,  such  employee 
would own shares and/or hold outstanding options to purchase 
stock  possessing  five  percent  (5%)  or  more  of  the  total 
combined voting power or value of the Company, or (ii) which 
permits his rights to purchase shares under all employee stock 
purchase plans of the Company and its subsidiaries to accrue 
at  a  rate  which  exceeds  Twenty  Five  Thousand  Dollars 
($25,000) for each calendar year in which such stock option is 
outstanding  at  any  time,  where  the  value  of  the  option  is 
calculated as the fair market value of the shares (determined at 
the time such option is granted).  

4. 
Offering  Dates.    The  Plan  shall  be  implemented  by 
two  Offerings  during  each  fiscal  year,  each  of  six  months 
duration,  with  Offering  I  commencing  on  or  about  May  1  of 
each year and Offering II commencing on or about November 
1 of each year.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, in lieu of the 
Offering periods set forth in the preceding sentence, the Board 
may  establish  any  Offering  period  that  does  not  exceed  27 
months  and  is  consistent  with  Section  423  of  the  Internal 
Revenue Code.   

5. 

Participation. 

(a) 

An eligible employee may enroll in the Plan 
by  completing  a  subscription  agreement  authorizing  payroll 
deduction  on  the  form  provided  by  the  Company  and 
the 
submitting  prior 
subscription agreement and any other information required by 
the Company in the form and manner and in accordance with 
procedures designated by the Company.  

the  applicable  offering  date, 

to 

(b) 

Payroll  deductions  for  a  participant  shall 
commence  on  the  first  payroll  following  the  commencement 
offering  date  and  shall  end  on  the  termination  date  of  the 
offering  to  which  such  authorization  is  applicable,  unless 
sooner terminated by the participant as provided in paragraph 
10 or otherwise provided by the Company. 

6. 

Payroll Deductions. 

At 

(a) 

the 

time  a  participant 

files  his 
subscription  agreement,  he  shall  elect 
to  have  payroll 
deductions  made  on  each  payday  during  the  offering  period.  
Unless  the  Company  determines  otherwise,  the  amount  of 
payroll deductions elected to be made shall not be greater than 
ten percent (10%) of the base pay which he received on such 
payday nor less than a $10 deduction per payday. 

(b) 

All payroll deductions made by a participant 
shall be credited to a book-keeping account under the Plan.  A 
participant  may  not  make  any  additional  payments  into  such 
account. 

(c) 

A  participant  may  discontinue  his  payroll 
deductions  to  the  Plan  as  provided  in  paragraph  10,  or  may 
lower,  but  not  increase,  the  rate  of  his  payroll  deductions 
(within  the  limitations  set  forth  in  subparagraph  (a)  above) 
during the offering by completing or filing with the Company 
a  new  authorization  for  payroll  deduction.    Unless  the 
Company  determines  otherwise,  the  change  in  rate  shall  be 
effective  within  fifteen  (15)  days  following  the  Company’s 
receipt of the new authorization. 

7. 

Grant of Option. 

(a) 

At  the  beginning  of  each  offering  period, 
each eligible employee shall be granted an option to purchase 
that  number  of  shares  of  the  Company’s  Common  Stock  
determined  by  dividing  such  employee’s  payroll  deductions 
accumulated  prior  to  the  exercise  date  and  retained  in  the 

A-1 

 
 
 
eligible  employee’s  account  as  of  the  exercise  date  by  the 
applicable  option  price  determined 
in  accordance  with 
paragraph  7(b);  provided  that  in  no  event  will  an  eligible 
employee be permitted to purchase during any offering period 
more  than  ten  thousand  (10,000)  shares  of  the  Company’s 
Common  Stock,  subject 
in 
paragraph 18 and provided further that such purchase will be 
subject  to  the  limitations  set  forth  in  paragraph  3(b)  and  12 
hereof.    Fair  market  value  of  a  share  of  the  Company’s 
Common Stock shall be determined as provided in paragraph 
7(b) herein. 

to  adjustment  as  provided 

(b) 

The  option  price  per  share  of  such  shares 
shall  be  the  lower  of:    (i)  85%  of  the  fair  market  value  of  a 
share  of  the  Common  Stock  of  the  Company  at  the 
commencement of the offering period; or (ii) 85% of the fair 
market value of a share of the Common Stock of the Company 
at  the  time  the  option  is  exercised  at  the  termination  of  the 
offering  period.    The  fair  market  value  of  the  Company’s 
Common  Stock  on  said  dates  shall  be  determined  by  the 
Company’s  Board  of  Directors  in  the  exercise  of  their 
discretion in good faith. 

Exercise of Option.  Unless a participant withdraws 
8. 
from the Plan as provided in paragraph 10 and subject to the 
limitations  set  forth  in  paragraph  12,  his  option  for  the 
purchase  of  shares  will  be  exercised  automatically  at  the  end 
of the offering period, and the maximum number of full shares 
subject  to  option  will  be  purchased  for  him  at  the  applicable 
option  price  with  the  applicable  amount  of  the  accumulated 
payroll  deductions  in  his  account.    During  his  lifetime,  a 
participant’s  option 
is 
exercisable only by him.  Any cash remaining to the credit of a 
participant’s account under the Plan after a purchase by him of 
shares  at  the  termination  of each offering period, or  which  is 
insufficient to purchase a full share of Common Stock of the 
Company, shall be returned to said participant. 

to  purchase  shares  hereunder 

9. 
Rights as a Stockholder.  A participant shall not be 
deemed  to  be the  holder  of, or  to  have  any  of  the  rights of  a 
holder with respect to, the shares of the Company’s Common 
Stock  purchased  upon  exercise  of  his  option  under  the  Plan 
until the date of the issuance of the shares of the Company’s 
Common Stock to the employee.   

10. 

Withdrawal; Termination of Employment. 

(a) 

A participant may withdraw all but not less 
than  all  the  payroll  deductions  credited  to  his  account  under 
the  Plan  for  an  Offering  at  any  time  prior  to  the  end  of  the 
applicable offering period by giving notice to the Company in 
the  manner  prescribed  by  the  Company. 
  All  of  the 
participant’s payroll deductions credited to his account for the 
Offering  from  which  he  has  withdrawn  will  be  paid  to  him 
promptly  after  receipt  of  his  notice  of  withdrawal  and  his 
option  for  the  current  period  under  the  Offering  will  be 
automatically  terminated,  and  no  further  payroll  deductions 
for the purchase of shares under the Offering withdrawn from 
will be made during the applicable offering period. 

A-2 

(b) 

Upon 

termination  of 

the  participant’s 
employment  prior  to  the  end  of  an  offering  period  for  any 
reason,  including  retirement  or  death,  the  payroll  deductions 
credited to his account will be returned to him and his option 
will be automatically terminated. 

(c) 

In  the  event  an  employee  fails  to  remain  in 
the  employ  of  the  Company  customarily  for  at  least  twenty 
(20)  hours  per  week  during  the  offering  period  in  which  the 
employee is a participant, he will be deemed to have elected to 
withdraw from the Plan and the payroll deductions credited to 
his account will be returned to him and his option terminated. 

(d) 

A participant’s withdrawal from an Offering 
will  not  have  any  effect  upon  his  eligibility  to  participate  in 
any other Offering or in any similar plan which may hereafter 
be adopted by the Company. 

11. 
No  Interest.    To  the  extent  that  a  participant’s 
payroll  deductions  are  refunded pursuant  to  the provisions  of 
the Plan, no interest shall be paid on said refundable amount. 

12. 
Stock.    The  maximum  number  of  shares  of  the 
Company’s Common Stock which shall be made available for 
sale  under  the  Plan  shall  be  7,925,000  shares,  subject  to 
adjustment upon changes in capitalization of the Company as 
provided  in  paragraph  18.    The  shares  to  be  sold  to 
participants  under  the  Plan  may,  at  the  election  of  the 
Company,  be  either  treasury  shares  or  shares  authorized  but 
unissued.  If the total number of shares which would otherwise 
be subject to options granted pursuant to Section 7(a) hereof at 
the  beginning  of  an  offering  period  exceeds  the  number  of 
shares  then  available  under  the  Plan  (after  deduction  of  all 
shares  for  which  options  have  been  exercised  or  are  then 
outstanding), the Company shall make a pro rata allocation of 
the shares remaining available for option grant in as uniform a 
manner as shall be practicable and as it shall determine to be 
equitable.    In  such  event,  the  Company  shall  give  written 
notice of such reduction of the number of shares subject to the 
option  to  each  employee  affected  thereby  and  shall  similarly 
reduce the rate of payroll deductions, if necessary.  

13. 
Administration.   The  Plan  shall  be administered by 
the  Board  of  Directors  of  the  Company  or  a  committee 
appointed by the Board.  The administration, interpretation or 
application of the Plan by the Board or its committee shall be 
final, conclusive and binding upon all participants.  Members 
of the Committee who are eligible employees are permitted to 
participate in the Plan.  Notwithstanding any provision to the 
contrary  in  the  Plan,  the  Board  or  its  committee  may  adopt 
rules  or  procedures 
the  operation  and 
administration  of  the  plan  to  accommodate  the  specific 
requirements  of  local  laws  and  procedures  for  jurisdictions 
outside  of  the  United  States.    Without  limiting  the  generality 
of  the  foregoing,  the  Board  or  its  committee  is  specifically 
authorized  to adopt  rules  and  procedures regarding  eligibility 
to  participate,  the  definition  of  base  pay,  handling  of  payroll 
deductions,  making  of  contributions  to  the  Plan  (including, 
without  limitation,  in  forms  other  than  payroll  deductions), 

relating 

to 

 
establishment  of  bank  or  trust  accounts  to  hold  payroll 
deductions,  conversion  of  local  currency,  obligations  to  pay 
payroll  tax,  determination  and  change  of  offering  periods, 
payment  procedures,  requirement  that  shares  of  Company’s 
Common  Stock  acquired  through  the  Plan  be  held  by  a 
specific broker, withholding procedures and handling of stock 
certificates which may vary with local requirements. 

the  authority 

14. 
Non-US Eligible Employees.  Without amending the 
Plan,  the  Company  may  grant  options  or  establish  other 
procedures  to  provide  benefits  to  eligible  employees  of 
participating  subsidiaries  with  non-U.S.  employees  on  such 
terms and conditions different from those specified in this Plan 
as  may,  in  the  judgment  of  the  Company,  be  necessary  or 
desirable to foster and promote achievement of the purposes of 
to  adopt  such 
the  Plan  and  shall  have 
modifications,  procedures,  subplans  and  the  like  as  may  be 
necessary  or  desirable  (a)  to  comply  with  provisions  of  the 
laws or regulations or conform to the requirements to operate 
the  Plan  in  a  qualified  or  tax  or  accounting  advantageous 
manner  in  other  countries  or  jurisdictions  in  which  the 
Company or any participating subsidiary may operate or have 
employees, (b) to ensure the viability of the benefits from the 
Plan  to  eligible  employees  employed  in  such  countries  or 
jurisdictions  and  (c)  to  meet  the  objectives  of  the  Plan.  
Notwithstanding  anything  to  the  contrary  herein,  any  such 
actions  taken  by  the  Company  with  respect  to  eligible 
Employees of any participating subsidiary may be treated as a 
subplan  outside  of  an  “employee  stock  purchase  plan”  under 
section  423  of  the  Internal  Revenue  Code  and  not  subject  to 
the  requirements  of  section  423  set  forth  in  the  Internal 
Revenue Code and this Plan. 

15. 
Transferability.  Neither payroll deductions credited 
a  participant’s  account  nor  any  rights  with  regard  to  the 
exercise of an option or to receive shares under the Plan may 
be  assigned,  transferred,  pledged  or  otherwise  disposed  of  in 
any  way  (other  than  by  will  or  the  laws  of  descent  and 
distribution)  by  the  participant. 
  Any  such  attempt  at 
assignment,  transfer,  pledge  or  other  disposition  shall  be 
without effect, except that the Company may treat such act as 
an  election  to  withdraw  funds  in  accordance  with  paragraph 
10. 

16. 
Use  of  Funds.    All  payroll  deductions  received  or 
held  by  the  Company  under  the  Plan  may  be  used  by  the 
Company  for  any  corporate  purpose,  and  the  Company  shall 
not be obligated to segregate such payroll deductions. 

Reports.  Individual accounts will be maintained for 
17. 
each  participant  in  the  Plan.    Accounts  under  the  Plan  are 
purely  book-keeping  entries.    Statements  of  account  will  be 
given to participating employees. 

18. 

Changes in Capitalization and Transactions.  

(a) 

If  any  change  is  made  in  the  shares  of  the 
Company’s  Common  Stock  subject  to  the  Plan,  or  subject  to 
any option under the Plan, without the receipt of consideration 

recapitalization, 

reincorporation, 

the  Company 

(through  merger, 

consolidation, 
by 
reorganization, 
stock 
dividend,  dividend  in  property  other  than  cash,  stock  split, 
liquidating  dividend,  combination  of  shares,  exchange  of 
shares,  change  in  corporate  structure  or  other  transaction  not 
involving  the  receipt  of  consideration  by  the  Company),  the 
Plan  will  be  appropriately  adjusted  in  the  class(es)  and 
maximum number of shares of the Company’s Common Stock 
subject  to  the  Plan  pursuant  to  paragraph  12  and  the  option 
purchase 
the  outstanding  options  will  be 
appropriately  adjusted  in  the  class(es),  number  of  shares  of 
Common  Stock  and  purchase  limits  of  such  outstanding 
options.    The  Board  shall  make  such  adjustments,  and  its 
determination  shall  be  final,  binding  and  conclusive.    (The 
conversion of any convertible securities of the Company shall 
not be treated as a transaction that does not involve the receipt 
of consideration by the Company.) 

limits,  and 

(b) 

Without 

limitation  on 

the  preceding 
provisions, in the event of any corporate transaction, the Board 
may  make  such  adjustment  it  deems  appropriate  to  prevent 
dilution  or  enlargement  of  rights  in  the  number  and  class  of 
the Company’s Common Stock which may be delivered under 
the  Plan,  in  the  number,  class  of  or  price  of  the  Company’s 
Common  Stock  available  for  purchase  under  the  Plan  and  in 
the  number  of  the  Company’s  Common  Stock  which  an 
employee is entitled to purchase and any other adjustments it 
deems  appropriate.    Without  limiting  the  Board’s  authority 
under this Plan, in the event of any transaction, the Board may 
elect  to  have  the  options  hereunder  assumed  or  such  options 
substituted  by a  successor  entity,  to  terminate  all  outstanding 
options, either prior to their expiration or upon completion of 
the  purchase  of  the  Company’s  Common  Stock  on  the  next 
exercise date, to shorten the Offering period by setting a new 
exercise date or to take such other action deemed appropriate 
by the Board.  

Amendment  or  Termination. 

19. 
  The  Board  of 
Directors of the Company may at any time terminate or amend 
the  Plan.    No  such  termination  can  affect  options  previously 
granted,  nor  may  an  amendment  make  any  change  in  any 
option  theretofore  granted  which  adversely  affects  the  rights 
of  any  participant,  nor  may  an  amendment  be  made  without 
prior  approval  of  the  shareholders  of  the  Company  if  such 
amendment would: 

(a) 
issued under the plan;  

Increase  the  number  of  shares  that  may  be 

(b) 

Change the designation of the employees (or 

class of employees) eligible for participation in the Plan; or 

shareholder 
Require 
applicable law or exchange requirements. 

(c) 

approval 

under 

20. 
Notices.    All  notices  or  other  communications  by  a 
participant  to  the  Company  under  or  in  connection  with  the 
Plan shall be deemed to have been duly given when received 

A-3 

 
in the form specified by the Company at the location or by the 
person, designated by the Company for the receipt thereof. 

21. 
No Right of Employment.  Neither the grant nor the 
exercise  of  any  options  under  this  Plan  nor  anything  in  this 
Plan  shall  impose  upon  the  Company  or  any  participating 
subsidiary any obligation to employ or continue to employ any 
employee.    The  right  of  the  Company  or  a  participating 
subsidiary to terminate any employee shall not be diminished 
or  affected  because  any  options  have  been  granted  to  such 
employee. 

A-4 

 
 
UNITED STATES 
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION 
WASHINGTON, D.C. 20549 
__________________________________________________ 
FORM 10-K 

(Mark One) 
⌧ 

ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934 

For the Fiscal Year Ended October 1, 2011 
or 

(cid:134) 

TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934 

Commission File Number: 001-33962 
___________________________________________________

COHERENT, INC.  

Delaware 
(State or other jurisdiction of 
incorporation or organization) 

5100 Patrick Henry Drive, Santa Clara, California 
(Address of principal executive offices) 

94-1622541 
(I.R.S. Employer 
Identification No.) 

95054 
(Zip Code) 

Registrant's telephone number, including area code: (408) 764-4000 
Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act: 

Title of each class 
Common Stock, $0.01 par value 

Name of each exchange on which 
registered 
The NASDAQ Stock Market LLC 
Nasdaq Global Select Market 

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act: None 

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act. Yes (cid:134)    No ⌧ 

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 

1934 (the "Exchange Act"). Yes (cid:134)    No ⌧ 

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act 
of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports) and (2) has been subject to such 
filing requirements for the past 90 days. Yes ⌧    No (cid:134) 

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has submitted electronically and posted on its corporate Web site, if any, every Interactive Data 

File required to be submitted and posted pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T (§229.405 of this chapter) during the preceding 12 months (or for such 
shorter period that the registrant was required to submit and post such files. Yes ⌧ No (cid:134) 

Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent filers pursuant to Item 405 of Regulation S-K is not contained herein, and will not be 
contained, to the best of registrant's knowledge, in definitive proxy or information statements incorporated by reference in Part III of this Form 10-K or 
any amendment to this Form 10-K. (cid:134) 

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, or a smaller reporting 

company. See definitions of "large accelerated filer", "accelerated filer" and "smaller reporting company" in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act. 

Large accelerated filer ⌧ 

Accelerated filer (cid:133) 

Non-accelerated filer (cid:134) 
(Do not check if a smaller 
reporting company) 

Smaller reporting 
company (cid:134) 

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act). Yes (cid:134)    No ⌧ 

As of November 25, 2011, 23,594,170 shares of common stock were outstanding. The aggregate market value of the voting shares (based on the 

closing price reported on the NASDAQ Global Select Market on April 1, 2011, of Coherent, Inc., held by nonaffiliates was approximately 
$1,148,000,000. For purposes of this disclosure, shares of common stock held by persons who own 5% or more of the outstanding common stock and 
shares of common stock held by each officer and director have been excluded in that such persons may be deemed to be "affiliates" as that term is 
defined under the Rules and Regulations of the Exchange Act. This determination of affiliate status is not necessarily conclusive. 

Portions of the registrant's Proxy Statement for the registrant's fiscal 2012 Annual Meeting of Stockholders are incorporated by reference into 

Part III of the Form 10-K to the extent stated herein. The Proxy Statement or an amended report on Form 10-K will be filed within 120 days of the 
registrant's fiscal year ended October 1, 2011. 

DOCUMENT INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
(This page intentionally left blank.)

TABLE OF CONTENTS

PART I

ITEM 1.
BUSINESS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  
ITEM 1A.  RISK FACTORS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  
ITEM 1B.  UNRESOLVED STAFF COMMENTS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  
PROPERTIES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  
ITEM 2. 
LEGAL PROCEEDINGS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  
ITEM 3. 
(REMOVED AND RESERVED) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  
ITEM 4.

PART II

ITEM 5.

MARKET FOR REGISTRANT'S COMMON EQUITY, RELATED STOCKHOLDER 

ITEM 6.
ITEM 7.

MATTERS AND ISSUER PURCHASES OF EQUITY SECURITIES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  
SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  
MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND 

RESULTS OF OPERATIONS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  
ITEM 7A. QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURES ABOUT MARKET RISK . . . . . . . . . . .  
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SUPPLEMENTARY DATA . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  
ITEM 8.
CHANGES IN AND DISAGREEMENTS WITH ACCOUNTANTS ON ACCOUNTING AND 
ITEM 9.

FINANCIAL DISCLOSURE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  
ITEM 9A. CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  
ITEM 9B. OTHER INFORMATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  

PART III

ITEM 10. DIRECTORS AND EXECUTIVE OFFICERS AND CORPORATE GOVERNANCE . . . . . . . . . .  
EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  
ITEM 11.
SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT 
ITEM 12.

AND RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  

ITEM 13. CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS AND DIRECTOR 

ITEM 14.

PART IV

INDEPENDENCE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  
PRINCIPAL ACCOUNTANT FEES AND SERVICES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  

ITEM 15.

EXHIBITS AND FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  
SIGNATURES  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 

4
18
31
31
32
32

33
35

36
52
53

53
54
55

56
57

57

57
58

59
61

SPECIAL NOTE REGARDING FORWARD LOOKING STATEMENTS 

This Annual Report contains forward-looking statements. These forward-looking statements include, without limitation, 
statements relating to: 

•  expansion into, and financial returns from, new markets; 

•  optimization of financial returns; 

•  maintenance and development of current and new customer relationships; 

•  enhancement of market position through existing or new technologies; 

•  optimization of product mix; 

•   future trends in microelectronics, scientific research and government programs, OEM components and instrumentation 

and materials processing; 

•  utilization of vertical integration; 

•  adoption of our products or lasers generally; 

•  applications and processes that will use lasers, including the suitability of our products; 

•  capitalization on market trends; 

•  alignment with current and new customer demands; 

•  emergence of OLED technology; 

•  use of lasers in the manufacture of solar cells; 

•  positioning in the marketplace and gains of market share; 

•  leadership position; 

•  design and development of products, services and solutions; 

•  control of supply chain and partners; 

•  realization of restructuring benefits; 

•  establishment of global sourcing function; 

•  protection of intellectual property rights; 

•  cancellation rates; 

•  employees recruiting and retention; 

•  compliance with environmental and safety regulations; 

•  net sales and operating results; 

•  variations in stock price; 

•  research and development expenditures and benefits; 

•  market acceptance of products; 

2 

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
•  conversion of bookings to net sales; 

•  flat panel displays orders; 

•  trends in the instrumentation market; 

•  sufficiency and management of cash, cash equivalents and investments; 

•  acquisition efforts and associated potential capital commitments; 

•  accounting for goodwill and intangible assets, inventory valuation, warranty reserves and taxes; and 

•  future net revenue. 

In addition, we include forward-looking statements under the "Our Strategy" and "Future Trends" headings set forth 

below in "Business" and under the "Bookings and Book-to-Bill Ratio" heading set forth below in "Management's Discussion 
and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations." 

You can identify these and other forward-looking statements by the use of the words such as "may," "will," "could," 

"would," "should," "expects," "plans," "anticipates," "estimates," "intends," "potential," "projected," "continue," "our 
observation," or the negative of such terms, or other comparable terminology. Forward-looking statements also include the 
assumptions underlying or relating to any of the foregoing statements. 

Our actual results could differ materially from those anticipated in these forward-looking statements as a result of various 

factors, including those set forth below in "Business," "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and 
Results of Operations" and under the heading "Risk Factors." All forward-looking statements included in this document are 
based on information available to us on the date hereof. We undertake no obligation to update these forward-looking statements 
as a result of events or circumstances or to reflect the occurrence of unanticipated events or non-occurrence of anticipated 
events. 

3 

 
  
  
  
  
  
 
PART I 

ITEM 1.    BUSINESS 

GENERAL 

Business Overview 

Our fiscal year ends on the Saturday closest to September 30. Fiscal years 2011, 2010 and 2009 ended on October 1, 

October 2, and October 3, respectively, and are referred to in this annual report as fiscal 2011, fiscal 2010 and fiscal 2009 for 
convenience. Fiscal years 2011 and 2010 included 52 weeks; fiscal year 2009 included 53 weeks. 

We are one of the world's leading suppliers of photonics-based solutions in a broad range of commercial and scientific 

research applications. We design, manufacture, service and market lasers and related accessories for a diverse group of 
customers. Since inception in 1966, we have grown through internal expansion and through strategic acquisitions of 
complementary businesses, technologies, intellectual property, manufacturing processes and product offerings. 

We are organized into two operating segments: Commercial Lasers and Components ("CLC") and Specialty Lasers and 

Systems ("SLS"). This segmentation reflects the go-to-market strategies for various products and markets. While both segments 
deliver cost-effective photonics solutions, CLC focuses on higher volume products that are offered in set configurations. The 
product architectures are designed for easy exchange at the point of use such that substantially all product service and repairs 
are based upon advanced replacement and depot (i.e., factory) repair. CLC's primary markets include materials processing and 
original equipment manufacturer ("OEM") components and instrumentation. SLS develops and manufactures configurable, 
advanced performance products largely serving the microelectronics, OEM components and instrumentation and scientific 
research and government programs markets. The size and complexity of many of the SLS products require service to be 
performed at the customer site by factory-trained field service engineers. 

Effective as of the beginning of the first quarter of fiscal 2009, we moved our diode pumped solid state ("DPSS") 

Germany and Crystal product families from the CLC segment into the SLS segment. This concentrated all DPSS product 
families in the SLS segment. All reporting has been aligned to reflect the revised reportable operating segments (CLC and SLS) 
and prior periods have been restated. See additional discussion in Note 18 "Segment and Geographic Information" of our Notes 
to Consolidated Financial Statements under Item 15 of this Annual Report on Form 10-K. 

Income (loss) from operations is the measure of profit and loss that our chief operating decision maker ("CODM") uses to 

assess performance and make decisions. Income (loss) from operations represents the sales less the cost of sales and direct 
operating expenses incurred within the operating segments as well as allocated expenses such as shared sales and manufacturing 
costs. We do not allocate to our operating segments certain operating expenses, which we manage separately at the corporate 
level. These unallocated costs include stock-based compensation and corporate functions (certain advanced research and 
development, management, finance, legal and human resources) and are included in Corporate and other. Management does not 
consider unallocated Corporate and other costs in its measurement of segment performance. 

We were originally incorporated in California on May 26, 1966 and reincorporated in Delaware on October 1, 1990. 

Additional information about Coherent, Inc. (referred to herein as the Company, we, our, or Coherent) is available on our 

web site at www.coherent.com. We make available, free of charge on our web site, access to our annual report on Form 10-K, 
our quarterly reports on Form 10-Q, our current reports on Form 8-K and amendments to those reports filed or furnished 
pursuant to Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the "Exchange Act"), as soon as 
reasonably practicable after we file or furnish them electronically with the Securities and Exchange Commission ("SEC"). 
Information contained on our web site is not part of this annual report or our other filings with the SEC. Any product, product 
name, process, or technology described in these materials is the property of Coherent, Inc. 

INDUSTRY BACKGROUND 

The word "laser" is an acronym for "light amplification by stimulated emission of radiation." A laser emits an intense 
coherent beam of light with some unique and highly useful properties. Most importantly, a laser is orders of magnitude brighter 
than any lamp. As a result of its coherence, the beam can be focused to a very small and intense spot, useful for applications 
requiring very high power densities including cutting and other materials processing procedures. The laser's high spatial 
resolution is also useful for microscopic imaging and inspection applications. Laser light can be monochromatic—all the beam 
energy is confined to a narrow wavelength band. Some lasers can be used to create ultrafast output—a series of pulses with 
pulse durations as short as attoseconds (i.e., 10-18 seconds). 

There are many types of lasers and one way of classifying them is by the material or medium used to create the lasing 
action. This can be in the form of a gas, liquid, semiconductor or solid state crystal.  Lasers can also be classified by their output 

4 

  
  
wavelength: ultraviolet, visible, infrared or wavelength tunable. We manufacture all of these laser types. There are also many 
options in terms of pulsed output versus continuous wave, pulse duration, output power, beam dimensions, etc. In fact, each 
application has its specific requirements in terms of laser performance. The broad technical depth at Coherent enables us to 
offer a diverse set of product lines characterized by lasers targeted at growth opportunities and key applications. In all cases, we 
aim to be the supplier of choice by offering a high-value combination of superior technical performance and high reliability. 

Photonics has taken its place alongside electronics as a critical enabling technology for the twenty-first century. Photonics 

based solutions are entrenched in broad industries that include industrial automation, textile processing, microelectronics, flat 
panel displays and medical diagnostics, with adoption continuing in ever more diverse applications. Growth in these 
applications stems from two sources. First, there are many applications where the laser is displacing conventional technology 
because it can do the job faster, better or more economically. Second, there are new applications where the laser is the enabling 
tool that makes the work possible (e.g., the production of sub 50 micron microvias) used in the manufacture of high density 
printed circuit boards found in the latest smartphones and tablet computers. 

Key laser applications include: micro and nanotechnologies; solar cell production; semiconductor inspection; 
microlithography; measurement, test and repair of electronic circuits; flat panel display manufacturing; medical and bio-
instrumentation; industrial process and quality control; materials processing; imaging and printing; graphic arts and display; 
and, research and development. For example, ultraviolet ("UV") lasers are enabling the move towards miniaturization, which 
drives innovation and growth in many markets. The short wavelength of lasers that produce light in the UV spectral region 
makes it possible to manufacture extremely small structures with maximum precision—consistent with the latest state-of-the-art 
technology. 

OUR STRATEGY 

We strive to develop innovative and proprietary products and solutions that meet the needs of our customers and that are 

based on our core expertise in lasers and optical technologies. In pursuit of our strategy, we intend to: 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

Leverage our technology portfolio and application engineering to lead the proliferation of photonics into 
broader markets—We will continue to identify opportunities in which our technology portfolio and application 
engineering can be used to offer innovative solutions and gain access to new markets. We plan to utilize our 
expertise to expand into new markets, such as laser-based processing development tools for solar manufacturing 
and high power materials processing solutions. 

Optimize our leadership position in existing markets—There are a number of markets where we have 
historically been at the forefront of technological development and product deployment and from which we have 
derived a substantial portion of our revenues. We plan to optimize our financial returns from these markets. 

Maintain and develop additional strong collaborative customer and industry relationships—We believe that 
the Coherent brand name and reputation for product quality, technical performance and customer satisfaction will 
help us to further develop our loyal customer base. We plan to maintain our current customer relationships and 
develop new ones with customers who are industry leaders and work together with these customers to design and 
develop innovative product systems and solutions as they develop new technologies. 

Develop and acquire new technologies and market share—We will continue to enhance our market position 
through our existing technologies and develop new technologies through our internal research and development 
efforts, as well as through the acquisition of additional complementary technologies, intellectual property, 
manufacturing processes and product offerings. 

Streamline our manufacturing structure and improve our cost structure—We will focus on optimizing the 
mix of products that we manufacture internally and externally. We will utilize vertical integration where our 
internal manufacturing process is considered proprietary and seek to leverage external sources when the 
capabilities and cost structure are well developed and on a path towards commoditization. 

Focus on long-term improvement of adjusted EBITDA, in dollars and as a percentage of net sales—We 
define adjusted EBITDA as operating income adjusted for depreciation, amortization, stock compensation 
expenses, major restructuring costs and certain other non-operating income and expense items. Key initiatives to 
reach our goals for EBITDA improvements include utilization of our Asian manufacturing locations, rationalizing 
our supply chain and continued leveraging of our infrastructure. 

5 

 
  
APPLICATIONS 

Our products address a broad range of applications that we group into the following markets: Microelectronics, Scientific 

Research and Government Programs, OEM Components and Instrumentation and Materials Processing. 

Microelectronics 

Nowhere is the trend towards miniaturization more prevalent than in the Microelectronics market where smart phones, 
tablets, ultrabooks, personal computers ("PC's") and televisions ("TV's") are driving advances in displays, integrated circuits 
and printed circuit boards ("PCB's"). In response to market demands and expectations, semiconductor and device manufacturers 
are continually seeking to improve their process and design technologies in order to manufacture smaller, more powerful and 
more reliable devices at lower cost. New laser applications and new laser technologies are a key element in delivering higher 
resolution and higher precision at lower manufacturing cost. 

We support four major markets in the microelectronics industry: (1) flat panel display manufacturing, (2) advanced 

packaging and interconnects, (3) semiconductor front-end, and (4) solar cell production and other emerging processes. 

Microelectronics—flat panel display manufacturing 

The high-volume consumer market is driving the production of flat panel displays ("FPDs") in applications such as 
mobile telephones, tablets, ultrabooks, laptop computers, television monitors, digital cameras, personal digital assistants 
("PDAs") and car navigation systems. There are several types of established and emerging displays based on quite different 
technologies, including plasma ("PDP"), liquid crystal ("LCD") and organic polymers ("OLED"). Lasers have found 
applications in each of these technologies given that the laser provides higher process speed, better yield, improved battery life, 
lower cost and/or superior display brightness and resolution. 

Several display types require a high-density pattern of silicon Thin Film Transistors ("TFTs"). If this silicon is 

polycrystalline, the performance is greatly enhanced. In the past, these polysilicon layers could only be produced on expensive 
special glass at high temperatures. However, excimer based processes, such as excimer laser annealing ("ELA") have allowed 
high-volume production of low-temperature polysilicon ("LTPS") on conventional glass substrates. Our excimer lasers provide 
an invaluable solution for LTPS because they are the only industrial-grade excimer lasers with the high pulse energy optimized 
for this application. The current state-of-the-art product for this application is our excimer VYPER laser, which delivers over 
1000W of power, enabling customers to scale to current Generation 5 & 5.5 substrates and in the near future up to Generation 8 
sizes, when coupled with our latest 750mm length Line Beam optical delivery system (LB-750). These systems are integral to 
the manufacturing process on all leading LTPS based smartphone displays, with the highest commercially available pixel 
densities of  greater than 300 pixels per inch (ppi) and hold the potential for widespread deployment in tablet computing and 
future OLED TV manufacturing.  

Our AVIA and DIAMOND lasers are also used in other production processes for FPDs. These processes include drilling, 

cutting, patterning, marking and yield improvement. 

Lasers have also become a valuable tool in high-brightness (HB) LED manufacturing, improving LED performance and 

yield. LED has seen rapid growth in the last year due to widespread adoption as the light source in all categories of LCD 
displays, from phones all the way to full size TV's. Our lasers are used in the back-end processing of HB-LEDs. 

Microelectronics—advanced packaging and interconnects 

After a wafer is patterned, there are then a host of other processes, referred to as back-end processing, which finally result 

in a packaged encapsulated silicon chip. Ultimately, these chips are then assembled into finished products. The advent of high-
speed logic and high-memory content devices has caused chip manufacturers to look for alternative technologies to improve 
performance and lower process costs. In terms of materials, this search includes new types of wafers based on low-k materials 
and thinner silicon. Our AVIA and Matrix lasers are providing economic methods of cutting and scribing these wafers while 
delivering higher yields than traditional mechanical methods. Our DIAMOND carbon dioxide ("CO2") lasers are used for 
singulating packages and printed circuit boards into individual components for final assembly. Our Talisker lasers are used in a 
broad range of applications requiring high precision and low heat damage, such as in thin wafer cutting and drilling. 

These same trends are also driving integration and miniaturization, blurring the traditional lines between formerly discrete 

applications such as assembly and PCB fabrication. Lasers are playing several enabling roles in this integration and 
miniaturization. For instance, lasers are now the only economically practical method for drilling microvias in chip assemblies 
and in both rigid and flexible printed circuit boards. These microvias are tiny interconnects that are essential for enabling high-
density circuitry commonly used in mobile handsets and advanced computing systems. Our AVIA and DIAMOND lasers are 
the lasers of choice in this application. The ability of these lasers to operate at very high repetition rates translates into faster 
drilling speeds and increased throughput in Microvia processing applications. 

6 

 
Other applications have developed as well. For instance, the high density of the latest circuit boards is reaching the limits 

of conventional printing technologies, causing wider adoption of laser direct write methods. Our Paladin laser is used for this 
application. 

Microelectronics—semiconductor front-end 

The term "front-end" refers to the production of semiconductor devices which occurs prior to packaging. 

As semiconductor device geometries decrease in size, devices become increasingly susceptible to smaller defects during 

each phase of the manufacturing process and these defects can negatively impact yield. One of the semiconductor industry's 
responses to the increasing vulnerability of semiconductor devices to smaller defects has been to use defect detection and 
inspection techniques that are closely linked to the manufacturing process. For example, automated laser-based inspection 
systems are now used to detect and locate defects as small as 0.01 micron, which may not be observable by conventional optical 
microscopes. 

Detecting the presence of defects is only the first step in preventing their recurrence. After detection, defects must be 
examined in order to identify their size, shape and the process step in which the defect occurred. This examination is called 
defect classification. Identification of the sources of defects in the lengthy and complex semiconductor manufacturing process 
has become essential for maintaining high yield production. Semiconductor manufacturing has become an around-the-clock 
operation and it is important for products used for inspection, measurement and testing to be reliable and to have long lifetimes. 
Our Azure, Paladin, Sapphire, and Excimer lasers are used to detect and characterize defects in semiconductor chips. 

Microelectronics—solar cell production 

Numerous areas of microelectronics can be grouped as "emerging technologies." Some of these are transitioning to 

volume production in the present timeframe while others are more forward-looking. 

Today's higher energy costs have led to heightened interest in solar panels. The interest in solar cell technology coupled 

with the intense focus on improving cell efficiency, is driving the adoption of laser technology in the manufacturing of solar 
cells. Our lasers, such as AVIA, Paladin, Matrix and Talisker, are used in the production of solar panels with applications such 
as dopant activation in the Crystalline Silicon (C:Si) cells and transparent conductive oxide ("TCO") scribing purposes in Thin 
Film designs. 

We have introduced a number of complete solutions for certain processes in the manufacturing of solar cells including the 

Coherent Equinox laser system and the Aethon laser system. These systems are based on Coherent lasers and can be used in a 
production or process development environment. 

Scientific research and government programs 

We are widely recognized as a technology innovator and the scientific market has historically provided an ideal "test 
market" for our leading-edge innovations. These have included ultrafast lasers, DPSS lasers, continuous-wave ("CW") systems, 
excimer gas lasers and water-cooled ion gas lasers. Our portfolio of lasers that address the scientific research market is broad 
and includes our Chameleon, COMPexPro, Evolution, Legend, Libra, MBD, MBR, Micra, Mira, Mantis and Verdi lasers. Many 
of the innovations and products pioneered in the scientific marketplace have become commercial successes for both our OEM 
customers and us. 

We have a large installed base of scientific lasers which are used in a wide range of applications spanning virtually every 

branch of science and engineering. These applications include biology and life science, engineering, physical chemistry and 
physics. Most of these applications require the use of ultrafast lasers that enable the generation of pulses short enough to be 
measured in attoseconds (10-18 seconds). Because of these very short pulse durations, ultrafast lasers enable the study of 
fundamental physical and chemical processes with temporal resolution unachievable with any other tool. These lasers also 
deliver very high peak power and large bandwidths, which can be used to generate many exotic effects. Some of these are now 
finding their way into mainstream applications, such as microscopy or materials processing. In fact, the use of ultrafast lasers 
such as the Chameleon in microscopy is now a common occurrence in bio-imaging labs.  

OEM components and instrumentation 

Instrumentation is one of our more mature commercial applications. Representative applications within this market 
include bio-instrumentation, medical OEMs, graphic arts and display and machine vision. We also support the laser-based 
instrumentation market with a range of laser-related components, including diode lasers for optical pumping. Some of our OEM 
component business includes sales to other, less integrated laser manufacturers participating in OEM markets such as materials 
processing, scientific, and medical. 

7 

 
Bio-instrumentation 

Bio-instrumentation applications for lasers include bio-agent detection for point source and standoff detection of 
pathogens or other bio-toxins; confocal microscopy for biological imaging that allows researchers and clinicians to visualize 
cellular and subcellular structures and processes with an incredible amount of detail; DNA sequencing that provides automation 
and data acquisition rates that would be impossible by any other method; drug discovery—genomic and proteomic analyses that 
enable drug discovery to proceed at very high throughput rates; and flow cytometry for analyzing single cells or populations of 
cells in a heterogeneous mixture, including blood samples. Specifically, our Sapphire, Compass and Coherent CUBE lasers are 
used in several bio-instrumentation applications. 

Medical Therapy 

We sell a variety of components and lasers to medical laser companies in end-user applications such as ophthalmology, 
aesthetic, surgical, therapeutic and dentistry. Our DIAMOND series CO2 lasers are widely used in ophthalmic, aesthetic and 
surgical markets. Our Compass and Sapphire series of lasers are used in the retinal scanning market in diagnostic imaging 
systems as well as new ground breaking in-vivo imaging applications. In addition, we have a leading position in Lasik and 
photorefractive keratectomy ("PRK") surgery methods with our ExciStar XS excimer laser platform. 

The unique ability of our optically pumped semiconductor lasers ("OPSL") technology to match a wavelength to an 
application has led to the development of a high-power yellow (577nm) laser for the treatment of eye related diseases, such as 
Age Related Macular Degeneration and retinal diseases associated with diabetes. The 577nm wavelength was designed to match 
the peak in absorption of oxygenated hemoglobin thereby allowing treatment to occur at a lower power level, and thus reducing 
stress and heat-load placed on the eye with traditional green-based (530nm) solid state lasers. This technology is finding traction 
with both medical OEMs and ophthalmologists. 

Materials Processing 

Lasers are widely accepted today in many important industrial manufacturing applications including cutting, welding, 

joining, drilling, perforating, and marking of metals and nonmetals. We supply high-power lasers for metal processing and low-
to-medium power lasers for laser marking, nonmetals processing and precision micromachining. 

Our high power industrial laser systems are used for cutting, cladding and hardening of metals, joining materials, and 

other materials processing applications. Other applications include welding of plastics and direct metal welding.  

Our Semiconductor business provides higher power arrays with powers in excess of 50Kilowatts through its proprietary 

cooling and stacking technology. This unique technology provides the engine for both our Highlight direct diode systems as 
well as our upcoming kW class fiber laser.  Complementing our high power solid state lasers is our industry leading 
DIAMOND E1000 CO2 laser.  Introduced in 2009, this laser remains in high demand due to its high power, small size and 
completely sealed design - all ideal for material processing.  

Combining the high power Direct Diode, Fiber and CO2 offerings with our MetaBeam 1000 flatbed cutting tool provides 

a strong, compelling four-pronged approach to meeting the needs of our diverse materials processing customers. 

In 2010 we acquired Beam Dynamics, Inc., a manufacturer of flexible laser cutting tools for the materials processing 

market. These tools, when combined with Coherent's medium to high power CO2 lasers, offer a unique blend of performance 
and precision in a small lightweight tool for cutting of metals and non-metals. Enabled with the DIAMOND E1000, the new 
METABEAM 1000 offers the industry's most compact 1kW tool, with tools footprints at least 50% smaller than competitive 
designs. Operating costs, due to the sealed nature of the DIAMOND series of CO2 lasers are 75% less than similar, but larger 
tools. 

We also participate in the low to medium power area, including such applications as the cutting, drilling and joining of 
host of materials using our DIAMOND CO2 lasers; Highlight FAP semiconductor lasers in OEM opportunities and direct end 
user applications with the lower power OMNIBEAM and METABEAM cutting tools; applications including cutting, 
perforating and scoring of paper, thin metals and packaging materials; and various cutting and patterning applications in the 
textile, wood and sign industries. In the specific area of textiles and clothing, our DIAMOND lasers service older applications, 
such as cutting complex shapes in leather for footwear, as well as newer applications such as creating detailed fade patterns on 
designer denims. 

Laser marking and coding are generally considered part of the precision materials processing applications market for 
which we remain a leading supplier. One such area where applications are growing rapidly is the displacement of ink-jet coding 
due to both aesthetic and environmental pressures. The optimum choice of laser depends on the material being marked, whether 
it is a surface mark (engraved) or a sub-surface mark, and the specific economics of the application. We provide lasers for all 
important marking applications. Our DIAMOND C and GEM Series of CO2 lasers provide many systems manufacturers with a 

8 

 
reliable cost effective source for marking and engraving on non-metals. In addition, our Matrix product line of reliable, compact 
and low-cost diode pumped solid state lasers provides an ideal solution for marking of other materials in high volume 
manufacturing. 

FUTURE TRENDS 

Microelectronics 

Lasers are widely used in mass production microelectronics applications largely because they enable entirely new 
application capabilities that cannot be realized by any other known means. These laser-based fabrication and testing methods 
provide a level of precision, typically on a micrometer and nanometer level, that are unique, faster, are touch free, deliver 
superior end products, increase yields, and/or cut production costs. We anticipate this trend to continue, driven primarily by the 
increasing sophistication of consumer electronic goods and their convergence via the internet, resulting in increasing demand 
for better displays, more bandwidth and memory, while at the same time consuming less power. Although this market follows 
the macro-economic trends and carries inherit risks, we believe that Coherent is well positioned to continue to capitalize on the 
current market trends and that we will see continued increased adoption of our pulsed fiber, solid-state, CO2, direct diode and 
excimer lasers, as all these lasers enable entirely new applications, performance improvements and reduced process costs.  

LTPS based high resolution mobile displays (greater than 300ppi), and especially the emergence of OLED technology, 

look set to dominate the FPD technology trends of the future. We believe we are well positioned, especially with our Vyper 
Excimer lasers and LB optical systems, to take advantage of this trend, including the possibility of LTPS based OLED TVs. 
CO2, Avia, Talisker and direct diode lasers all seem aligned with the need for related FPD touch panel, thin film cutting, light 
guide technology, frit welding and glass cutting applications. 

Semiconductor devices look set to continue Moore's Law, shrinking device geometries for at least another decade, as well 

as expanding vertically into new 3D structures. As a result we believe our many deep UV laser sources (such as Paladin, Avia, 
Talisker, ExiStar and Matrix) will continue to find increasing adoption, since their unique optical properties align well with the 
process demands of a nanometer scale world.  

The same lasers plus CO2 are also widely adopted for back end Advanced Packaging and Interconnect (API) applications. 

With dimension roadmaps showing a decade of dimension shrink on PCBs, interconnects, Silicon & LED scribe widths and 
glass thickness, we believe that our portfolio of lasers aligns well with these demands as well as new processes that seem likely 
to be enabled by our lasers, to meet the increasing demands and decreasing tolerances of these markets. 

The short term outlook for solar is uncertain given the global economy, credit availability and the significant oversupply 
of cell production that exists at this time. The longer term outlook for this ultimate clean, free and abundant source of energy is 
expected to be strong; however, the timing is uncertain. We believe that the vast majority of leading solar cell manufacturers 
have laser based processes on their roadmap to enable higher conversion efficiencies. Lasers provide a touch-free 
manufacturing process on increasingly fragile substrates (as they get thinner). They also hold the promise of lower 
manufacturing costs and higher yield for certain process steps. We believe we are well positioned as this market matures, 
standardizes processes and recovers economically.  

Scientific research and government programs 

The scientific market benefited from stimulus funding during fiscal 2011, with applications in ultrashort pulses and in bio-

research being the drivers of this anticipated expansion. We anticipate the total amount of government-related funding for 
scientific research to decline from prior stimulus levels, but believe that as we push the boundaries of performance and ease of 
use in our ultrafast lasers, we have the potential to capture a larger share of the funds that are available by enabling our 
customers to win funding for new research fields that drive discovery. While these markets remain highly competitive, we 
believe our leadership position and new product pipeline will drive Attosecond science boundaries and Biological Imaging ease 
of use, enabling new research frontiers to be forged and we would expect a gain in market share as a result.  

OEM components and instrumentation 

The instrumentation market is seeing a gradual migration from the use of mature laser technologies, such as water-cooled 
ion gas lasers, to new technologies, primarily based on solid state and semiconductor lasers. Using our unique portfolio of such 
lasers, as well as our patented OPSL technology, we are able to both assist and stimulate this transition as well as to be the 
technology of choice for developing applications such as security and clinical diagnostics. Our OPSL technology resulted in the 
first truly continuous solid-state UV laser which enables the use of UV in a clinical as well as a research environment. 
Furthermore we anticipate greater future opportunities in bio-instrumentation, including DNA sequencing, drug discovery, flow 
cytometry, and microscopy, based on our product enhancements and evolving market developments, particularly in increased 
migration from clinical to point-of-care diagnostics. Our newer laser technologies are the basis of a number of clinical 
procedures. In the area of photocoagulation, the Genesis OPSL yellow lasers are being used as the wavelength is particularly 

9

 
suitable for the treatment of blood vessels. In aesthetic laser procedures, we are an OEM supplier of CO2 and semiconductor 
lasers to the major manufacturers of equipment used in the latest procedures in dermatology and hair removal. We supply 
excimer lasers used in refractive eye surgery and are actively involved in further developments in laser vision correction. 

Materials processing 

The market for low to medium power CO2, solid state and semiconductor lasers used in industrial materials processing 
has experienced a nice rebound and is expected to see continued growth driven by wider adoption of lasers in new processes 
especially in emerging markets. Key design wins as well as more favorable markets continue to support our growth in this area. 
These lasers represent a cost-effective manufacturing solution for cutting, joining, marking and engraving of non-metal 
materials including marking/coding, flat bed cutting, engraving, as well as the production of capital equipment for apparel and 
leather goods manufacturing.  Our four-pronged approach to the higher power industrial laser market provides us with a unique 
combination of high power, precision and compact size, which we believe will be highly desirable in existing manufacturing 
environments as well as those of the future.  We offer kilowatt Diamond CO2 lasers, Highlight direct diode lasers and 
MetaBEAM family of turnkey laser machine tools. We demonstrated a prototype 1kW fiber laser in fiscal 2011 to round-out our 
four-pronged strategy. Several factors are enabling us to gain market share in the materials processing market. First, we have 
developed an expanded portfolio of lasers with a broad spectrum of wavelengths, enabling optimum solutions for virtually every 
metal and non-metal material type. At the same time, the reliability of these products has been achieved at even higher levels, 
lowering the cost of ownership. 

10 

 
 
MARKET APPLICATIONS 

We design, manufacture and market lasers, laser tools, precision optics and related accessories for a diverse group of 

customers. The following table lists our major markets and the Coherent technologies serving these markets.* 

Market 
Microelectronics 

Application 

Flat panel display 

Advanced packaging and 
interconnects 

Semiconductor front-end 

Scientific research and government 
programs 

Solar cell production and other 
emerging processes 
All scientific applications 

OEM components and 
instrumentation 

Bio-Instrumentation 

Graphic arts and display 

Medical therapy (OEM) 

Materials processing 

Metal cutting, joining, surface 
treatment 

Laser marking and coding 

Non-metal cutting, drilling 

Technology 

CO2 
DPSS 
Excimer 
Ultrafast 
Semiconductor 
CO2 
DPSS 
Ultrafast 
DPSS 
OPSL 
Excimer 
Ion 
DPSS 
Fiber 
DPSS 
Excimer 
OPSL 
Ultrafast 
DPSS 
OPSL 
Semiconductor 
Ultrafast 
OPSL 
CO2 
CO2 
DPSS 
Excimer 
OPSL 
Semiconductor 
CO2 
Fiber 
Semiconductor 
Laser Machine Tools 
CO2 
DPSS 
CO2 
DPSS 
Excimer 
Semiconductor 
Laser Machine Tools 

*Coherent sells its laser measurement and control products into a number of these applications. 

In addition to products we provide, we invest routinely in the core technologies needed to create substantial differentiation 

for our products in the marketplace. Our semiconductor, crystal and fiber facilities all maintain an external customer base 
providing value-added solutions. We direct significant engineering efforts to produce unique solutions targeted for internal 
consumption. These investments, once integrated into our broader product portfolio, provide our customers with uniquely 
differentiated solutions and the opportunity to substantially enhance the performance, reliability and capability of the products 
we offer. 

11 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
TECHNOLOGIES 

Diode-pumped solid-state ("DPSS") lasers 

DPSS lasers use semiconductor lasers to pump a crystal to produce a laser beam. By changing the energy, optical 

components and the types of crystals used in the laser, different wavelengths and types of laser light can be produced. 

The efficiency, reliability, longevity and relatively low cost of DPSS lasers make them ideally suited for a wide range of 

OEM and end-user applications, particularly those requiring 24-hour operations. Our DPSS systems are compact and self-
contained sealed units. Unlike conventional tools and other lasers, our DPSS lasers require minimal maintenance since they do 
not have internal controls or components that require adjusting and cleaning to maintain consistency. They are also less affected 
by environmental changes in temperature and humidity, which can alter alignment and inhibit performance in many systems. 

We manufacture a variety of types of DPSS lasers for different applications including semiconductor inspection; 
advanced packaging and interconnects; laser pumping; spectroscopy; bio-agent detection; DNA sequencing; drug discovery; 
flow cytometry; forensics; computer-to-plate printing; entertainment lighting (display); medical; rapid prototyping and marking, 
welding, engraving, cutting and drilling. 

Fiber lasers 

Fiber lasers use semiconductor lasers to pump a doped optical fiber to produce a laser beam. In fiscal 2008, we launched 

our first product based on fiber laser technology, the Talisker. This is an industrial ultrafast laser system which incorporates 
fiber laser technologies as a key part of the laser design. The Talisker is a new laser platform based on a fiber oscillator and 
crystal amplifier and is illustrative of our strategy of developing and incorporating fiber lasers where they can generate unique 
and cost-effective performance. We expect the Talisker platform will lead to a series of new ultrafast lasers for a number of 
commercial markets including microelectronics and medical. In fiscal 2009, we launched a program to address the kilowatt high 
power materials processing market. We have successfully demonstrated a 1 kilowatt fiber laser product based on our high 
power diode laser system, the Highlight 1000F. This prototype demonstrated the platform for a scalable, kilowatt class fiber 
laser based on a bar pumping design. Due to packaging efficiency, diode bars reduce the overall cost of a fiber laser. This 
platform will address the growing high power metal cutting and joining market and delivers a field serviceable solution. 

Fiber laser technology continues to be an important investment and product development area and we anticipate more 

products that incorporate fiber as the active gain medium. In fiscal 2010, we acquired the business assets of Stocker-Yale, Inc. 
which included a fiber manufacturing facility capable of producing both active and passive fibers. 

Gas lasers (CO2, Excimer, Ion) 

The breadth of our gas laser portfolio is industry leading, encompassing CO2, excimer and ion laser technologies. Gas 
lasers derive their name from the use of one or more gases as a lasing medium. They collectively span an extremely diverse and 
useful emission range, from the very deep ultraviolet to the far infrared. This diverse range of available wavelengths, coupled 
with high optical output power, and an abundance of other attractive characteristics, makes gas lasers extremely useful and 
popular for a variety of microelectronics, scientific, medical therapeutic and materials processing applications. 

Optically Pumped Semiconductor Lasers ("OPSL") 

Our OPSL platform is a surface emitting semiconductor laser that is energized or pumped by a semiconductor laser. The 

use of optical pumping circumvents inherent power scaling limitations of electrically pumped lasers, enabling very high 
powered devices. A wide range of wavelengths can be achieved by varying the semiconductor materials used in the device and 
changing the frequency of the laser beam using techniques common in solid state lasers. The platform leverages high reliability 
technologies developed for telecommunications and produces a compact, rugged, high power, single-mode laser. 

Our OPSL products are well suited to a wide range of applications, including the bio-instrumentation, medical 
therapeutics and graphic arts and display markets. In fiscal 2009, our Genesis yellow laser continued to make progress in 
ophthalmology and we have expanded our offerings in the area of entertainment lighting using a variety of products across the 
visible spectrum. We also continued to expand our ultraviolet version of the OPSL platform called the Genesis, which was 
developed for the bio-instrumentation market. 

Semiconductor lasers 

High power edge emitting semiconductor diode lasers use the same principles as widely-used CD and DVD lasers, but 

produce significantly higher power levels. The advantages of this type of laser include smaller size, longer life, enhanced 
reliability and greater efficiency. We manufacture a wide range of discrete semiconductor laser products with wavelengths 
ranging from 650nm to 1000nm and output powers ranging from 1W to over 100W, with highly integrated products in the kW 

12 

 
range. These products are available in a variety of industry standard form factors including the following: bare die, packaged 
and fiber coupled single emitters and bars, monolithic stacks, and fully integrated modules with microprocessor controlled units 
that contain power supplies and active coolers. 

Our semiconductor lasers are used internally as the pump lasers in DPSS, fiber and OPSL products that are manufactured 

by us, as well as a wide variety of external medical, OEM, military and industrial applications, including aesthetic (hair 
removal, cosmetic dentistry), graphic arts, counter measures, rangefinders, target designators, and plastic welding. 

Ultrafast ("UF") Lasers 

Ultrafast lasers are lasers generating light pulses with durations of a few femtoseconds (10-15 seconds) to a few tens of 

picoseconds (10-11 seconds). These types of lasers are primarily used for scientific research and also are finding use in 
sophisticated materials processing applications. Ultrafast lasers are usually pumped by a green DPSS laser. UF laser oscillators 
generate a train of pulses at 50-100 MHz, with peak powers of tens of Kilowatts, and UF laser amplifiers generate pulses at 10-
500 kHz, with peak powers up to several Terawatts. 

The extremely short duration of UF laser pulses enables temporally resolving fast events like the dynamics of atoms or 

electrons. In addition, the high peak power enables so-called non-linear effects where several photons can be absorbed by a 
molecule at the same time. This type of process enables applications like multi-photon excitation microscopy or UF ablation of 
materials with minimal thermal damage. 

SALES AND MARKETING 

We market our products domestically through a direct sales force. Our foreign sales are made principally to customers in 

Japan, South Korea, Germany and other European and Asia-Pacific countries. We sell internationally through direct sales 
personnel located in Canada, France, Germany, Italy, Japan, the Netherlands, China, South Korea, Taiwan, Singapore, Malaysia 
and the United Kingdom, as well as through independent representatives in certain jurisdictions around the world. Foreign sales 
accounted for 74% of our total net sales in fiscal 2011, 67% of our total net sales in fiscal 2010 and 66% of our total net sales in 
fiscal 2009. In fiscal 2011, sales to Asian markets continued to grow at a faster rate than sales to other geographic regions. Sales 
made to independent representatives and distributors are generally priced in U.S. dollars. A large portion of foreign sales that 
we make directly to customers are priced in local currencies and are therefore subject to currency exchange fluctuations. 
Foreign sales are also subject to other normal risks of foreign operations such as protective tariffs, export and import controls 
and political instability. Our products are broadly distributed and no one customer accounted for more than 10% of total net 
sales during fiscal 2011, 2010 or 2009. 

We maintain a customer support and field service staff in major markets within the United States, Europe, Japan, China, 
South Korea, Taiwan and other Asia-Pacific countries. This organization works closely with customers, customer groups and 
independent representatives in servicing equipment, training customers to use our products and exploring additional 
applications of our technologies. 

We typically provide parts and service warranties on our lasers, laser-based systems, optical and laser components and 

related accessories and services. Warranties on some of our products and services may be shorter or longer than one year. 
Warranty reserves, as reflected on our consolidated balance sheets, have generally been sufficient to cover product warranty 
repair and replacement costs. The weighted average warranty period covered is approximately 15 months. 

RESEARCH AND DEVELOPMENT 

We are committed to the development of new products, as well as the improvement and refinement of existing products, 

including better cost-of-ownership. Our development efforts are focused on designing and developing products, services and 
solutions that anticipate customers' changing needs and emerging technological trends. Our efforts are also focused on 
identifying the areas where we believe we can make valuable contributions. Research and development expenditures for fiscal 
2011 were $81.2 million, or 10.1% of net sales compared to $72.4 million, or 12.0% of net sales for fiscal 2010 and $61.4 
million, or 14.1% of net sales for fiscal 2009. We work closely with customers, both individually and through our sponsored 
seminars, to develop products to meet customer application and performance needs. In addition, we are working with leading 
research and educational institutions to develop new photonics based solutions. 

MANUFACTURING 

Strategies 

One of our core manufacturing strategies is to tightly control our supply of key parts, components, sub-assemblies and 

outsourcing partners. We primarily utilize vertical integration when we have proprietary internal capabilities that are not 
available from external sources cost-effectively. We believe this is essential to maintain high quality products and enable rapid 

13 

 
development and deployment of new products and technologies. We provide customers with 24-hour technical expertise and 
quality that is International Organization for Standardization ("ISO") certified at our principal manufacturing sites. 

Committed to quality and customer satisfaction, we design and produce many of our own components and sub-assemblies 

in order to retain quality control. We have also outsourced certain components, sub-assemblies and finished goods where we 
can maintain our high quality standards while improving our cost structure. In 2007, we embarked on a plan to consolidate and 
close certain of our manufacturing facilities in order to reduce our footprint, realize synergies, and improve our cost structure 
and operating leverage. We have successfully executed this plan and closed six of our manufacturing facilities including Auburn 
and Lundy, California; St. Louis, Missouri; Montreal, Canada; Munich, Germany; and Tampere, Finland. The manufacturing of 
products from these six facilities were transferred to other Coherent facilities or outsourced to our Contract Manufacturing 
partners.  

As part of our strategy to increase our market share and customer support in Asia as well as our continuing efforts to 
manage costs, we acquired the business assets of privately-held Hypertronics in the second quarter of fiscal 2011. Hypertronics' 
assets included an engineering and integration center in Singapore and a low cost manufacturing facility in Penang, Malaysia, 
and designs and manufactures laser- and vision-based tools for flat panel, storage, semiconductor and biomedical applications.  
We have increased the footprint of both the Singapore and Malaysia factories and plan to use these operations to serve as a 
nucleus for laser manufacturing and repair in Asia.  This will allow us to reduce service response time and inventories, 
providing benefits to customers and Coherent.  We have also established an International Procurement Office in Singapore and 
plan to increase our sourcing of materials from Asia.  As this function is developed, we will be able to reduce material costs on 
a global basis.  

We have designed and implemented proprietary manufacturing tools, equipment and techniques in an effort to provide 

products that differentiate us from our competitors. These proprietary manufacturing techniques are utilized in a number of our 
product lines including our gas laser production, crystal growth, beam alignment as well as the wafer growth for our 
semiconductor and optically pumped semiconductor laser product family. 

Raw materials or sub-components required in the manufacturing process are generally available from several sources. 
However, we currently purchase several key components and materials, including exotic materials and crystals, used in the 
manufacture of our products from sole source or limited source suppliers. We also purchase assemblies and turnkey solutions 
from contract manufacturers based on our proprietary designs. We rely on our own production and design capability to 
manufacture and specify certain strategic components, crystals, fibers, semiconductor lasers, lasers and laser based systems. 

For a discussion of the importance to our business of, and the risks attendant to sourcing, see "Risk Factors—We depend 
on sole source or limited source suppliers, both internal and external, for some of our key components and materials, including 
exotic materials, certain cutting-edge optics and crystals, in our products, which make us susceptible to supply shortages or 
price fluctuations that could adversely affect our business" in Item 1A. 

Operations 

Our products are manufactured at our sites in Santa Clara and Sunnyvale, California; Wilsonville, Oregon; East Hanover, 

New Jersey; Bloomfield, Connecticut; Lübeck, Germany; Göttingen, Germany; Glasgow, Scotland; Salem, New Hampshire; 
Kallang Sector, Singapore; and Penang, Malaysia. In addition, we also use contract manufacturers for the production of certain 
assemblies and turnkey solutions. Our ion gas lasers, a portion of our DPSS lasers that are used in microelectronics, scientific 
research and materials processing applications, semiconductor lasers, [DDF fibers] and ultrafast scientific lasers are 
manufactured at our Santa Clara, California site. Our laser diode module products, laser instrumentation products, test and 
measurement equipment products are manufactured in Wilsonville, Oregon. We manufacture exotic crystals in East Hanover, 
New Jersey and both active and passive fibers are manufactured in our New Hampshire facility. Our CO2 gas lasers are 
manufactured in Bloomfield, Connecticut. We manufacture a portion of our DPSS lasers used in microelectronics and OEM 
components and instrumentation applications in Lübeck, Germany. Our excimer gas laser products are manufactured in 
Göttingen, Germany. We manufacture the fiber-based lasers and a portion of our DPSS lasers used in microelectronics and 
scientific research applications in Glasgow, Scotland. Our facility in Sunnyvale, California grows the aluminum-free materials 
that are incorporated into our semiconductor lasers. Our laser- and vision-based tools for flat panel, storage, semiconductor and 
solar applications are manufactured in Singapore with Malaysia as the low cost assembly hub. 

INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY 

We rely on a combination of patent, copyright, trademark and trade secret laws and restrictions on disclosure to protect 

our intellectual property rights. As of October 1, 2011, we held approximately 387 U.S. and foreign patents, which expire from 
2013 through 2029 (depending on the payment of maintenance fees) and we have approximately 114 additional pending patent 
applications that have been filed. The issued patents cover various products in all of the major markets that we serve. 

14 

 
For a discussion of the importance to our business of, and the risks attendant to intellectual property rights, see "Risk 

Factors—Risks Associated with Our Industry, Our Business and Market Conditions" 'We may not be able to protect our 
proprietary technology which could adversely affect our competitive advantage' and 'We may, in the future, be subject to claims 
or litigation from third parties, for claims of infringement of their proprietary rights or to determine the scope and validity of our 
proprietary rights or the proprietary rights of competitors or other rights holders. These claims could result in costly litigation 
and the diversion of our technical and management personnel. Adverse resolution of litigation may harm our operating results 
or financial condition' in Item 1A. 

COMPETITION 

Competition in the various photonics markets in which we provide products is very intense. We compete against a number 

of companies including CVI Melles Griot, Cymer, Inc., GSI Group, Inc., IPG Photonics Corporation, JDS Uniphase 
Corporation, Newport Corporation, Rofin-Sinar Technologies, Inc., and Trumpf GmbH, as well as other smaller companies. We 
compete globally based on our broad product offering, reliability, cost, and performance advantages for the widest range of 
commercial and scientific research applications. Other considerations by our customers include warranty, global service and 
support and distribution. 

BACKLOG 

At fiscal 2011 year-end, our backlog of orders scheduled for shipment (generally within one year) was $356.5 million 
compared to $262.0 million at fiscal 2010 and $164.3 million at fiscal 2009 year-ends. Orders used to compute backlog are 
generally cancelable without substantial penalties. Historically, the rate of cancellation experienced by us has not been 
significant though we cannot guarantee that cancellations will not increase in the future. 

SEASONALITY 

We have historically experienced decreased bookings and revenue in the first fiscal quarter compared to other quarters in 

our fiscal year due to the impact of time off and business closures at many of our customers due to year-end holidays. This 
historical pattern should not be considered a reliable indicator of the Company's future net sales or financial performance. 

EMPLOYEES 

As of fiscal 2011 year-end, we had 2,309 employees. Approximately 391 of our employees are involved in research and 
development; 1,358 of our employees are involved in operations, manufacturing, service and quality assurance; and 560 of our 
employees are involved in sales, order administration, marketing, finance, information technology and other administrative 
functions. Our success will depend in large part upon our ability to attract and retain employees. We face competition in this 
regard from other companies, research and academic institutions, government entities and other organizations. We consider our 
relations with our employees to be good. 

ACQUISITIONS 

In January 2011, we acquired all of the assets and assumed certain liabilities of Hypertronics Pte Ltd for approximately 

$14.5 million in cash. Hypertronics designs and manufactures laser-and vision-based tools for flat panel, storage, semiconductor 
and solar applications at facilities in Singapore and Malaysia. Hypertronics has been included in our Specialty Lasers and 
Systems segment. 

In April 2010, we acquired Beam Dynamics, Inc. for $5.9 million in cash and $0.3 million in deferred compensation 
related to an employment contract, which was recognized in expense as earned. Beam Dynamics manufactures flexible laser 
cutting tools for the materials processing market. Beam Dynamics has been included in our Commercial Lasers and 
Components segment. 

In October 2009, we acquired all the assets and certain liabilities of StockerYale, Inc.'s ("StockerYale") laser module 

product line in Montreal and its specialty fiber product line in Salem, New Hampshire for $15.0 million in cash. StockerYale 
designs, develops and manufactures low power laser modules, light emitting diode (LED) systems and specialty optical fiber 
products. These assets and liabilities have been included in our Commercial Lasers and Components segment. 

We consummated no acquisitions in fiscal 2009. 

Please refer to "Note 4. Business Combinations" of Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements under Item 15 of this 

Annual Report on Form 10-K for further discussion of the acquisition completed during fiscal 2011. 

RESTRUCTURINGS AND CONSOLIDATION 

During the first quarter of fiscal 2010, we acquired the assets and certain liabilities of StockerYale's laser module product 

line in Montreal, Canada and began to transition those activities to contract manufacturers and other Coherent facilities in 

15 

 
Salem, Massachusetts, Wilsonville, Oregon and Sunnyvale, California. The transfer was completed in the second quarter of 
fiscal 2011. The fiscal 2010 severance related costs are primarily comprised of severance pay, outplacement services, medical 
and other related benefits for employees being terminated due to the transition of activities out of Montreal, Canada, and 
Tampere, Finland. The fiscal 2011 severance related costs are primarily comprised of severance pay, outplacement services, 
medical and other related benefits for employees being terminated due to the transition of activities out of Tampere, Finland. 

During the second quarter of fiscal 2009, we announced our plans to close our facilities in Tampere, Finland and 
St. Louis, Missouri. The closure of our St. Louis, Missouri and Yokohama, Japan sites were completed in the fourth quarter of 
fiscal 2009. The closure of our Finland site was scheduled for completion by the end of fiscal 2010, but we decided to delay the 
closure due to increased demand for products manufactured in Finland. In the second quarter of fiscal 2011, we ceased 
manufacturing operations in our Finland facility and we exited the facility in the third quarter of fiscal 2011. These closure 
plans have resulted in charges primarily for employee termination and other exit related costs associated with a plan approved 
by management. 

During fiscal 2008, we consolidated our German DPSS manufacturing into our Lübeck, Germany site. The transfer was 
completed in our fourth quarter of fiscal 2008. On October 13, 2008, we announced the consolidation of the remainder of our 
Munich facility into our Göttingen site. The transfer was completed in our third quarter of fiscal 2009. The consolidation and 
transfers have resulted in charges primarily for employee terminations, other exit related costs associated with a plan approved 
by management and a grant repayment liability. 

In April 2008, we announced that we entered into an agreement to sell certain assets of our Auburn Optics ("Auburn") 

manufacturing operation to Research Electro-Optics, Inc. ("REO"), a privately held optics manufacturing and technology 
company. We also entered into a strategic supply agreement with REO. REO is providing optical manufacturing capabilities for 
us, including fabrication and coating of optical components. The transition of the optics manufacturing assets from Auburn to 
REO was substantially completed in second quarter of fiscal 2009. The transition has resulted in charges primarily for employee 
terminations, supplier qualification, moving costs for related equipment, and other exit related costs associated with a plan 
approved by management. 

GOVERNMENT REGULATION 

Environmental regulation 

Our operations are subject to various federal, state and local environmental protection regulations governing the use, 

storage, handling and disposal of hazardous materials, chemicals, various radioactive materials and certain waste products. In 
the United States, we are subject to the federal regulation and control of the Environmental Protection Agency. Comparable 
authorities are involved in other countries. We believe that compliance with federal, state and local environmental protection 
regulations will not have a material adverse effect on our capital expenditures, earnings and competitive and financial position. 

Although we believe that our safety procedures for using, handling, storing and disposing of such materials comply with 

the standards required by federal and state laws and regulations, we cannot completely eliminate the risk of accidental 
contamination or injury from these materials. In the event of such an accident involving such materials, we could be liable for 
damages and such liability could exceed the amount of our liability insurance coverage and the resources of our business. 

We may face potentially increasing complexity in our product designs and procurement operations as we adjust to 
requirements relating to the materials composition of products entering specific markets. Such regulations went into effect in the 
European Union ("EU") in 2006, and China in 2007. We could face significant costs and liabilities in connection with product 
take-back legislation. Beginning in 2006, the EU Waste Electrical and Electronic Equipment Directive made producers of 
electrical goods financially responsible for specified collection, recycling, treatment and disposal of past and future covered 
products. In addition, the EU has added the Registration, Evaluation and Authorization of Chemicals Regulation, otherwise 
known as the REACH Regulation, which further regulates substances and products imported, manufactured or sold within the 
EU. Similar laws are now pending in various jurisdictions around the world, including the United States. 

We further discuss the impact of environmental regulation under "Risk Factors—Compliance or the failure to comply 

with current and future environmental regulations could cause us significant expense" in Item 1A. 

SEGMENT INFORMATION 

We are organized into two operating segments: Commercial Lasers and Components ("CLC") and Specialty Lasers and 

Systems ("SLS"). This segmentation reflects the go-to-market strategies for various products and markets. While both segments 
work to deliver cost-effective photonics solutions, CLC focuses on higher volume products that are offered in set 
configurations. The product architectures are designed for easy exchange at the point of use such that product service and 
repairs are based upon advanced replacement and depot (i.e., factory) repair. CLC's primary markets include OEM components 
and instrumentation and materials processing. SLS develops and manufacturers configurable, advanced-performance products 

16 

 
largely serving the microelectronics and scientific research markets. The size and complexity of many of the SLS products 
require service to be performed at the customer site by factory-trained field service engineers. 

We have identified CLC and SLS as operating segments for which discrete financial information was available. Both units 

have dedicated engineering, manufacturing, product business management and product line management functions. A small 
portion of our outside revenue is attributable to projects and recently developed products for which a segment has not yet been 
determined. The associated direct and indirect costs are presented in the category of Corporate and other, along with other 
corporate costs. 

Effective as of the beginning of the first quarter of fiscal 2009, in order to align all of our diode-pumped solid state 
("DPSS") technology into the same reportable operating segment, management moved the DPSS Germany and Crystal product 
families from the CLC segment into the SLS segment. This allows for leverage and efficiencies in many parts of the business. 
Crystal is primarily an internal supplier that supports the DPSS product family. This concentrates all DPSS product families in 
the SLS segment effective as of the first quarter of fiscal 2009. All reporting has been aligned to reflect the revised reportable 
operating segments (CLC and SLS). 

FINANCIAL INFORMATION ABOUT FOREIGN AND DOMESTIC OPERATIONS AND EXPORT SALES 

Financial information relating to foreign and domestic operations for fiscal years 2011, 2010 and 2009, is set forth in 
Note 18, "Segment and Geographic Information" of our Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements under Item 15 of this 
Annual Report on Form 10-K. 

17 

 
  
ITEM 1A. RISK FACTORS 

You should carefully consider the followings risks when considering an investment in our Common Stock.  These risks could 
materially affect our business, results of operations or financial condition, cause the trading price of our Common Stock to 
decline materially or cause our actual results to differ materially from those expected or those expressed in any forward-
looking statements made by or on behalf of Coherent.  These risks are not exclusive, and additional risks to which we are 
subject include, but are not limited to, the factors mentioned under “Forward-Looking Statements” and the risk of our 
businesses described elsewhere in this Annual Report on Form 10-K. Additionally, these risks and uncertainties described 
herein are not the only ones facing us.  Other events that we do not currently anticipate or that we currently deem immaterial 
also may affect our business, results of operations or financial conditions. 

BUSINESS ENVIRONMENT AND INDUSTRY TRENDS 

Risks Associated with Our Industry, Our Business and Market Conditions 

Our operating results, including net sales, net income (loss) and adjusted EBITDA percentage in dollars and as a 
percentage of net sales, as well as our stock price have varied in the past, and our future operating results will continue 
to be subject to quarterly and annual fluctuations based upon numerous factors, including those discussed in this Item 
1A and throughout this report. Our stock price will continue to be subject to daily variations as well. Our future 
operating results and stock price may not follow any past trends or meet our guidance and expectations. 

Our net sales and operating results, such as adjusted EBITDA percentage, net income (loss) and operating expenses, and 

our stock price have varied in the past and may vary significantly from quarter to quarter and from year to year in the future. We 
believe a number of factors, many of which are outside of our control, could cause these variations and make them difficult to 
predict, including: 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

general economic uncertainties in the macroeconomic and local economies facing us, our customers and the 
markets we serve; 

access to applicable credit markets by us, our customers and their end customers; 

fluctuations in demand for our products or downturns in the industries that we serve; 

the ability of our suppliers, both internal and external, to produce and deliver components and parts, including sole 
or limited source components, in a timely manner, in the quantity, quality and prices desired; 

the timing of conversion of booking to revenue; 

timing or cancellation of customer orders and shipment scheduling; 

fluctuations in our product mix; 

the ability of our customers' suppliers to provide sufficient material to support our customers' products; 

currency fluctuations and stability, in particular the Euro; 

commodity pricing; 

introductions of new products and product enhancements by our competitors, entry of new competitors into our 
markets, pricing pressures and other competitive factors; 

our ability to develop, introduce, manufacture and ship new and enhanced products in a timely manner without 
defects; 

our ability to manage our capacity and that of our suppliers; 

our increased reliance on domestic and foreign contract manufacturing; 

the rate of market acceptance of our new products; 

18 

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

the ability of our customers to pay for our products; 

expenses associated with acquisition-related activities; 

seasonal sales trends; 

delays or reductions in customer purchases of our products in anticipation of the introduction of new and enhanced 
products by us or our competitors; 

our ability to control expenses; 

the level of capital spending of our customers; 

potential excess and/or obsolescence of our inventory; 

costs and timing of adhering to current and developing governmental regulations and reviews relating to our 
products and business; 

costs related to acquisitions of technology or businesses; 

impairment of goodwill, intangible assets and other long term assets; 

our ability to meet our expectations and forecasts and those of public market analysts and investors; 

costs and expenses from litigation; 

the availability of research funding by governments with regard to our customers in the scientific business, such as 
universities; 

continued government spending on defense-related projects where we are a subcontractor; 

government support of the alternative energy industries, such as solar; 

•  maintenance of supply relating to products sold to the government on terms which we would prefer not to accept; 

• 

changes in policy, interpretations, or challenges to the allowability of costs incurred under government cost 
accounting standards; 

• 

damage to our reputation as a result of coverage in social media, Internet blogs or other media outlets; 

•  managing our and other parties' compliance with contracts in multiple languages and jurisdictions; 

•  managing our internal and third party sales representatives and distributors, including compliance with all 

applicable laws; 

• 

• 

costs associated with designing around or payment of licensing fees associated with issued patents in our fields of 
business; 

the future impact of legislation, rulemaking, and changes in accounting, tax, defense procurement, or export 
policies; and 

• 

distraction of management related to acquisition or divestment activities. 

In addition, we often recognize a substantial portion of our sales in the last month of our fiscal quarters. Our expenses for 

any given quarter are typically based on expected sales and if sales are below expectations in any given quarter, the adverse 
impact of the shortfall on our operating results may be magnified by our inability to adjust spending quickly enough to 
compensate for the shortfall. We also base our manufacturing on our forecasted product mix for the quarter. If the actual 
product mix varies significantly from our forecast, we may not be able to fill some orders during that quarter, which would 
result in delays in the shipment of our products. Accordingly, variations in timing of sales, particularly for our higher priced, 
higher margin products, can cause significant fluctuations in quarterly operating results. 

19 

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
Due to these and other factors, we believe that quarter-to-quarter and year-to-year comparisons of our historical operating 

results may not be meaningful. You should not rely on our results for any quarter or year as an indication of our future 
performance. Our operating results in future quarters and years may be below public market analysts' or investors' expectations, 
which would likely cause the price of our stock to fall. In addition, over the past several years, the stock market has experienced 
extreme price and volume fluctuations that have affected the stock prices of many technology companies. There has not always 
been a direct correlation between this volatility and the performance of particular companies subject to these stock price 
fluctuations. Further, over the last twelve months, equity markets around the world have significantly fluctuated across most 
sectors. These factors, as well as general economic and political conditions or investors' concerns regarding the credibility of 
corporate financial statements, may have a material adverse effect on the market price of our stock in the future. 

We are exposed to risks associated with worldwide economic conditions and related uncertainties. 

Volatility and disruption in the capital and credit markets, depressed consumer confidence, negative economic conditions, 

volatile corporate profits and reduced capital spending could negatively impact demand for our products. In particular, it is 
difficult to develop and implement strategy, sustainable business models and efficient operations, as well as effectively manage 
supply chain relationships in the face of such conditions including uncertainty regarding the ability of some of our suppliers to 
continue operations and provide us with uninterrupted supply flow. Our ability to maintain our research and development 
investments in our broad product offerings may be adversely impacted in the event that our sales decline and do not increase in 
the future. Spending and the timing thereof by consumers and businesses has a significant impact on our results and, where such 
spending is delayed or canceled, it could cause a material negative impact on our operating results. The current global economic 
conditions remain uncertain and challenging. Weakness in our end markets could negatively impact our revenue, gross margin 
and operating expenses, and consequently have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of 
operations. 

The recent financial turmoil affecting the banking system and financial markets and the possibility that additional financial 

institutions may consolidate or go out of business have resulted in continued tightening in the credit markets, and lower levels 
of liquidity in some financial markets. There could be a number of follow-on effects from the tightened credit environment on 
our business, including the insolvency of key suppliers or their inability to obtain credit to finance development and/or 
manufacture products resulting in product delays; inability of customers to obtain credit to finance purchases of our products 
and/or customer insolvencies; and failure of financial institutions negatively impacting our treasury functions. In the event our 
customers are unable to obtain credit or otherwise pay for our shipped products it could significantly impact our ability to 
collect on our outstanding accounts receivable. Other income and expense also could vary materially from expectations 
depending on gains or losses realized on the sale or exchange of financial instruments; impairment charges resulting from 
revaluations of debt and equity securities and other investments; interest rates; cash balances; and changes in fair value of 
derivative instruments. Volatility in the financial markets and any overall economic uncertainty increase the risk that the actual 
amounts realized in the future on our financial instruments could differ significantly from the fair values currently assigned to 
them. Uncertainty about current global economic conditions could also continue to increase the volatility of our stock price. 

In addition, political and social turmoil related to international conflicts, terrorist acts and civil unrest may put further 

pressure on economic conditions in the United States and abroad. Unstable economic, political and social conditions make it 
difficult for our customers, our suppliers and us to accurately forecast and plan future business activities. If such conditions 
persist, our business, financial condition and results of operations could suffer. Additionally, unstable economic conditions can 
provide significant pressures and burdens on individuals, which could cause them to engage in inappropriate business conduct. 
See “Part II, Item 9A. CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES-Inherent Limitations over Internal Control.” 

Our cash and cash equivalents and short-term investments are managed through various banks around the world and 

volatility in the capital and credit market conditions could cause financial institutions to fail or materially harm service 
levels provided by such banks, both of which could have an adverse affect on our ability to timely access funds. 

World capital and credit markets have been and may continue to experience volatility and disruption. In some cases, the 

markets have exerted downward pressure on stock prices and credit capacity for certain issuers, as well as pressured the 
solvency of some financial institutions. These financial institutions, including banks, have had difficulty timely performing 
regular services and in some cases have failed or otherwise been largely taken over by governments. We maintain our cash, cash 
equivalents and short-term investments with a number of financial institutions around the world. Should some or all of these 
financial institutions fail or otherwise be unable to timely perform requested services, we would likely have a limited ability to 
timely access our cash deposited with such institutions, or, in extreme circumstances the failure of such institutions could cause 
us to be unable to access cash for the foreseeable future. If we are unable to quickly access our funds when we need them, we 
may need to increase the use of our existing credit lines or access more expensive credit, if available. If we are unable to access 

20 

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
our cash or if we access existing or additional credit or are unable to access additional credit, it could have a negative impact on 
our operations, including our reported net income. 

We are exposed to credit risk and fluctuations in the market values of our investment portfolio. 

Although we have not recognized any material losses on our cash, cash equivalents and short-term investments, future 

declines in their market values could have a material adverse effect on our financial condition and operating results. Given the 
global nature of our business, we have investments both domestically and internationally. There has recently been growing 
pressure on the creditworthiness of sovereign nations, particularly in Europe where a majority of our cash, cash equivalents and 
short-term investments are invested, which results in corresponding pressure on the valuation of the securities issued by such 
nations. Additionally, our overall investment portfolio is often concentrated in certificates of deposit and money market funds. 
We maintain a mix of government-issued securities. Credit ratings and pricing of these investments can be negatively impacted 
by liquidity, credit deterioration or losses, financial results, or other factors. Additionally, liquidity issues or political actions by 
sovereign nations could result in decreased values for our investments in certain government securities. As a result, the value or 
liquidity of our cash, cash equivalents and short-term investments could decline or become materially impaired, which could 
have a material adverse effect on our financial condition and operating results. See “Item 7A. Quantitative and Qualitative 
Disclosures about Market Risk.” 

We depend on sole source or limited source suppliers, both internal and external, for some of our key components and 
materials, including exotic materials, certain cutting-edge optics and crystals, in our products, which make us susceptible to 
supply shortages or price fluctuations that could adversely affect our business. 

We currently purchase several key components and materials used in the manufacture of our products from sole source or 

limited source suppliers, both internal and external. Our failure to timely receive these key components and materials, such as 
the large optics used in our flat panel display manufacturing applications, could cause delays in the shipment of our products. 
Some of these suppliers are relatively small private companies that may discontinue their operations at any time and which may 
be particularly susceptible to prevailing economic conditions. Some of our suppliers are located in regions which may be 
susceptible to natural disasters, such as the recent flooding in Thailand and the earthquake, tsunami and resulting nuclear 
disaster in Japan. We typically purchase our components and materials through purchase orders or agreed upon terms and 
conditions and we do not have guaranteed supply arrangements with many of these suppliers. We may fail to obtain these 
supplies in a timely manner in the future. We may experience difficulty identifying alternative sources of supply for certain 
components used in our products. We would experience further delays while identifying, evaluating and testing the products of 
these potential alternative suppliers. Furthermore, financial or other difficulties faced by these suppliers or significant changes 
in demand for these components or materials could limit their availability. We continue to consolidate our supply base and 
move supplier locations. When we transition locations we may increase our inventory of such products as a “safety stock” 
during the transition, which may cause the amount of inventory reflected on our balance sheet to increase. Additionally, many 
of our customers rely on sole source suppliers. In the event of a disruption of supply, orders from our customers could decrease 
or be delayed. Any interruption or delay in the supply of any of these components or materials, or the inability to obtain these 
components and materials from alternate sources at acceptable prices and within a reasonable amount of time, or our failure to 
properly manage these moves, would impair our ability to meet scheduled product deliveries to our customers and could cause 
customers to cancel orders. 

We have historically relied exclusively on our own production capability to manufacture certain strategic components, 
crystals, semiconductor lasers, lasers and laser-based systems. Because we manufacture, package and test these components, 
products and systems at our own facilities, and such components, products and systems are not readily available from other 
sources, any interruption in manufacturing would adversely affect our business. In addition, our failure to achieve adequate 
manufacturing yields of these items at our manufacturing facilities may materially and adversely affect our operating results and 
financial condition. 

Our future success depends on our ability to increase our sales volumes and decrease our costs to offset potential 

declines in the average selling prices (“ASPs”) of our products and, if we are unable to realize greater sales volumes and 
lower costs, our operating results may suffer. 

Our ability to increase our sales volume and our future success depends on the continued growth of the markets for lasers, 

laser systems and related accessories, as well as our ability to identify, in advance, emerging markets for laser-based systems. 
We cannot assure you that we will be able to successfully identify, on a timely basis, new high-growth markets in the future. 
Moreover, we cannot assure you that new markets will develop for our products or our customers' products, or that our 
technology or pricing will enable such markets to develop. Future demand for our products is uncertain and will depend to a 
great degree on continued technological development and the introduction of new or enhanced products. If this does not 
continue, sales of our products may decline and our business will be harmed. 

21 

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
We have in the past experienced decreases in the ASPs of some of our products. As competing products become more 
widely available, the ASPs of our products may decrease. If we are unable to offset any decrease in our ASPs by increasing our 
sales volumes, our net sales will decline. In addition, to maintain our gross margins, we must continue to reduce the cost of 
manufacturing our products while maintaining their high quality. From time to time, our products, like many complex 
technological products, may fail in greater frequency than anticipated. This can lead to further charges, which can result in 
higher costs, lower gross margins and lower operating results. Furthermore, as ASPs of our current products decline, we must 
develop and introduce new products and product enhancements with higher margins. If we cannot maintain our gross margins, 
our operating results could be seriously harmed, particularly if the ASPs of our products decrease significantly. 

Our future success depends on our ability to develop and successfully introduce new and enhanced products that meet 

the needs of our customers. 

Our current products address a broad range of commercial and scientific research applications in the photonics markets. 
We cannot assure you that the market for these applications will continue to generate significant or consistent demand for our 
products. Demand for our products could be significantly diminished by disrupting technologies or products that replace them 
or render them obsolete. Furthermore, the new and enhanced products generally continue to be smaller in size and have lower 
ASPs, and therefore, we have to sell more units to maintain revenue levels. Accordingly, we must continue to invest in research 
and development in order to develop competitive products. 

Our future success depends on our ability to anticipate our customers' needs and develop products that address those 

needs. Introduction of new products and product enhancements will require that we effectively transfer production processes 
from research and development to manufacturing and coordinate our efforts with those of our suppliers to achieve volume 
production rapidly. If we fail to transfer production processes effectively, develop product enhancements or introduce new 
products in sufficient quantities to meet the needs of our customers as scheduled, our net sales may be reduced and our business 
may be harmed. 

We face risks associated with our foreign operations and sales that could harm our financial condition and results of 

operations. 

For fiscal 2011, fiscal 2010 and fiscal 2009, 74%, 67% and 66%, respectively, of our net sales were derived from 
customers outside of the United States. We anticipate that foreign sales, particularly in Asia, will continue to account for a 
significant portion of our revenues in the foreseeable future.  

A global economic slowdown or a natural disaster could have a negative effect on various foreign markets in which we 
operate, such as the earthquake, tsunami and resulting nuclear disaster during fiscal 2011 in Japan and the recent flooding in 
Thailand. Such a slowdown may cause us to reduce our presence in certain countries, which may negatively affect the overall 
level of business in such countries. Our foreign sales are primarily through our direct sales force. Additionally, some foreign 
sales are made through foreign distributors and resellers. Our foreign operations and sales are subject to a number of risks, 
including: 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

longer accounts receivable collection periods; 

the impact of recessions and other economic conditions in economies outside the United States; 

unexpected changes in regulatory requirements; 

certification requirements; 

environmental regulations; 

reduced protection for intellectual property rights in some countries; 

potentially adverse tax consequences; 

political and economic instability; 

import/export regulations, tariffs and trade barriers; 

22 

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
   
  
• 

• 

• 

• 

compliance with applicable United States and foreign anti-corruption laws; 

cultural and management differences; 

preference for locally produced products; and 

shipping and other logistics complications. 

Our business could also be impacted by international conflicts, terrorist and military activity, civil unrest and pandemic 

illness which could cause a slowdown in customer orders or cause customer order cancellations. 

We are also subject to the risks of fluctuating foreign currency exchange rates, which could materially adversely affect the 

sales price of our products in foreign markets, as well as the costs and expenses of our foreign subsidiaries. While we use 
forward exchange contracts and other risk management techniques to hedge our foreign currency exposure, we remain exposed 
to the economic risks of foreign currency fluctuations. 

We may not be able to protect our proprietary technology which could adversely affect our competitive advantage. 

Maintenance of intellectual property rights and the protection thereof is important to our business. We rely on a 
combination of patent, copyright, trademark and trade secret laws and restrictions on disclosure to protect our intellectual 
property rights. We cannot assure you that our patent applications will be approved, that any patents that may be issued will 
protect our intellectual property or that any issued patents will not be challenged by third parties. Other parties may 
independently develop similar or competing technology or design around any patents that may be issued to us. We cannot be 
certain that the steps we have taken will prevent the misappropriation of our intellectual property, particularly in foreign 
countries where the laws may not protect our proprietary rights as fully as in the United States. Further, we may be required to 
enforce our intellectual property or other proprietary rights through litigation, which, regardless of success, could result in 
substantial costs and diversion of management's attention. Additionally, there may be existing patents of which we are unaware 
that could be pertinent to our business and it is not possible for us to know whether there are patent applications pending that 
our products might infringe upon since these applications are often not publicly available until a patent is issued or published. 

We may, in the future, be subject to claims or litigation from third parties, for claims of infringement of their 

proprietary rights or to determine the scope and validity of our proprietary rights or the proprietary rights of competitors or 
other rights holders. These claims could result in costly litigation and the diversion of our technical and management 
personnel. Adverse resolution of litigation may harm our operating results or financial condition. 

In recent years, there has been significant litigation in the United States involving patents and other intellectual property 

rights. This has been seen in our industry, for example in the recently concluded patent-related litigation between IMRA 
America, Inc. and IPG Photonics Corporation. From time to time, like many other technology companies, we have received 
communications from other parties asserting the existence of patent rights, copyrights, trademark rights or other intellectual 
property rights which such third parties believe may cover certain of our products, processes, technologies or information. In the 
future, we may be a party to litigation to protect our intellectual property or as a result of an alleged infringement of others' 
intellectual property whether through direct claims or by way of indemnification claims of our customers, as, in some cases, we 
contractually agree to indemnify our customers against third-party infringement claims relating to our products. These claims 
and any resulting lawsuit, if successful, could subject us to significant liability for damages or invalidation of our proprietary 
rights. These lawsuits, regardless of their success, would likely be time-consuming and expensive to resolve and would divert 
management time and attention. Any potential intellectual property litigation could also force us to do one or more of the 
following: 

• 

• 

 stop manufacturing, selling or using our products that use the infringed intellectual property; 

obtain from the owner of the infringed intellectual property right a license to sell or use the relevant technology, 
although such license may not be available on reasonable terms, or at all; or 

• 

redesign the products that use the technology. 

If we are forced to take any of these actions or are otherwise a party to lawsuits of this nature, we may incur significant 

losses for which we do not have insurance and our business may be seriously harmed. We do not have insurance to cover 
potential claims of this type. 

23 

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
If our goodwill or intangible assets become impaired, we may be required to record a significant charge to earnings. 

Under accounting principles generally accepted in the United States, we review our intangible assets for impairment when 

events or changes in circumstances indicate the carrying value may not be recoverable. Goodwill is required to be tested for 
impairment at least annually. Factors that may be considered a change in circumstances indicating that the carrying value of our 
goodwill or other intangible assets may not be recoverable include declines in our stock price and market capitalization or future 
cash flows projections. We recorded a material charge during the first quarter of fiscal 2009 related to the impairment of 
goodwill in our CLC operating segment. A decline in our stock price, or any other adverse change in market conditions, 
particularly if such change has the effect of changing one of the critical assumptions or estimates we used to calculate the 
estimated fair value of our reporting units, could result in a change to the estimation of fair value that could result in an 
impairment charge. Any such material charges, whether related to goodwill or purchased intangible assets, may have a material 
negative impact on our financial and operating results. 

We are exposed to lawsuits in the normal course of business which could have a material adverse effect on our 

business, operating results, or financial condition. 

We are exposed to lawsuits in the normal course of our business, including product liability claims, if personal injury, 

death or commercial losses occur from the use of our products. While we typically maintain business insurance, including 
directors' and officers' policies, litigation can be expensive, lengthy, and disruptive to normal business operations, including the 
potential impact of indemnification obligations for individuals named in any such lawsuits. We may not, however, be able to 
secure insurance coverage on terms acceptable to us in the future. Moreover, the results of complex legal proceedings are 
difficult to predict. An unfavorable resolution of a particular lawsuit, including a recall or redesign of products if ultimately 
determined to be defective, could have a material adverse effect on our business, operating results, or financial condition. 

We depend on skilled personnel to operate our business effectively in a rapidly changing market, and if we are unable 

to retain existing or hire additional personnel when needed, our ability to develop and sell our products could be harmed. 

Our ability to continue to attract and retain highly skilled personnel will be a critical factor in determining whether we will 

be successful in the future. Recruiting and retaining highly skilled personnel in certain functions continues to be difficult. At 
certain locations where we operate, the cost of living is extremely high and it may be difficult to retain key employees and 
management at a reasonable cost. We may not be successful in attracting, assimilating or retaining qualified personnel to fulfill 
our current or future needs. Our failure to attract additional employees and retain our existing employees could adversely affect 
our growth and our business. 

Our future success depends upon the continued services of our executive officers and other key engineering, sales, 
marketing, manufacturing and support personnel, any of whom may leave, which could harm our business and our results of 
operations. 

The long sales cycles for our products may cause us to incur significant expenses without offsetting revenues. 

Customers often view the purchase of our products as a significant and strategic decision. As a result, customers typically 
expend significant effort in evaluating, testing and qualifying our products before making a decision to purchase them, resulting 
in a lengthy initial sales cycle. While our customers are evaluating our products and before they place an order with us, we may 
incur substantial sales and marketing and research and development expenses to customize our products to the customer's needs. 
We may also expend significant management efforts, increase manufacturing capacity and order long lead-time components or 
materials prior to receiving an order. Even after this evaluation process, a potential customer may not purchase our products. As 
a result, these long sales cycles may cause us to incur significant expenses without ever receiving revenue to offset such 
expenses. 

The markets in which we sell our products are intensely competitive and increased competition could cause reduced 

sales levels, reduced gross margins or the loss of market share. 

Competition in the various photonics markets in which we provide products is very intense. We compete against a number 

of large public and private companies, including CVI Melles Griot, Cymer, Inc., GSI Group, Inc., IPG Photonics Corporation, 
JDS Uniphase Corporation, Newport Corporation, Rofin-Sinar Technologies, Inc., and Trumpf GmbH, as well as other smaller 
companies. Some of our competitors are large companies that have significant financial, technical, marketing and other 
resources. These competitors may be able to devote greater resources than we can to the development, promotion, sale and 
support of their products. Some of our competitors are much better positioned than we are to acquire other companies in order 
to gain new technologies or products that may displace our product lines. Any of these acquisitions could give our competitors a 
strategic advantage. Any business combinations or mergers among our competitors, forming larger companies with greater 

24 

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
resources, could result in increased competition, price reductions, reduced margins or loss of market share, any of which could 
materially and adversely affect our business, results of operations and financial condition. 

Additional competitors may enter the markets in which we serve, both foreign and domestic, and we are likely to compete 

with new companies in the future. We may encounter potential customers that, due to existing relationships with our 
competitors, are committed to the products offered by these competitors. Further, our current or potential customers may 
determine to develop and produce products for their own use which are competitive to our products. As a result of the foregoing 
factors, we expect that competitive pressures may result in price reductions, reduced margins, loss of sales and loss of market 
share. In addition, in markets where there are a limited number of customers, competition is particularly intense. 

Some of our laser systems are complex in design and may contain defects that are not detected until deployed by our 

customers, which could increase our costs and reduce our revenues. 

Laser systems are inherently complex in design and require ongoing regular maintenance. The manufacture of our lasers, 

laser products and systems involves a highly complex and precise process. As a result of the technological complexity of our 
products, changes in our or our suppliers' manufacturing processes or the inadvertent use of defective materials by us or our 
suppliers could result in a material adverse effect on our ability to achieve acceptable manufacturing yields and product 
reliability. To the extent that we do not achieve and maintain our projected yields or product reliability, our business, operating 
results, financial condition and customer relationships would be adversely affected. We provide warranties on a majority of our 
product sales, and reserves for estimated warranty costs are recorded during the period of sale. The determination of such 
reserves requires us to make estimates of failure rates and expected costs to repair or replace the products under warranty. We 
typically establish warranty reserves based on historical warranty costs for each product line. If actual return rates and/or repair 
and replacement costs differ significantly from our estimates, adjustments to cost of sales may be required in future periods 
which could have an adverse effect on our results of operations. 

Our customers may discover defects in our products after the products have been fully deployed and operated under the 

end user's peak stress conditions. In addition, some of our products are combined with products from other vendors, which may 
contain defects. As a result, should problems occur, it may be difficult to identify the source of the problem. If we are unable to 
identify and fix defects or other problems, we could experience, among other things: 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

loss of customers; 

increased costs of product returns and warranty expenses; 

damage to our brand reputation; 

failure to attract new customers or achieve market acceptance; 

diversion of development and engineering resources; and 

legal actions by our customers and/or their end users. 

The occurrence of any one or more of the foregoing factors could seriously harm our business, financial condition and 

results of operations. 

If we fail to accurately forecast component and material requirements for our products, we could incur additional costs 

and incur significant delays in shipments, which could result in a loss of customers. 

We use rolling forecasts based on anticipated product orders and material requirements planning systems to determine our 

product requirements. It is very important that we accurately predict both the demand for our products and the lead times 
required to obtain the necessary components and materials. We depend on our suppliers for most of our product components 
and materials. Lead times for components and materials that we order vary significantly and depend on factors including the 
specific supplier requirements, the size of the order, contract terms and current market demand for components. For substantial 
increases in our sales levels of certain products, some of our suppliers may need at least nine months lead-time. If we 
overestimate our component and material requirements, we may have excess inventory, which would increase our costs. If we 
underestimate our component and material requirements, we may have inadequate inventory, which could interrupt and delay 
delivery of our products to our customers. Any of these occurrences would negatively impact our net sales, business or 
operating results.  

25 

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
Our increased reliance on contract manufacturing and other outsourcing may adversely impact our financial results 

and operations due to our decreased control over the performance and timing of certain aspects of our manufacturing. 

Our manufacturing strategy includes partnering with contract manufacturers to outsource non-core subassemblies and less 
complex turnkey products, including some performed at international sites located in Asia and Eastern Europe. Additionally, we 
have outsourced the manufacture of certain of our optics components to a third party. Our ability to resume internal 
manufacturing operations for certain products and components in a timely manner may be eliminated. The cost, quality, 
performance and availability of contract manufacturing operations are and will be essential to the successful production and sale 
of many of our products. Our financial condition or results of operation could be adversely impacted if any contract 
manufacturer or other supplier is unable for any reason, including as a result of the impact of worldwide economic conditions, 
to meet our cost, quality, performance, and availability standards. We may not be able to provide contract manufacturers with 
product volumes that are high enough to achieve sufficient cost savings. If shipments fall below forecasted levels, we may incur 
increased costs or be required to take ownership of the inventory. Also, our ability to control the quality of products produced 
by contract manufacturers may be limited and quality issues may not be resolved in a timely manner, which could adversely 
impact our financial condition or results of operations. 

If we fail to effectively manage our growth or, alternatively, our spending during downturns, our business could be 

disrupted, which could harm our operating results. 

The growth in sales, combined with the challenges of managing geographically dispersed operations, can place a 
significant strain on our management systems and resources, and our anticipated growth in future operations could continue to 
place such a strain. The failure to effectively manage our growth could disrupt our business and harm our operating results. Our 
ability to successfully offer our products and implement our business plan in evolving markets requires an effective planning 
and management process. In economic downturns, we must effectively manage our spending and operations to ensure our 
competitive position during the downturn, as well as our future opportunities when the economy improves, remain intact. The 
failure to effectively manage our spending and operations could disrupt our business and harm our operating results.  

Historically, acquisitions have been an important element of our strategy. However, we may not find suitable 

acquisition candidates in the future and we may not be able to successfully integrate and manage acquired businesses. Any 
acquisitions we make could disrupt our business and harm our financial condition. 

We have in the past made strategic acquisitions of other corporations and entities, as well as asset purchases, and we 

continue to evaluate potential strategic acquisitions of complementary companies, products and technologies. In the event of 
any future acquisitions, we could: 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

issue stock that would dilute our current stockholders' percentage ownership; 

pay cash that would decrease our working capital; 

incur debt; 

assume liabilities; or 

incur expenses related to impairment of goodwill and amortization. 

Acquisitions also involve numerous risks, including: 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

problems combining the acquired operations, systems, technologies or products; 

an inability to realize expected operating efficiencies or product integration benefits; 

difficulties in coordinating and integrating geographically separated personnel, organizations, systems and 
facilities; 

difficulties integrating business cultures; 

unanticipated costs or liabilities, including the costs associated with improving the internal controls of the acquired 
company; 

• 

diversion of management's attention from our core businesses; 

26 

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
• 

• 

• 

• 

adverse effects on existing business relationships with suppliers and customers; 

potential loss of key employees, particularly those of the purchased organizations; 

incurring unforeseen obligations or liabilities in connection with acquisitions; and 

the failure to complete acquisitions even after signing definitive agreements which, among other things, would 
result in the expensing of potentially significant professional fees and other charges in the period in which the 
acquisition or negotiations are terminated. 

We cannot assure you that we will be able to successfully identify appropriate acquisition candidates, to integrate any 

businesses, products, technologies or personnel that we might acquire in the future or achieve the anticipated benefits of such 
transactions, which may harm our business. 

We use standard laboratory and manufacturing materials that could be considered hazardous and we could be liable 

for any damage or liability resulting from accidental environmental contamination or injury. 

Although most of our products do not incorporate hazardous or toxic materials and chemicals, some of the gases used in 

our excimer lasers and some of the liquid dyes used in some of our scientific laser products are highly toxic. In addition, our 
operations involve the use of standard laboratory and manufacturing materials that could be considered hazardous. Also, if a 
facility fire were to occur at our Sunnyvale, California site and were to spread to a reactor used to grow semiconductor wafers, it 
could release highly toxic emissions. We believe that our safety procedures for handling and disposing of such materials comply 
with all federal, state and offshore regulations and standards. However, the risk of accidental environmental contamination or 
injury from such materials cannot be entirely eliminated. In the event of such an accident involving such materials, we could be 
liable for damages and such liability could exceed the amount of our liability insurance coverage and the resources of our 
business which could have an adverse effect on our financial results or our business as a whole. 

Compliance or the failure to comply with current and future environmental regulations could cause us significant 

expense. 

We are subject to a variety of federal, state, local and foreign environmental regulations relating to the use, storage, 
discharge and disposal of hazardous chemicals used during our manufacturing process or requiring design changes or recycling 
of products we manufacture. If we fail to comply with any present and future regulations, we could be subject to future 
liabilities, the suspension of production or a prohibition on the sale of products we manufacture. In addition, such regulations 
could restrict our ability to expand our facilities or could require us to acquire costly equipment, or to incur other significant 
expenses to comply with environmental regulations, including expenses associated with the recall of any non-compliant product 
and the management of historical waste. 

From time to time new regulations are enacted, and it is difficult to anticipate how such regulations will be implemented 

and enforced. We continue to evaluate the necessary steps for compliance with regulations as they are enacted. These 
regulations include, for example, the Registration, Evaluation, Authorization and Restriction of Chemical substances 
(“REACH”), the Restriction on the Use of Certain Hazardous Substances in Electrical and Electronic Equipment Directive 
(“RoHS”) and the Waste Electrical and Electronic Equipment Directive (“WEEE”) enacted in the European Union which 
regulate the use of certain hazardous substances in, and require the collection, reuse and recycling of waste from, certain 
products we manufacture. This and similar legislation that has been or is in the process of being enacted in Japan, China, Korea 
and various states of the United States may require us to re-design our products to ensure compliance with the applicable 
standards, for example by requiring the use of different types of materials. These redesigns or alternative materials may 
detrimentally impact the performance of our products, add greater testing lead-times for product introductions or have other 
similar effects. We believe we comply with all such legislation where our products are sold and we will continue to monitor 
these laws and the regulations being adopted under them to determine our responsibilities. In addition, we are monitoring 
legislation relating to the reduction of carbon emissions from industrial operations to determine whether we may be required to 
incur any additional material costs or expenses associated with our operations. We are not currently aware of any such material 
costs or expenses. Our failure to comply with any of the foregoing regulatory requirements or contractual obligations could 
result in our being directly or indirectly liable for costs, fines or penalties and third-party claims, and could jeopardize our 
ability to conduct business in the United States and foreign countries. 

Our operations would be seriously harmed if our logistics or facilities or those of our suppliers, our customers' 

suppliers or our contract manufacturers were to experience catastrophic loss. 

27 

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
Our operations, logistics and facilities and those of our suppliers and contract manufacturers could be subject to a 
catastrophic loss from fire, flood, earthquake, volcanic eruption, work stoppages, power outages, acts of war, pandemic 
illnesses, energy shortages, theft of assets, other natural disasters or terrorist activity, such as the recent flooding in Thailand. A 
substantial portion of our research and development activities, manufacturing, our corporate headquarters and other critical 
business operations are located near major earthquake faults in Santa Clara, California, an area with a history of seismic events. 
Any such loss or detrimental impact to any of our operations, logistics or facilities could disrupt our operations, delay 
production, shipments and revenue and result in large expenses to repair or replace the facility. While we have obtained 
insurance to cover most potential losses, after reviewing the costs and limitations associated with earthquake insurance, we have 
decided not to procure such insurance. We believe that this decision is consistent with decisions reached by numerous other 
companies located nearby. We cannot assure you that our existing insurance coverage will be adequate against all other possible 
losses. 

Difficulties with our enterprise resource planning (“ERP”) system and other parts of our global information 
technology system could harm our business and results of operation. If our network security measures are breached and 
unauthorized access is obtained to a customer's data or our data or our information technology systems, we may incur 
significant legal and financial exposure and liabilities.  

Like many modern multinational corporations, we maintain a global information technology system, including software 

products licensed from third parties.  Any system, network or Internet failures, misuse by system users, the hacking into or 
disruption caused by the unauthorized access by third parties or loss of license rights could disrupt our ability to timely and 
accurately manufacture and ship products or to report our financial information in compliance with the timelines mandated by 
the Securities and Exchange Commission.  Any such failure, misuse, hacking, disruptions or loss would likely cause a diversion 
of management's attention from the underlying business and could harm our operations.  In addition, a significant failure of our 
global information technology system could adversely affect our ability to complete an evaluation of our internal controls and 
attestation activities pursuant to Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.  

As part of our day-to-day business, we store our data and certain data about our customers in our global information 

technology system. While our system is designed with access security, if a third party gain unauthorized access to our data, 
including any regarding our customers, such security breach could expose us to a risk of loss of this information, loss of 
business, litigation and possible liability. These security measures may be breached as a result of third-party action, including 
intentional misconduct by computer hackers, employee error, malfeasance or otherwise. Additionally, third parties may attempt 
to fraudulently induce employees or customers into disclosing sensitive information such as user names, passwords or other 
information in order to gain access to our customers' data or our data, including our intellectual property and other confidential 
business information, or our information technology systems. Because the techniques used to obtain unauthorized access, or to 
sabotage systems, change frequently and generally are not recognized until launched against a target, we may be unable to 
anticipate these techniques or to implement adequate preventative measures. Any security breach could result in a loss of 
confidence by our customers, damage our reputation, disrupt our business, lead to legal liability and negatively impact our 
future sales.  

Changes in tax rates, tax liabilities or tax accounting rules could affect future results. 

As a global company, we are subject to taxation in the United States and various other countries and jurisdictions. 
Significant judgment is required to determine worldwide tax liabilities. Our future tax rates could be affected by changes in the 
composition of earnings in countries or states with differing tax rates, changes in the valuation of our deferred tax assets and 
liabilities, or changes in the tax laws. In addition, we are subject to regular examination of our income tax returns by the Internal 
Revenue Service (“IRS”) and other tax authorities. From time to time the United States, foreign and state governments make 
substantive changes to tax rules and the application of rules to companies, including the recent announcement from the United 
States government potentially impacting our ability to defer taxes on international earnings. We regularly assess the likelihood 
of favorable or unfavorable outcomes resulting from these examinations to determine the adequacy of our provision for income 
taxes. Although we believe our tax estimates are reasonable, there can be no assurance that any final determination will not be 
materially different than the treatment reflected in our historical income tax provisions and accruals, which could materially and 
adversely affect our operating results and financial condition. 

Compliance with changing regulation of corporate governance and public disclosure may create uncertainty regarding 

compliance matters. 

Federal securities laws, rules and regulations, as well as the rules and regulations of self-regulatory organizations such as 

NASDAQ and the NYSE, require companies to maintain extensive corporate governance measures, impose comprehensive 
reporting and disclosure requirements, set strict independence and financial expertise standards for audit and other committee 
members and impose civil and criminal penalties for companies and their chief executive officers, chief financial officers and 
directors for securities law violations. These laws, rules and regulations have increased and will continue to increase the scope, 

28 

  
  
  
  
complexity and cost of our corporate governance, reporting and disclosure practices, which could harm our results of operations 
and divert management's attention from business operations. Changing laws, regulations and standards relating to corporate 
governance and public disclosure may create uncertainty regarding compliance matters. New or changed laws, regulations and 
standards are subject to varying interpretations in many cases. As a result, their application in practice may evolve over time. 
We are committed to maintaining high standards of ethics, corporate governance and public disclosure. Complying with 
evolving interpretations of new or changed legal requirements may cause us to incur higher costs as we revise current practices, 
policies and procedures, and may divert management time and attention from revenue generating to compliance activities. If our 
efforts to comply with new or changed laws, regulations and standards differ from the activities intended by regulatory or 
governing bodies due to ambiguities related to practice, our reputation may also be harmed. 

Governmental regulations, including duties, affecting the import or export of products could negatively affect our 

revenues. 

The United States and many foreign governments impose tariffs and duties on the import and export of products, including 

some of those which we sell. In particular, given our worldwide operations, we pay duties on certain products when they are 
imported into the United States for repair work as well as on certain of our products which are manufactured by our foreign 
subsidiaries. These products can be subject to a duty on the product value. Additionally, the United States and various foreign 
governments have imposed tariffs, controls, export license requirements and restrictions on the import or export of some 
technologies, especially encryption technology. From time to time, government agencies have proposed additional regulation of 
encryption technology, such as requiring the escrow and governmental recovery of private encryption keys. Governmental 
regulation of encryption technology and regulation of imports or exports, or our failure to obtain required import or export 
approval for our products, could harm our international and domestic sales and adversely affect our revenues. From time to time 
our duty calculations and payments are audited by government agencies.  

In addition, compliance with the directives of the Directorate of Defense Trade Controls (“DDTC”) may result in 
substantial expenses and diversion of management. Any failure to adequately address the directives of DDTC could result in 
civil fines or suspension or loss of our export privileges, any of which could have a material adverse effect on our business or 
financial position, results of operations, or cash flows. 

Our market is unpredictable and characterized by rapid technological changes and evolving standards demanding a 

significant investment in research and development, and, if we fail to address changing market conditions, our business and 
operating results will be harmed. 

The photonics industry is characterized by extensive research and development, rapid technological change, frequent new 

product introductions, changes in customer requirements and evolving industry standards. Because this industry is subject to 
rapid change, it is difficult to predict its potential size or future growth rate. Our success in generating revenues in this industry 
will depend on, among other things: 

•  maintaining and enhancing our relationships with our customers; 

• 

• 

the education of potential end-user customers about the benefits of lasers and laser systems; and 

our ability to accurately predict and develop our products to meet industry standards. 

For our fiscal years 2011, 2010 and 2009, our research and development costs were $81.2 million (10.1% of net sales), 

$72.4 million (12.0% of net sales) and $61.4 million (14.1% of net sales), respectively. We cannot assure you that our 
expenditures for research and development will result in the introduction of new products or, if such products are introduced, 
that those products will achieve sufficient market acceptance or to generate sales to offset the costs of development. Our failure 
to address rapid technological changes in our markets could adversely affect our business and results of operations. 

We participate in the microelectronics market, which requires significant research and development expenses to 
develop and maintain products and a failure to achieve market acceptance for our products could have a significant negative 
impact on our business and results of operations. 

The microelectronics market is characterized by rapid technological change, frequent product introductions, the volatility 

of product supply and demand (particularly in the semiconductor industry), changing customer requirements and evolving 
industry standards. The nature of this market requires significant research and development expenses to participate, with 
substantial resources invested in advance of material sales of our products to our customers in this market. In the event either 
our customers' or our products fail to gain market acceptance, or the microelectronics market fails to grow, it would likely have 
a significant negative effect on our business and results of operations. 

29 

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
Continued volatility in the semiconductor manufacturing industry could adversely affect our business, financial 

condition and results of operations. 

A portion of our net sales in the microelectronics market depend on the demand for our products by semiconductor 
equipment companies. The semiconductor market has historically been characterized by sudden and severe cyclical variations in 
product supply and demand, which have often severely affected the demand for semiconductor manufacturing equipment, 
including laser-based tools and systems. The timing, severity and duration of these market cycles are difficult to predict, and we 
may not be able to respond effectively to these cycles. The continuing uncertainty in this market severely limits our ability to 
predict our business prospects or financial results in this market. 

During industry downturns, our revenues from this market may decline suddenly and significantly. Our ability to rapidly 

and effectively reduce our cost structure in response to such downturns is limited by the fixed nature of many of our expenses in 
the near term and by our need to continue our investment in next-generation product technology and to support and service our 
products. In addition, due to the relatively long manufacturing lead times for some of the systems and subsystems we sell to this 
market, we may incur expenditures or purchase raw materials or components for products we cannot sell. Accordingly, 
downturns in the semiconductor capital equipment market may materially harm our operating results. Conversely, when upturns 
in this market occur, we must be able to rapidly and effectively increase our manufacturing capacity to meet increases in 
customer demand that may be extremely rapid, and if we fail to do so we may lose business to our competitors and our 
relationships with our customers may be harmed. 

Failure to maintain effective internal controls may cause a loss of investor confidence in the reliability of our financial 

statements or to cause us to delay filing our periodic reports with the SEC and adversely affect our stock price. 

The SEC, as directed by Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, adopted rules requiring public companies to 
include a report of management on internal control over financial reporting in their annual reports on Form 10-K that contain an 
assessment by management of the effectiveness of the Company's internal control over financial reporting. In addition, our 
independent registered public accounting firm must attest to and report on the effectiveness of our internal control over financial 
reporting. Although we test our internal control over financial reporting in order to ensure compliance with the Section 404 
requirements, our failure to maintain adequate internal controls over financial reporting could result in an adverse reaction in the 
financial marketplace due to a loss of investor confidence in the reliability of our financial statements or a delay in our ability to 
timely file our periodic reports with the SEC, which ultimately could negatively impact our stock price. 

Provisions of our charter documents and Delaware law, and our Change-of-Control Severance Plan may have anti-

takeover effects that could prevent or delay a change in control. 

Provisions of our certificate of incorporation and bylaws may discourage, delay or prevent a merger or acquisition or make 

removal of incumbent directors or officers more difficult. These provisions may discourage takeover attempts and bids for our 
common stock at a premium over the market price. These provisions include: 

• 

• 

• 

the ability of our Board of Directors to alter our bylaws without stockholder approval; 

limiting the ability of stockholders to call special meetings; and 

establishing advance notice requirements for nominations for election to our Board of Directors or for proposing 
matters that can be acted on by stockholders at stockholder meetings. 

We are subject to Section 203 of the Delaware General Corporation Law, which prohibits a publicly-held Delaware 

corporation from engaging in a merger, asset or stock sale or other transaction with an interested stockholder for a period of 
three years following the date such person became an interested stockholder, unless prior approval of our board of directors is 
obtained or as otherwise provided. These provisions of Delaware law also may discourage, delay or prevent someone from 
acquiring or merging with us without obtaining the prior approval of our board of directors, which may cause the market price 
of our common stock to decline. In addition, we have adopted a change of control severance plan, which provides for the 
payment of a cash severance benefit to each eligible employee based on the employee's position. If a change of control occurs, 
our successor or acquirer will be required to assume and agree to perform all of our obligations under the change of control 
severance plan which may discourage potential acquirors or result in a lower stock price. 

30 

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
ITEM 1B.    UNRESOLVED STAFF COMMENTS 

Not Applicable. 

ITEM 2.    PROPERTIES 

Our corporate headquarters is located in Santa Clara, California. At fiscal 2011 year-end, our primary locations were as 
follows (all square footage is approximate) (unless otherwise indicated, each property is utilized jointly by our two segments): 

Santa Clara, CA 

Santa Clara, CA (3) 
Sunnyvale, CA (1)(3) 

Description 

  8.5 acres of land, 200,000 
square foot building 
  90,120 square foot building 
  24,000 square foot building 

Use 

Term 

  Corporate headquarters, 
manufacturing, R&D 
  Office, manufacturing 
  Leased through July 2020 
  Office, manufacturing, R&D    Leased through December 

  Owned 

2018 

Bloomfield, CT (1) 

  72,915 square foot building 

  Office, manufacturing, R&D    Leased through December 

2012 

East Hanover, NJ (2) 

  30,000 square foot building 

  Office, manufacturing, R&D    Leased through October 2014

Wilsonville, OR (1) 

  41,250 square foot building 

  Office, manufacturing, R&D    Leased through December 

2018 

Salem, NH(1)(3) 

  44,153 square foot building 

  Office, manufacturing, R&D    Leased through October 2019

Dieburg, Germany 

  31,306 square foot building 

  Office 

  Leased through December 
2020 

Göttingen, Germany(2) 

Lübeck, Germany (2) 

  7.6 acres of land, several 
buildings totaling 128,900 
square feet 
  47,638 square foot building 

  Office, manufacturing, R&D    Owned 

  Office, manufacturing, R&D    Leased through December 

2012 

Lübeck, Germany (2) 

  22,583 square foot building 

  Office, manufacturing, R&D    Leased through December 

2012 with option to purchase 
building 
Leased through December 
2018 
  Leased through June 2012 

Lübeck, Germany (2)(3) 

6,779 square foot building 

Manufacturing 

Tokyo, Japan 
Glasgow, Scotland (2) 

Kallang Sector, Singapore(2) 

  17,602 square foot building 
  2 acres of land, 30,000 square 
foot building 
31,894 square foot building 

  Office 
  Office, manufacturing, R&D    Owned 

Office, manufacturing, R&D 

Leased through March 2016 

Penang, Malaysia (2) 

13,455 square foot building 

Office, manufacturing, R&D 

Leased through August 2014 

_________________________________________ 

(1) 

(2) 

(3) 

This facility is utilized primarily by our CLC operating segment. 

This facility is utilized primarily by our SLS operating segment. 

Portions of this property are not fully utilized. 

We maintain other sales and service offices under varying leases expiring from 2012 through 2019 in the United States, Japan, 
South Korea, China, Thailand, Taiwan, Germany, France, Italy, the United Kingdom and the Netherlands. 

We consider our facilities to be both suitable and adequate to provide for current and near term requirements.  We plan to renew 
leases on buildings as they expire.  

31 

  
  
 
  
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
ITEM 3.    LEGAL PROCEEDINGS 

We are subject to legal claims and litigation arising in the ordinary course of business, such as product liability, 

employment or intellectual property claims, including, but not limited to, the matters described below. The outcome of any such 
matters is currently not determinable. Although we do not expect that such legal claims and litigation will ultimately have a 
material adverse effect on our consolidated financial position or results of operations, an adverse result in one or more matters 
could negatively affect our results in the period in which they occur. 

Derivative Lawsuits 

Between February 15, 2007 and March 2, 2007, three purported shareholder derivative lawsuits were filed in the United 

States District Court for the Northern District of California against certain of the Company's current and former officers and 
directors. The Company is named as a nominal defendant. The complaints generally allege that the defendants breached their 
fiduciary duties and violated the securities laws in connection with the granting of stock options, the accounting treatment for 
such grants, the issuance of allegedly misleading public statements and stock sales by certain of the individual defendants. On 
May 30, 2007, these lawsuits were consolidated under the caption In re Coherent, Inc. Shareholder Derivative Litigation, Lead 
Case No. C-07-0955-JF (N.D. Cal.). On June 25, 2007, plaintiffs filed an amended consolidated complaint. The consolidated 
complaint asserts causes of action for alleged violations of federal securities laws, violations of California securities laws, 
breaches of fiduciary duty and/or aiding and abetting breaches of fiduciary duty, abuse of control, gross mismanagement, 
constructive fraud, corporate waste, unjust enrichment, insider selling and misappropriation of information. The consolidated 
complaint seeks, among other relief, disgorgement and damages in an unspecified amount, an accounting, rescission of 
allegedly improper stock option grants, punitive damages and attorneys' fees and costs. 

The Company's Board of Directors appointed a Special Litigation Committee ("SLC") comprised of independent director 
Sandeep Vij to investigate and evaluate the claims asserted in the derivative litigation and to determine what action(s) should be 
taken with respect to the derivative litigation. On September 8, 2009, Coherent, Inc., by and through the SLC, plaintiffs, and 
certain of Coherent's former and current officers and directors filed with the court a Stipulation of Settlement reflecting the 
terms of a settlement that would resolve all claims alleged in the consolidated complaint. The terms of the settlement include a 
financial benefit to Coherent of over $6 million, which is comprised of a cash payment of $5.25 million to the Company and the 
waiver by certain former officers and directors of potential claims relating to expired stock options valued at $762,305. The 
settlement terms also include the implementation and/or agreement to maintain certain corporate governance changes, and a 
payment by the Company to plaintiffs' counsel of $3 million in attorneys' fees and expenses. 

On September 14, 2009, the United States District Court for the Northern District of California issued an order granting 

preliminary approval of the settlement. On November 20, 2009, the court held a hearing for final approval of the settlement, and 
on November 24, 2009, the court entered an Order and Final Judgment, which approved the settlement and dismissed the action 
with prejudice. Coherent received the cash payment of $2.25 million on December 11, 2009. 

Income Tax Audits 

We are subject to taxation and file income tax returns in the U.S. federal jurisdiction and in many state and foreign 
jurisdictions. For U.S. federal income tax purposes, all years prior to 2005 are closed. The IRS audited the research and 
development credits generated in the years 1999 through 2001 and carried forward to future years. We received a notice of 
proposed adjustment (“NOPA”) from the IRS in October 2008 to decrease the amount of research and development credits 
generated in years 2000 and 2001. We signed a Closing Agreement with the IRS which allows additional research and 
development credits for the years 2000 and 2001, respectively. During the fourth quarter of fiscal 2011, the Joint Committee on 
Taxation approved this agreement. We provided adequate tax reserves for adjustments to these research and development 
credits for the years 2000 and 2001. This settlement resulted in the closure of U.S. federal statutes of limitations for years 
through 2004 and we released net unrecognized tax benefits under ASC 740-10 and related interest of approximately $9.7 
million that affected the Company's effective tax rate for fiscal year 2011. In our major state jurisdictions and our major foreign 
jurisdictions, the years subsequent to 2000 and 2004, respectively, currently remain open and could be subject to examination 
by the taxing authorities. We believe that we have provided adequate reserves for any adjustments that may be determined by 
the tax authorities. 

Management believes that it has adequately provided for any adjustments that may result from tax examinations.  The 
Company regularly engages in discussions and negotiations with tax authorities regarding tax matters in various jurisdictions.  It 
is reasonably possible that certain federal, foreign and state tax matters may be concluded in the next 12 months. The Company 
estimates that the net unrecognized tax benefits and related interest at October 1, 2011 could be reduced by approximately $1.0 
million to $2.0 million in the next 12 months. 

ITEM 4.    (REMOVED AND RESERVED) 

32 

  
  
  
PART II 

ITEM 5.    MARKET FOR THE REGISTRANT'S COMMON EQUITY, RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS 
AND ISSUER PURCHASES OF EQUITY SECURITIES 

Our common stock is quoted on the NASDAQ Stock Market under the symbol "COHR." The following table sets forth 

the high and low sales prices for each quarterly period during the past two fiscal years as reported on the Nasdaq Global Select 
Market. 

First quarter 
Second quarter 
Third quarter 
Fourth quarter 

2011 

High 

46.85 $
62.29 $
63.76 $
59.61 $

$
$
$
$

Fiscal 

2010 

Low 
39.27     $ 
46.01     $ 
49.54     $ 
38.92     $ 

High 

30.20 $
33.02 $
38.24 $
40.20 $

Low 
23.33
26.35
31.92
32.83

The number of stockholders of record as of November 25, 2011 was 1,010. No cash dividends have been declared or paid 

since Coherent was founded and we have no present intention to declare or pay cash dividends. 

There were no sales of unregistered securities in fiscal 2011. 

Stock repurchases during the three months ended October 1, 2011 were as follows: 

Period 
July 3, 2011 - July 30, 2011 
July 31, 2011 - August 27, 2011 
August 28, 2011 - October 1, 2011 
Total 

Total 
Number of 
Shares 
Purchased 

Average Price 
Paid per Share

— $

738,809
586,200

1,325,009 $

—
45.54
42.67

44.27

Total Number of 
Shares Purchased as 
Part of Publicly 
Announced Plans or 
Programs 

Maximum Dollar 
Value that May 
Yet Be Purchased 
Under the Plans or 
Programs (1) (2) 

—     $ 

738,809    
586,200    
1,325,009     $ 

33,645,000
50,000,000
24,985,000

24,985,000

(1) On January 26, 2011, we announced that the Board of Directors had authorized the repurchase of up to $75.0 million of our common stock.  The timing and 
size of any purchases will be subject to market conditions. The program was completed during the fourth quarter of fiscal 2011.  

(2) On August 25, 2011, we announced that the Board of Directors had authorized the repurchase of up to $50.0 million of our common stock. The program is 
authorized for 12 months from the date of authorization. The timing and size of any purchases will be subject to market conditions. 

33 

  
  
 
  
  
 
  
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
COMPANY STOCK PRICE PERFORMANCE 

The following graph shows a five-year comparison of cumulative total stockholder return, calculated on a dividend 
reinvestment basis and based on a $100 investment, from September 30, 2006 through October 1, 2011 comparing the return on 
our common stock with the Russell 2000 Index, the Standard and Poors Technology Index and the Nasdaq Composite Index. 
No dividends have been declared or paid on our common stock during such period. The stock price performance shown on the 
following graph is not necessarily indicative of future price performance. 

COMPARISON OF FIVE-YEAR CUMULATIVE TOTAL RETURN AMONG COHERENT, INC., 

THE RUSSELL 2000 INDEX, THE S&P TECHNOLOGY INDEX AND 

THE NASDAQ COMPOSITE INDEX. 

Company Name / Index 
Coherent, Inc.  
Russell 2000 Index 
S&P Technology Index 
NASDAQ Composite Index 

INDEXED RETURNS 

Base 
Period 
9/30/2006 
100
100
100
100

9/29/2007 
92.56
112.34
123.33
121.84

9/27/2008 
100.95
99.63
94.50
92.48

Years Ending 
10/3/2009 

66.27    
83.44    
94.96    
96.08    

10/2/2010 
115.98
98.96
108.43
108.39

10/1/2011 
123.95
95.02
112.72
110.99

The information contained above under the caption "Company Stock Price Performance" shall not be deemed to be 
"soliciting material" or to be "filed" with the SEC, nor will such information be incorporated by reference into any future SEC 
filing except to the extent that we specifically incorporate it by reference into such filing. 

34 

 
 
 
  
  
  
 
  
ITEM 6.    SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA 

The information set forth below is not necessarily indicative of results of future operations and should be read in 
conjunction with Item 7. "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations" and the 
Consolidated Financial Statements and Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements. 

We derived the selected consolidated financial data as of fiscal 2011 and 2010 year-end and for fiscal 2011, 2010 and 

2009 from our audited consolidated financial statements, and accompanying notes, contained in this annual report. The 
consolidated statements of operations data for fiscal 2008 and 2007 and the consolidated balance sheet data as of fiscal 2009, 
2008 and 2007 year-end are derived from our consolidated financial statements which are not included in this report. 

Consolidated financial data 

Fiscal 
2011(1) 

Fiscal 
2010(2) 

Fiscal 
2009(3) 
(in thousands, except per share data) 

Fiscal 
2008(4) 

$ 
$ 
$ 

802,834 $
350,822 $
93,238 $

605,067 $
260,811 $
36,916 $

Net sales 
Gross profit 
Net income(loss) 
Net income (loss) per share(6): 
Basic 
Diluted 
Shares used in computation(6): 
Basic 
24,718
Diluted 
25,091
Total assets 
803,104 $
Long-term obligations 
33 $
Other long-term liabilities 
79,688 $
Stockholders' equity 
591,463 $
_______________________________________________________________________________ 

24,924
25,464
843,266 $
19 $
62,841 $
618,001 $

1.49 $
1.47 $

3.74 $
3.66 $

$ 
$ 
$ 
$ 

$ 
$ 

435,882 $ 
161,110 $ 
(35,319) $ 

599,262     $
251,906     $
23,403     $

(1.45) $ 
(1.45) $ 

0.85     $
0.83     $

24,281
24,281
753,604 $ 
6 $ 
91,685 $ 
575,571 $ 

27,505    
28,054    
806,383     $
15     $
94,606     $
598,435     $

Fiscal 
2007(5) 

601,153
250,008
15,951

0.51
0.50

31,398
32,024
947,600
21
47,848
770,986

(1) 

(2) 

(3) 

(4) 

(5) 

Includes a gain of $6.1 million after tax related to the dissolution of our Finland operations, a $9.7 million tax benefit 
from the release of tax reserves and related interest as a result of an IRS settlement and the closure of open tax years and 
a $1.5 million tax charge due to an increase in valuation allowances against deferred tax assets. 

Includes restructuring expenses of $5.8 million after tax primarily related to the closure of our Finland site and the 
consolidation of our Montreal, Canada site under the management of our Wilsonville, Oregon site and a net benefit after 
tax of $1.4 million related to a receipt from the settlement of litigation resulting from our internal stock option 
investigation. 

Includes $19.3 million in after-tax expense related to the impairment of goodwill, restructuring expenses of $11.5 million 
after tax primarily related to the consolidation of our Munich site into our Gottingen and Lubeck, Germany sites and our 
Finland site, the exit of our Auburn, California facility, the exit of our St. Louis, Missouri facility and headcount 
reductions due to the evolving global economic conditions, $0.8 million in after-tax costs related to our stock option 
investigation and litigation and a tax charge of $3.8 million composed of the impact of a recently enacted change in state 
tax law and a valuation allowance in one of our European subsidiaries. 

Includes $5.5 million in after-tax costs related to our stock option investigation and litigation, restructuring expenses of 
$3.9 million after-tax related to the exit of our Auburn, California facility, the consolidation of our German DPSS 
manufacturing into one location in Germany and headcount reductions due to the evolving global economic situation, and 
a tax charge of $1.4 million in connection with a dividend from one of our European subsidiaries. 

Includes a $12.6 million loss on our sale of our Auburn campus in Auburn, California, $7.0 million in after-tax costs 
related to our stock option investigation and litigation, a $2.6 million after-tax charge to write off unamortized capitalized 
deferred issuance costs associated with our repayment of our convertible subordinated notes, a charge of $2.2 million for 
in-process research and development ("IPR&D") related to our purchase of Nuvonyx, $0.2 million after-tax costs related 
to the termination of the Excel merger agreement, a $3.6 million capital gain on the sale of our Condensa building in 
Santa Clara, California, and a $0.7 million after-tax gain from the sale of substantially all of the net assets of our 
Coherent Imaging Optics Limited (COIL) subsidiary to CVI Laser. 

35 

  
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
    
  
  
  
  
    
  
(6) 

See Note 2, "Significant Accounting Policies" in our Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements under Item 15 of this 
Annual Report on Form 10-K for an explanation of the determination of the number of shares used in computing net 
income (loss) per share. 

ITEM 7.    MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF 
OPERATIONS 

The following discussion and analysis of our financial condition and results of operations should be read in conjunction 

with our Consolidated Financial Statements and related notes included in Item 8, "Financial Statements and Supplementary 
Data" in this annual report. This discussion contains forward- looking statements, which involve risks and uncertainties. Our 
actual results could differ materially from those anticipated in the forward-looking statements as a result of certain factors, 
including but not limited to those discussed in Item 1A,"Risk Factors" and elsewhere in this annual report. Please see the 
discussion of forward-looking statements at the beginning of this annual report under "Special Note Regarding Forward-
Looking Statements." 

KEY PERFORMANCE INDICATORS 

The following is a summary of some of the quantitative performance indicators (as defined below) that may be used to 

assess our results of operations and financial condition: 

Bookings 
Book-to-bill ratio 
Net Sales—Commercial Lasers and Components 
Net Sales—Specialty Lasers and Systems 

Gross Profit as a Percentage of Net Sales—Commercial Lasers and Components
Gross Profit as a Percentage of Net Sales—Specialty Lasers and Systems 
Research and Development Expenses as a Percentage of Net Sales 
Income (Loss) Before Income Taxes 
Net Cash Provided by Operating Activities 
Days Sales Outstanding in Receivables 
Fourth Quarter Inventory Turns 
Capital Spending as a Percentage of Net Sales 

Definitions and analysis of these performance indicators are as follows: 

Bookings and Book-to-Bill Ratio 

$

$
$

$
$

Fiscal 
2010 
(Dollars in thousands) 
695,954  
  $ 
$
1.15  
208,691  
396,276  

  $ 
  $ 

$
$

2011 

895,017 
1.11 
283,098 
519,736 

41.1%  
45.4%  
10.1%  

  $ 
  $ 

123,829 
86,676 
63.2 
3.1 
4.6%  

36.2 %
47.0 %
12.0 %

57,979  
78,813  
65.6  
3.4  
2.5 %

$
$

2009 

419,239 
0.96 
125,619 
310,163 

26.4%
41.4%
14.1%
(35,855) 
39,049 
61.3 
2.9 
5.0%

Bookings represent orders expected to be shipped within 12 months and services to be provided pursuant to service 
contracts. While we generally have not experienced a significant rate of cancellation, bookings are generally cancelable by our 
customers without substantial penalty and, therefore, we cannot assure all bookings will be converted to net sales. 

The book-to-bill ratio is calculated as annual bookings divided by annual net sales. This is an indication of the strength of 

our business but can sometimes be impacted by a single large order. A ratio greater than 1.0 indicating that demand for our 
products is greater than what we supply in the year. 

Fiscal 2011 bookings reached another new record for the Company. Bookings increased 28.6% from fiscal 2010, with a 

significant increase in the microelectronics market. Bookings increases by market compared to fiscal 2010 were 
microelectronics (62%), materials processing (22%) and scientific (3%), partially offset by a decrease in the OEM components 
and instrumentation market (3%). Although fiscal 2011 bookings were a record, bookings in the fourth quarter of fiscal 2011 
decreased from the third quarter of fiscal 2011, with a fourth quarter book-to-bill of 0.94, primarily due to timing of large orders 
in the microelectronics market. 

Fiscal 2010 bookings, at the time, represented a new record. Bookings increased 66.0% from fiscal 2009, with increases 

in all four markets led by a significant increase in the microelectronics market. Bookings increases by market compared to fiscal 

36 

  
  
 
  
  
 
  
 
 
 
2009 were microelectronics (140%), materials processing (69%), OEM components and instrumentation (51%) and scientific 
(10%). 

Microelectronics 

Record-setting bookings in fiscal 2011 increased 62% from fiscal 2010 and the book-to-bill ratio for the year was 1.25. 

Flat panel display orders for fiscal 2011 increased significantly from fiscal 2010, including $44 million of a record $77 

million order we received for the current and next generation flat panel display annealing lasers and optics.  The remaining $33 
million of this order will be booked in fiscal 2012 in accordance with our internal policies.  Fulfillment of this order, combined 
with projected long-term service requirements from the installed base and new system backlog, requires a series of investments 
by Coherent including our facility expansion in Göttingen and the opening of a service center in South Korea, both of which 
will become operational in fiscal 2012.  Orders in the fourth quarter of fiscal 2011 were significantly lower than in the third 
quarter of fiscal 2011, accounting for much of the decrease in the Company's bookings, primarily due to the timing of orders.  
We expect this market to be strong in fiscal 2012 as the primary market driver, the proliferation of smartphones and tablets, 
remains intact.  Given our robust backlong, new orders for annealing systems will be predominately scheduled for delivery in 
fiscal 2013, in part due to customer facility readiness to receive and install new equipment.  

Advanced packaging (API) orders increased significantly for the full fiscal year, but decreased in the fourth quarter of 

fiscal 2011, due to lower consumer confidence, pressure from reduced semiconductor capital equipment spending and 
tightening of credit in China.  Although it is harder to predict the timing of the recovery in this market due to our customer 
diversity, the long-term outlook is positive.  We anticipate that market growth will come from increased adoption of 
smartphones and tablets as well as the emergence of ultrabooks (a hybrid tablet/notebook) and from the 3D packaging market. 
We are positioning our product portfolio to address more demanding packaging requirements by increasing the performance of 
our CO2 and pulsed UV laser products.  In addition, several new OEM integrators serving the API market have selected 
Coherent as their laser vendor. 

Although orders from semiconductor capital equipment OEMs increased for the full fiscal year, they slowed in the fourth 
quarter of fiscal 2011. Recent market data indicates that the market is expected to rebound at some point in calendar 2012. We 
continue to engage with customers to develop solutions for the 20 nm mode deployment and this market has not been affected. 

OEM Components and Instrumentation 

Bookings in fiscal 2011 decreased 3% from fiscal 2010 and the book-to-bill ratio for the year was 0.97.   Although 
bookings declined for the full fiscal year primarily due to lower stimulus funding, orders in the second half of fiscal 2011 were 
strong due to the timing of certain large orders and strength in the medical OEM market. 

The medical OEM market has been trending upward as consumer spending improved in fiscal 2011, led by growth in 

eyecare and aesthetic procedures.  We believe that in the longer term, the ophthalmic market is the growth engine for the 
medical market.  Rising life expectancies will increase the occurrence of various eye conditions such as cataracts and laser 
intervention remains the preferred treatment option for many of these conditions.  We believe that our current R&D programs 
will yield products that provide patient, procedure and cost benefits. 

Orders in the instrumentation market declined in fiscal 2011 as customers readjusted inventory levels following the 
expiration of stimulus funds. We believe the long-term prospects for this market are strong, as broader access to health care in 
the U.S and abroad requires the health care system to develop more and better early detection methods to provide cost-effective 
care. Customers are increasingly seeking multiple wavelength solutions to support a variety of test protocols on a single tool.  
Our OBIS™ product family rises to these challenges and we are working with OEM customers for current and future designs.  

The defense business remains under budget pressure globally as proposed spending cuts have influenced buying patterns, 

which are skewed towards a number of low volume orders.  

Materials Processing 

Although annual bookings increased 22% from fiscal 2010 and fiscal 2011's book-to-bill ratio was 1.06, bookings in the 

fourth quarter of fiscal 2011 decreased from the record-setting third quarter of fiscal 2011 due primarily to the timing of several 
larger orders and the tightening of credit in China.  

Marking and engraving remains our largest submarket with demand driven by product identification in the consumer 
electronics, automotive, medical and packaging markets.  Although there is opportunity for strong long-term growth in this 
market, the market may fluctuate from quarter to quarter in fiscal 2012 as consumer spending and credit flows in China are 
resolved.   

37 

  
Like marking and engraving, both lasers sales, predominantly CO2, and sales of laser manufacturing tools into the textile 
and paper cutting markets were strong in fiscal 2011. In fiscal 2012, we expect to diversify both product lines to address more 
applications including the introduction of the first of these product additions at the Fabtech tradeshow in November 2011.  In 
addition, our upcoming kilowatt class fiber laser will address metal. cutting and we expect first revenue shipments in mid-fiscal 
2012.   

Scientific and Government Programs 

Record-setting bookings in fiscal 2011 increased 3% from fiscal 2010 and the book-to-bill ratio for the year was 0.98.  
Orders were a record in both fiscal 2011 and the fourth quarter of fiscal 2011 even as the stimulus funding ended, indicating 
market share gains.  In the U.S., demand was in-line with expectations for the post-American Recovery and Investment Act of 
2009 period. The Asia-Pacific region delivered record bookings in the fourth quarter of fiscal 2011, led by research investments 
in China. Europe was unseasonably strong, led by continued investments in Germany. 

Fiscal 2011 orders were strong for high-end ultrafast amplifiers used in a variety of applications including attosecond 
physics, EUV time-resolved studies and multidimensional spectroscopy. The biological imaging market was also strong, but 
below the record levels fueled by stimulus spending. We introduced a new, hands-free laser called the Vitara™ that produces 
very short pulses.  This laser is a key building block to enabling higher performance and better resolution in a wide range of 
research applications.  It can be used as a stand-alone device or in conjunction with amplifier systems. We believe the Vitara™ 
will quickly become the standard for short pulse oscillators. 

Net Sales 

Net sales include sales of lasers, laser tools, related accessories and service contracts. Net sales for fiscal 2011 increased 

32.7% from fiscal 2010. Net sales for fiscal 2010 increased 38.8% from fiscal 2009. For a description of the reasons for changes 
in net sales refer to the "Results of Operations" section below. 

Gross Profit as a Percentage of Net Sales 

Gross profit as a percentage of net sales ("gross profit percentage") is calculated as gross profit for the period divided by 
net sales for the period. Gross profit percentage for CLC increased to 41.1% in fiscal 2011 from 36.2% in fiscal 2010 and from 
26.4% in fiscal 2009. Gross profit percentage for SLS decreased to 45.4% in fiscal 2011 from 47.0% in fiscal 2010 and 
increased from 41.4% in fiscal 2009. For a description of the reasons for changes in gross profit refer to the "Results of 
Operations" section below. 

Research and Development as a Percentage of Net Sales 

Research and development as a percentage of net sales ("R&D percentage") is calculated as research and development 

expense for the period divided by net sales for the period. Management considers R&D percentage to be an important indicator 
in managing our business as investing in new technologies is a key to future growth. R&D percentage decreased to 10.1% from 
12.0% in fiscal 2010 and 14.1% in fiscal 2009. R&D percentage decreased primarily due to higher sales volumes, partially 
offset by higher project development spending. For a description of the reasons for changes in R&D spending refer to the 
"Results of Operations" section below. 

Net Cash Provided by Operating Activities 

Net cash provided by operating activities shown on our Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows primarily represents the 

excess of cash collected from billings to our customers and other receipts over cash paid to our vendors for expenses and 
inventory purchases to run our business. We believe that cash flows from operations is an important performance indicator 
because cash generation over the long term is essential to maintaining a healthy business and providing funds to help fuel 
growth. For a description of the reasons for changes in Net Cash Provided by Operating Activities refer to the "Liquidity and 
Capital Resources" section below. 

Days Sales Outstanding in Receivables 

We calculate days sales outstanding ("DSO") in receivables as net receivables at the end of the period divided by net sales 

during the period and then multiplied by the number of days in the period, using 360 days for years. DSO in receivables 
indicates how well we are managing our collection of receivables, with lower DSO in receivables resulting in higher working 
capital availability. The more money we have tied up in receivables, the less money we have available for research and 
development, acquisitions, expansion, marketing and other activities to grow our business. Our DSO in receivables for fiscal 
2011 decreased 2.4 days from fiscal 2010 to 63.2 days. The decrease in DSO in receivables is primarily due to the higher mix of 
revenue and related receivables in Asia (excluding Japan) where the DSO is lower than the average DSO for the Company taken 
as a whole as well as due to the improved DSO in Europe due to faster collections.  

38 

  
Annualized Inventory Turns 

We calculate annualized inventory turns as cost of sales during the fourth quarter annualized and divided by net 

inventories at the end of the fourth quarter. This indicates how well we are managing our inventory levels, with higher inventory 
turns resulting in more working capital availability and a higher return on our investments in inventory. The more money we 
have tied up in inventory, the less money we have available for research and development, acquisitions, expansion, marketing 
and other activities to grow our business. Our annualized inventory turns for fiscal 2011 decreased 0.3 days from fiscal 2010 to 
3.1 days. The deterioration in inventory turns is primarily due to increased inventory levels to support increased volumes. 

Capital Spending as a Percentage of Net Sales 

Capital spending as a percentage of net sales ("capital spending percentage") is calculated as capital expenditures for the 

period divided by net sales for the period. Capital spending percentage indicates the extent to which we are expanding or 
improving our operations, including investments in technology. Management monitors capital spending levels as this assists 
management in measuring our cash flows, net of capital expenditures. Our capital spending percentage increased from 2.5% in 
fiscal 2010 to 4.6% in fiscal 2011 and decreased from 5.0% in fiscal 2009 to 2.5% in fiscal 2010. The fiscal 2011 increase was 
primarily due to purchases of production-related assets and building improvements to support higher sales volumes. The fiscal 
2010 decrease was primarily due to higher sales volumes in fiscal 2010 net of fiscal 2009 spending for the purchase of assets in 
support of a more effective business model for our semiconductor business and building investments related to our facilities 
consolidation and relocation programs. We expect capital spending for fiscal 2012 to be approximately 4.5% of net sales 
including substantial investments in Germany and South Korea. 

SIGNIFICANT EVENTS 

Goodwill Impairment 

During the first quarter of fiscal 2009 our stock price declined substantially, which combined with expectations of 
declines in forecasted operating results due to the slowdown in the global economy, led us to conclude that a triggering event 
for review for potential goodwill impairment had occurred. Accordingly, as of December 27, 2008, we performed an interim 
goodwill impairment evaluation. The performance of this test is a two-step process. Management reviewed the results of the 
Step 1 analysis and concluded that a Step 2 analysis was required only for the CLC reporting unit. Our analysis indicated that 
the entire balance of the goodwill in the CLC reporting unit at that date was impaired and we recorded a non-cash goodwill 
impairment charge of $19.3 million in the first quarter of fiscal 2009. The estimated fair value of our SLS reporting unit 
exceeded its carrying value so no further impairment analysis was required for this reporting unit. 

Restructuring Activities 

In fiscal 2009, we initiated the planning phase of a multiyear project, with a targeted completion date of September 2010, 

to exit our epitaxial growth facility in Tampere, Finland and establish enhanced capabilities in Sunnyvale, California. We 
decided to delay the closure due to increased demand for our products manufactured in Finland and we exited the facility in the 
third quarter of fiscal 2011. In the second quarter of fiscal 2011, we ceased manufacturing operations in our Finland facility and 
recognized a $6.1 million gain, primarily in other income (expense), due to a non-recurring translation adjustment related to the 
dissolution of our Finland operations. We completed the consolidation of the remainder of our Munich facility into our 
Göttingen site during third quarter of fiscal 2009. During the second quarter of fiscal 2009, we substantially completed the 
transition of our optics manufacturing assets from Auburn, California to REO, and announced that we would be exiting our 
facility in St. Louis, Missouri. We completed the exit from St. Louis, Missouri in the fourth quarter of fiscal 2009. 

Acquisitions 

On October 13, 2009, we acquired all the assets and certain liabilities of StockerYale's laser module product line in 
Montreal and its specialty fiber product line in Salem, New Hampshire for $15.0 million in cash. StockerYale designs, develops 
and manufactures low power laser modules, light emitting diode (LED) systems and specialty optical fiber products. These 
assets and liabilities have been included in our Commercial Lasers and Components segment. 

On April 29, 2010, we acquired Beam Dynamics for $6.25 million, excluding transaction fees. Beam Dynamics 

manufactures flexible laser cutting tools for the materials processing market. These assets and liabilities have been included in 
our Commercial Lasers and Components segment. 

On January 5, 2011, we acquired all the assets and assumed certain liabilities of Hypertronics Pte Ltd for $14.5 million, 

excluding transaction fees.  Hypertronics designs and manufactures laser- and vision-based tools for flat panel, storage, 
semiconductor and solar applications at facilities in Singapore and Malaysia. These assets and liabilities have been included in 
our Specialty Lasers and Systems segment. 

39 

  
  
Stock Repurchases 

In the second half of fiscal 2010, we repurchased and retired 1,195,829 shares of outstanding common stock for a total of 

$43.3 million, excluding expenses.  

In March 2011, we repurchased and retired 454,682 shares of outstanding common stock at an average price of $59.00 per 

share for a total of $26.8 million, excluding expenses. During the third and fourth quarters of fiscal 2011, we repurchased and 
retired 1,024,409 shares of outstanding common stock at an average price of $47.03 per share for a total of $48.2 million, 
excluding expenses.    

On August 25, 2011, we announced that the Board of Directors had authorized the repurchase of up to $50.0 million of 
our common stock. The timing and size of any purchases will be subject to market conditions. The program is authorized for 12 
months from the date of authorization. During fiscal 2011, we repurchased and retired 586,200 shares of outstanding common 
stock at an average price of $42.67 per share for a total of $25.0 million excluding expenses. At October 1, 2011, $25.0 million 
remained authorized for repurchase under our repurchase program.   

RESULTS OF OPERATIONS—FISCAL 2011, 2010 AND 2009 

Fiscal 2011 and 2010 consist of 52 weeks; fiscal 2009 consists of 53 weeks. 

Consolidated Summary 

The following table sets forth, for the years indicated, the percentage of total net sales represented by the line items 

reflected in our consolidated statement of operations: 

Net sales 
Cost of sales 
Gross profit 
Operating expenses: 

Research and development 
Selling, general and administrative 
Impairment of goodwill 
Amortization of intangible assets 
Total operating expenses 
Income (loss) from operations 
Other income (net) 
Income (loss) before income taxes 
Provision for (benefit from) income taxes 
Net income (loss) 

2011 

Fiscal 
2010 
(As a percentage of net sales) 

2009 

100.0%
56.3%
43.7%

10.1%
18.6%
—%
1.0%
29.7%
14.0%
1.4%
15.4%
3.8%
11.6%

100.0 %  
56.9 %  
43.1 %  

12.0 %  
20.4 %  
— %  
1.3 %  
33.7 %  
9.4 %  
0.2 %  
9.6 %  
3.5 %  
6.1 %  

100.0 %
63.0 %
37.0 %

14.1 %
24.8 %
4.4 %
1.7 %
45.0 %
(8.0)%
(0.2)%
(8.2)%
(0.1)%
(8.1)%

Refer to Item 6 "Selected Financial Data" for a description of significant events that impacted the results of operations for 

fiscal years 2011, 2010 and 2009. 

Net Sales 

Market Application 

The following table sets forth, for the periods indicated, the amount of net sales and their relative percentages of total net 

sales by market application (dollars in thousands): 

40 

  
  
 
  
  
 
  
  
  
    
 
Fiscal 2011 

Fiscal 2010 

Fiscal 2009 

Amount 

Amount 

Amount 

Percentage 
of total 
net sales 

Percentage 
of total 
net sales 

Percentage 
of total 
net sales 

Consolidated: 
Microelectronics 
OEM components and 
instrumentation 

Materials processing 
Scientific and government 
programs 

Total 

$ 

377,331    

47.0 % $

230,763

38.1%   $ 

132,152

164,508    

104,497    

20.5 %

151,243

25.0%  

119,795

13.0 %

82,181

13.6%  

61,072

156,498    
802,834    

$ 

19.5 %

140,880

100.0 % $

605,067

23.3%  
100.0%   $ 

122,863

435,882

30.3%

27.5%

14.0%

28.2%

100.0%

During fiscal 2011, net sales increased by $197.8 million, or 33%, compared to fiscal 2010, including an increase of 
$14.9 million due to the impact of foreign currency exchange rates, with sales increasing in all four markets. Microelectronics 
sales increased $146.6 million, or 64%, primarily due to higher sales in flat panel display, advanced packaging, semiconductor 
and solar applications. The increase in the OEM components and instrumentation market of $13.3 million, or 9%, during fiscal 
2011 was primarily due to higher shipments for bio-instrumentation, medical and machine vision applications. Materials 
processing sales increased $22.3 million, or 27%, during fiscal 2011 primarily due to higher shipments for marking, cutting and 
drilling applications. The increase in scientific and government program market sales of $15.6 million, or 11%, during fiscal 
2011 was due to higher demand for advanced research applications used by university and government research groups. 

During fiscal 2010, net sales increased by $169.2 million, or 39%, compared to fiscal 2009, including an increase of 

$6.1 million due to the impact of foreign currency exchange rates, with sales increasing in all four markets. Microelectronics 
sales increased $98.6 million, or 75%, primarily due to higher sales in advanced packaging, flat panel display, semiconductor 
and solar applications. The increase in the OEM components and instrumentation market of $31.5 million, or 26%, during fiscal 
2010 was primarily due to higher shipments for flow cytometry applications and for machine vision applications due to the 
acquisition of certain product lines from StockerYale in the first quarter of fiscal 2010. Materials processing sales increased 
$21.1 million, or 35%, during fiscal 2010 primarily due to higher shipments for marking applications. The increase in scientific 
and government program market sales of $18.0 million, or 15%, during fiscal 2010 was due to higher demand for advanced 
research applications used by university and government research groups in part due to Federal stimulus money. 

In fiscal 2011, 2010 and 2009, no customers accounted for greater than 10% of net sales. 

Segments 

We are organized into two reportable operating segments: Commercial Lasers and Components ("CLC") and Specialty 

Lasers and Systems ("SLS"). CLC focuses on higher volume products that are offered in set configurations. CLC's primary 
markets include OEM components and instrumentation and materials processing. SLS develops and manufacturers 
configurable, advanced-performance products largely serving the microelectronics and scientific research markets. 

The following table sets forth, for the periods indicated, the amount of net sales and their relative percentages of total net 

sales by segment (dollars in thousands): 

Fiscal 2011 

Fiscal 2010 

Fiscal 2009 

Amount 

Percentage 
of total 
net sales 

Amount 

Percentage 
of total 
net sales 

Amount 

Percentage 
of total 
net sales 

Consolidated: 
Commercial Lasers and 
Components (CLC) 
Specialty Lasers and Systems 
(SLS) 
Corporate and other 

Total 

$ 

$ 

283,098    

35.3 % $

208,691

34.5%   $ 

125,619

519,736    
—    
802,834    

64.7 %
— %

396,276
100

100.0 % $

605,067

65.5%  
—%  
100.0%   $ 

310,163
100

435,882

28.8%

71.2%
—%

100.0%

Net sales for fiscal 2011 increased $197.8 million, or 33%, compared to fiscal 2010, with increases of $123.5 million, or 

31%, in our SLS segment and increases of $74.4 million, or 36%, in our CLC segment. Net sales for fiscal 2010 increased 

41 

  
  
 
  
 
 
  
    
  
  
    
  
 
  
 
  
 
 
  
    
  
  
    
  
$169.2 million, or 39%, compared to fiscal 2009, with increases of $86.1 million, or 28%, in our SLS segment and increases of 
$83.1 million, or 66%, in our CLC segment.  

The increase in our CLC segment sales from fiscal 2010 to fiscal 2011 was primarily due to higher advanced packaging, 
materials processing and flat panel display application sales. The increase in our CLC segment sales from fiscal 2009 to fiscal 
2010 was primarily due to higher advanced packaging, materials processing, flat panel display and instrumentation application 
sales.  

The increase in our SLS segment sales from fiscal 2010 to fiscal 2011 was primarily due to higher sales for flat panel 
display, semiconductor, scientific and advanced packaging applications. The increase in our SLS segment sales from fiscal 2009 
to fiscal 2010 was primarily due to higher sales for advanced packaging, semiconductor, solar, scientific and flat panel display 
applications.  

Gross Profit 

Consolidated 

Our gross profit rate increased by 0.6% to 43.7% in fiscal 2011 from 43.1% in fiscal 2010 primarily due to a lower 

manufacturing cost structure and higher sales volumes as well as a favorable product mix due to higher margins within the 
microelectronics market.  

Our gross profit rate increased by 6.1% to 43.1% in fiscal 2010 from 37.0% in fiscal 2009 primarily due to higher sales 
volumes and a lower manufacturing cost structure as well as lower restructuring costs. The improvement includes lower other 
costs primarily due to lower need for inventory provisions for excess and obsolete items (2.3%), the benefit of a lower 
manufacturing cost structure (1.8%), lower restructuring costs (1.4%) and lower warranty and installation costs (0.7%) due to 
the benefit of increasing volumes net of the cost resulting from replacement of non-compliant vendor components. 

Our gross profit rate has been and will continue to be affected by a variety of factors including market mix, pricing on 

volume orders, manufacturing efficiencies, excess and obsolete inventory write-downs, warranty costs, pricing by competitors 
or suppliers, new product introductions, production volume, customization and reconfiguration of systems, commodity prices 
and foreign currency fluctuations. 

Commercial Lasers and Components 

Our CLC gross profit rate increased by 4.9% to 41.1% in fiscal 2011 from 36.2% in fiscal 2010 primarily due to favorable 

product costs (2.4%) due to the impact of increased volumes and favorable product mix within the microelectronics market, 
lower restructuring costs (2.2%) and lower other costs (0.6%) due to lower inventory provisions partially offset by higher 
warranty costs (0.3%). 

Our CLC gross profit rate increased by 9.8% to 36.2% in fiscal 2010 from 26.4% in fiscal 2009 primarily due to lower 

other costs (4.3%) primarily due to lower need for inventory provisions and the impact of higher sales volumes, lower 
restructuring costs (1.9%), the impact of increased volumes and cost reduction efforts (1.9%) and lower warranty and 
installation costs (1.6%) due to the benefit of increasing volumes net of the cost resulting from replacement of non-compliant 
vendor components. 

Specialty Lasers and Systems 

Our SLS gross profit rate decreased by 1.6% to 45.4% in fiscal 2011 from 47.0% in fiscal 2010 primarily due to 
unfavorable product costs (0.8%) resulting from unfavorable mix within the microelectronics market and the acquisition of 
Hypertronics net of the impact of increased volumes and cost reduction efforts as well as higher other costs (1.0%) due to higher 
inventory provisions and higher freight costs partially offset by lower warranty costs (0.2%).  

Our SLS gross profit rate increased by 5.6% to 47.0% in fiscal 2010 from 41.4% in fiscal 2009 primarily due to the 
impact of increased volumes and cost reduction efforts as well as favorable product mix in the microelectronics and solar 
markets (2.5%), lower other costs (1.7%) due to lower need for inventory provisions and the impact of higher sales volumes and 
lower restructuring costs (1.3%). Although warranty and installation costs as a percentage of net sales were flat, the benefit of 
increasing volumes was offset by the cost resulting from replacement of non-compliant vendor components. 

42 

  
Operating Expenses 

Research and development 
Selling, general and administrative 
Impairment of goodwill 
Amortization of intangible assets 
Total operating expenses 

Research and development 

2011 

Percentage 
of total 
net sales 

Amount 

Fiscal 
2010 

Percentage 
of total 
net sales 

Amount 

$ 

81,232
149,499
—
8,082

10.1 % $
18.6 %
— %
1.0 %

$ 

238,813

29.7 % $

203,931

(Dollars in thousands) 
72,354
123,575
—
8,002

12.0 %   $ 
20.4 %  
— %  
1.3 %  
33.7 %   $ 

2009 

Percentage 
of total 
net sales 

Amount 

61,417
108,098
19,286
7,466

196,267

14.1 %
24.8 %
4.4 %
1.7 %

45.0 %

Fiscal 2011 research and development ("R&D") expenses increased $8.9 million, or 12%, from fiscal 2010. The increase 

was due primarily to higher payroll spending ($7.0 million) due to increased headcount and higher performance-related 
compensation and the acquisitions of Hypertronics in the second quarter of fiscal 2011 and Beam Dynamics in the middle of the 
third quarter of fiscal 2010 ($2.3 million). As a percentage of sales, the decrease was primarily due to increased sales volumes.  
On a segment basis, CLC spending increased $1.9 million primarily due to higher payroll spending and the acquisition of Beam 
Dynamics in the middle of the third quarter of fiscal 2010 partially offset by lower project spending and lower restructuring 
costs. SLS spending increased $5.9 million primarily due to higher payroll spending, the acquisition of Hypertronics in the 
second quarter of fiscal 2011, higher project spending and the impact of foreign exchange rates. Corporate and other spending 
increased $1.1 million. 

Fiscal 2010 R&D expenses increased $10.9 million, or 18%, from fiscal 2009. The increase was primarily due to higher 

payroll spending ($4.2 million) due to higher performance-related compensation net of lower severance-related restructuring 
costs and the elimination of mandatory time off, higher project spending ($3.6 million), the acquisition of certain product lines 
from StockerYale in the first quarter of fiscal 2010 and Beam Dynamics in the third quarter of fiscal 2010 ($2.6 million), higher 
charges for increases in deferred compensation plan liabilities ($0.7 million) with the related earnings for increases in deferred 
compensation plan assets recorded in other income (expense), $0.3 million higher stock-related compensation expense and 
higher other spending ($0.2 million) partially offset by lower non-severance related restructuring costs ($0.7 million). On a 
segment basis, CLC spending increased $6.4 million primarily due to higher project spending including higher payroll and 
bonus spending as well as the acquisition of StockerYale. SLS spending increased $2.5 million primarily due to higher payroll 
and bonus spending partially offset by lower restructuring costs. Corporate and other spending increased $2.0 million. 

Selling, general and administrative 

Fiscal 2011 selling, general and administrative ("SG&A") expenses increased $25.9 million, or 21%, from fiscal 2010. 

The increase was primarily due to $12.3 million higher payroll spending due to higher performance-related compensation 
spending, higher headcount and increased salaries, $4.9 million higher other variable spending, $3.8 million higher stock-related 
compensation expense, the acquisitions of Hypertronics in the second quarter of fiscal 2011 and Beam Dynamics in the middle 
of the third quarter of fiscal 2010 ($2.2 million), the impact of foreign currency exchange rates ($1.8 million) and higher 
charges for increases in deferred compensation plan liabilities ($0.9 million) with the related earnings for increases in deferred 
compensation plan assets recorded in other income (expense) partially offset by lower restructuring costs ($2.2 million).  In 
addition, fiscal 2010 SG&A expenses were reduced by a $2.2 million net receipt from the settlement of litigation resulting from 
our stock option investigation. On a segment basis, CLC spending increased $3.5 million primarily due to higher payroll 
spending and higher other variable spending partially offset by lower restructuring costs. SLS segment expenses increased 
$12.6 million primarily due to higher payroll spending, the acquisition of Hypertronics, the impact of foreign currency exchange 
rates and higher other variable spending. Spending for Corporate and other increased $9.8 million primarily due to higher stock-
related compensation expense, the net receipt from the settlement of litigation resulting from our stock option investigation in 
the first quarter of fiscal 2010, higher payroll spending, higher charges for increases in deferred compensation plan liabilities 
and higher other variable spending. 

43 

  
 
 
 
  
  
 
  
 
  
Fiscal 2010 SG&A expenses increased $15.5 million, or 14%, from fiscal 2009. The increase was primarily due to 
$11.0 million higher payroll spending due to higher performance-related compensation spending and the elimination of 
mandatory time off net of savings from site consolidations and other restructuring activities, $4.3 million higher charges due to 
increases in deferred compensation plan liabilities with the related earnings for increases in deferred compensation plan assets 
recorded in other income (expense), the acquisition of certain product lines from StockerYale ($2.8 million), higher other 
spending ($1.2 million), $0.9 million higher stock-related compensation expense and the impact of foreign currency exchange 
rates ($0.6 million) partially offset by $3.3 million lower costs incurred for litigation resulting from our internal stock option 
investigation primarily due to a receipt from the settlement of the litigation and $2.0 million lower spending on facilities due to 
site consolidations. On a segment basis, CLC spending increased $6.1 million primarily due to higher payroll spending and the 
acquisition of certain product lines from StockerYale. SLS segment expenses increased $3.0 million primarily due to higher 
payroll spending net of savings from site consolidations. Spending for Corporate and other increased $6.4 million primarily due 
to higher charges due to increases in deferred compensation plan liabilities and higher performance-related compensation 
spending partially offset by lower costs incurred for litigation resulting from our internal stock option investigation. 

Impairment of goodwill 

Under generally accepted accounting principles, goodwill is tested for impairment on an annual basis and between annual 
tests in certain circumstances, and written down when impaired. During the first quarter of fiscal 2009, our stock price declined 
substantially, which combined with expectations of declines in forecasted operating results due to the slowdown in the global 
economy, led the Company to conclude that a triggering event for review for potential goodwill impairment had occurred. 
Accordingly, as of December 27, 2008, we performed an interim goodwill impairment evaluation which indicated that the 
goodwill was fully impaired. We recorded a non-cash goodwill impairment charge of $19.3 million in the CLC reporting unit in 
the first quarter of fiscal 2009. 

Amortization of intangible assets 

Amortization of intangible assets increased $0.1 million, or 1%, from fiscal 2010 to fiscal 2011 primarily due to the 
amortization of intangibles from the acquisition of Hypertronics in the second quarter of fiscal 2011 and Beam Dynamics in the 
third quarter of fiscal 2010, partially offset by completion of amortization of certain intangibles related to prior acquisitions. 

Amortization of intangible assets increased $0.5 million, or 7%, from fiscal 2009 to fiscal 2010 primarily due to the 
acquisition of certain product lines from StockerYale and the acquisition of Beam Dynamics partially offset by completion of 
amortization of certain intangibles related to prior acquisitions. 

Other income (expense), net 

Other income (expense), net, increased $10.7 million from fiscal 2010 to fiscal 2011. The increase was primarily due to 

the $6.5 million non-recurring translation adjustment related to the dissolution of our Finland operations, higher net foreign 
currency exchange gains ($2.9 million) and higher gains on our deferred compensation plan assets net of expenses ($2.4 
million) including a $1.5 million death benefit, partially offset by lower interest income ($1.0 million) primarily due to interest 
on a tax refund in fiscal 2010.  

Other income (expense), net, increased $1.8 million from fiscal 2009 to fiscal 2010. The increase was primarily due to the 

recovery in the market value of our deferred compensation plan assets ($5.1 million) partially offset by lower benefit from 
Japan consumption tax savings ($2.5 million) as the benefit expired in the fourth quarter of fiscal 2009, lower interest income 
($0.6 million) as a result of lower rates of return net of interest on tax refunds and the impact of higher average cash, cash 
equivalents and short-term investments balances and higher foreign currency exchange losses ($0.3 million). 

Income taxes 

The effective tax rate on income before income taxes for fiscal 2011 of 24.7% was lower than the statutory rate of 35.0%. 
This was primarily due to the benefit of releasing unrecognized tax benefits under ASC 740-10 and related interest, the benefit 
of federal research and development credits, including additional credits reinstated from fiscal 2010 resulting from the 
enactment of the “Tax Relief, Unemployment Insurance Reauthorization and Jobs Creation Acts of 2010,” the benefit of foreign 
tax credits, the benefit of currency translation adjustments related to closure of Coherent Finland's operations, the benefit from 
income subject to foreign tax rates that are lower than U.S. tax rates and the benefit from the unrealized gain on life insurance 
policy investments related to our deferred compensation plans. These amounts are partially offset by state income tax, 
limitations on the utilization of certain foreign tax attributes and net operating losses, limitations on the deductibility of 
compensation under IRC Section 162(m), deemed dividend inclusions under the Subpart F tax rules and a currency translation 
adjustment related to a dividend from a foreign subsidiary. 

During fiscal 2011, we increased our valuation allowance on deferred tax assets by $1.5 million to $8.8 million, primarily 

due to the reduced ability to utilize foreign tax attributes and net operating losses and the reduced ability to utilize California 

44 

  
research and development tax credits as a result of releasing net unrecognized tax benefits under ASC 740-10 that supported the 
credits. During fiscal 2010, we increased our valuation allowance on deferred tax assets to $7.4 million, primarily due to a 
capital loss limitation true-up, the reduced ability to utilize California research and development tax credits as a result of the 
current apportionment factor and the reduced ability to utilize foreign net operating losses. During fiscal year 2009, we 
increased our valuation allowance on deferred tax assets to $6.8 million, primarily due to California research and development 
tax credits as a result of new California legislation and the reduced ability to utilize foreign net operating losses. In making the 
determination to record the valuation allowance, management considered the likelihood of future taxable income and feasible 
and prudent tax planning strategies to realize deferred tax assets. In the future, if we determine that we expect to realize deferred 
tax assets, an adjustment to the valuation allowance will affect income in the period such determination is made. 

The Tax Relief, Unemployment Insurance Reauthorization, and Job Creation Act of 2010 (“Act”), was enacted on 
December 17, 2010. Under the Act, the federal research and development credit was retroactively extended for amounts paid or 
incurred after December 31, 2009 through December 31, 2011. The effects of the change in the tax law are recognized in our 
first quarter of fiscal 2011, which is the quarter that the law was enacted.  

In addition to the federal legislation, the state of California approved its 2010-2011 budget on October 8, 2010 that 

includes modifications to the tax law provisions that were previously set to become effective with tax years beginning on or 
after January 1, 2011. Accordingly, we were able to benefit from additional research and development tax credits in fiscal year 
2011 that were previously limited.  

The effective tax rate on income before income taxes for fiscal 2010 of 36.3% was higher than the statutory rate of 35.0%. 

This was primarily due to stock compensation not deductible for tax purposes and an increase in valuation allowance against 
capital loss carryforwards, California research and development tax credits as a result of California legislation enacted in 
February 2009 and certain foreign net operating loss carryforwards. These increases are partially offset by the benefit of income 
subject to foreign tax rates that are lower than U.S. tax rates and research and development credits.  

The difference between the statutory rate of 35.0% and our effective tax rate of 1.5% on income (loss) before income 
taxes for fiscal 2009, which represents a current year benefit, was due primarily to permanent differences related to the non-
deductibility of the goodwill impairment charge, an increase in valuation allowance against California research and 
development tax credits as a result of California legislation enacted in February 2009 and certain foreign net operating loss 
carryforwards, and deemed dividend inclusions under the Subpart F tax rules. These amounts are partially offset by permanent 
differences related to the benefit of foreign tax credits and the benefit of federal research and development tax credits, including 
additional credits reinstated from fiscal 2008 resulting from the enactment of the "Emergency Economic Stabilization Act of 
2008."  

FINANCIAL CONDITION 

Liquidity and capital resources 

At October 1, 2011, we had assets classified as cash and cash equivalents, as well as time deposits and fixed income 

securities classified as short-term investments, in an aggregate amount of $220.2 million, compared to $263.4 million at 
October 2, 2010. At October 1, 2011, we held cash and cash equivalents outside the U.S. in certain of our foreign operations 
totaling approximately $145.1 million, the majority of which is denominated in the Euro. We currently intend to permanently 
reinvest approximately $134 million of the cash held by our foreign subsidiaries. If, however, a portion of these funds were 
needed for and distributed to our operations in the United States, we would be subject to additional U.S. income taxes and 
foreign withholding taxes. The amount of taxes due will depend on the amount and manner of repatriation, as well as the 
location from where the funds are repatriated. We actively monitor the third-party depository institutions that hold these assets, 
primarily focusing on the safety of principal and secondarily maximizing yield on these assets. We diversify our cash and cash 
equivalents and investments among various financial institutions, money market funds and sovereign debt in order to reduce our 
exposure should any one of these financial institutions or financial instruments fail or encounter difficulties. To date, we have 
not experienced any material loss or lack of access to our invested cash, cash equivalents or short-term investments. However, 
we can provide no assurances that access to our invested cash, cash equivalents or short-term investments will not be impacted 
by adverse conditions in the financial markets. 

Sources and Uses of Cash 

Historically, our primary source of cash has been provided by operations. Other sources of cash in the past three fiscal 
years include proceeds received from the sale of our stock through our employee stock option and purchase plans. Our historical 
uses of cash have primarily been for the repurchase of our common stock, capital expenditures and acquisitions of businesses 
and technologies. Supplemental information pertaining to our historical sources and uses of cash is presented as follows and 
should be read in conjunction with our Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows and notes thereto (in thousands): 

45 

  
  
 
Net cash provided by operating activities 
Sales of shares under employee stock plans 
Repurchase of common stock 
Capital expenditures 
Acquisition of businesses, net of cash acquired 

$

2011 

86,676   $ 
34,720  
(100,637)  
(37,117)  
(14,108)  

Fiscal 
2010 

78,813   $
33,438  
(43,335 )
(15,139 )
(20,745 )

2009 

39,049
4,674
—
(21,627)
—

Net cash provided by operating activities increased by $7.9 million in fiscal 2011 compared to fiscal 2010 and increased 

by $39.8 million in fiscal 2010 compared to fiscal 2009. The increase in cash provided by operating activities in fiscal 2011 was 
primarily due to higher net income partially offset by lower cash flows from inventories, accounts payable and other current 
liabilities. The increase in cash provided by operating activities in fiscal 2010 was primarily due to higher net income and lower 
tax payments due to new tax legislation which allows the carry back of net operating losses for up to five years partially offset 
by lower cash flows from increased working capital (accounts receivable and inventories, net of increases in accounts payable 
and accrued expenses) needed to support increased sales and projected sales volumes.  We believe that our existing cash, cash 
equivalents and short term investments combined with cash to be provided by operating activities will be adequate to cover our 
working capital needs and planned capital expenditures for at least the next 12 months to the extent such items are known or are 
reasonably determinable based on current business and market conditions. However, we may elect to finance certain of our 
capital expenditure requirements through borrowings under our bank credit facilities or other sources of capital. We continue to 
follow our strategy to further strengthen our financial position by using available cash flow to fund operations. 

We intend to continue pursuing acquisition opportunities at valuations we believe are reasonable based upon market 
conditions as demonstrated by our acquisition of businesses from Hypertronics in the second quarter of fiscal 2011, Beam 
Dynamics in the third quarter of fiscal 2010 and StockerYale in the first quarter of fiscal 2010. However, we cannot accurately 
predict the timing, size and success of our acquisition efforts or our associated potential capital commitments. Furthermore, we 
cannot assure you that we will be able to acquire businesses on terms acceptable to us. We expect to fund future acquisitions 
primarily through existing cash balances and cash flows from operations. If required, we will look for additional borrowings or 
consider the issuance of securities. The extent to which we will be willing or able to use our common stock to make acquisitions 
will depend on its market value at the time and the willingness of potential sellers to accept it as full or partial payment. 

On April 29, 2010, we announced that the Board of Directors had authorized the repurchase of up to $50.0 million of our 

common stock. During fiscal 2010, we repurchased and retired 1,195,829 shares of outstanding common stock at an average 
price of $36.21 per share for a total of $43.3 million, excluding expenses.  

On January 26, 2011, we announced that the Board of Directors had authorized the repurchase of up to $75.0 million of 

our common stock.  The program was authorized for 12 months from the date of authorization. During fiscal 2011, we 
completed the stock repurchase.  We repurchased and retired 454,682 shares of outstanding common stock at an average price 
of $59.00 per share for a total of $26.8 million, excluding expenses. During the third and fourth quarters of fiscal 2011, we 
repurchased and retired 1,024,409 shares of outstanding common stock at an average price of $47.03 per share for a total of 
$48.2 million, excluding expenses.   

On August 25, 2011, we announced that the Board of Directors had authorized the repurchase of up to $50.0 million of 
our common stock. The program is authorized for 12 months from the date of authorization. During fiscal 2011, we repurchased 
and retired 586,200 shares of outstanding common stock at an average price of $42.67 per share for a total of $25.0 million, 
excluding expenses. At October 1, 2011, $25.0 million remained authorized for repurchase under our repurchase program.   

During fiscal year 2008, we initiated restructuring plans to decrease costs by consolidating facilities and reducing our 
workforce. As of October 1, 2011, we had made payments in connection with the restructuring plans in the amount of $27.7 
million. We completed payments for substantially all anticipated costs related to the restructuring plans in the third quarter of 
fiscal 2011. 

Additional sources of cash available to us were domestic and international currency lines of credit and bank credit 
facilities totaling $60.6 million as of October 1, 2011, of which $58.5 million was unused and available. These unsecured credit 
facilities were used in Europe during fiscal 2011 as guarantees. Our domestic line of credit includes a $40.0 million unsecured 
revolving credit account with Union Bank of California, which expires on March 31, 2012 and is subject to covenants related to 
financial ratios and tangible net worth. No amounts have been drawn upon our domestic line of credit and $2.1 million has been 
used of the international currency lines as of October 1, 2011. 

Our ratio of current assets to current liabilities was 3.6:1 at October 1, 2011, compared to 4.1:1 at October 2, 2010. The 

decrease in our ratio is primarily due to decreases in cash and increases in income taxes payable and other current liabilities 

46 

  
  
  
 
partially offset by increases in inventories and accounts receivable. Our cash and cash equivalents, short-term investments, 
restricted cash, working capital and debt obligations are as follows (in thousands): 

Cash and cash equivalents 
Short-term investments 
Restricted cash, current 
Working capital 
Total debt obligations 

$

Fiscal 

2011 
167,061     $ 
53,142    
—    
418,241    
34    

2010 
245,380
17,391
625
410,597
51

Contractual Obligations and Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements 

We have no off-balance sheet arrangements as defined by Regulation S-K of the Securities Act of 1933. The following 

summarizes our contractual obligations at October 1, 2011 and the effect such obligations are expected to have on our liquidity 
and cash flow in future periods (in thousands): 

Long-term debt payments 
Operating lease payments 
Asset retirement obligations 
Purchase commitments with suppliers 
Purchase obligations 
Total 

Total 

$ 

34 $

43,845
2,234
71,484
8,569
126,166 $

$ 

Less than 
1 year 

1 to 3 years 

3 to 5 years 

More than 
5 years 

15 $

8,465
—
71,484
8,569
88,533 $

19 $

12,562
1,100
—
—
13,681 $

—     $

8,996    
35    
—    
—    
9,031     $

—
13,822
1,099
—
—
14,921

Because of the uncertainty as to the timing of such payments, we have excluded cash payments related to our contractual 

obligations for our deferred compensation plans aggregating $25.5 million at October 1, 2011. 

As of October 1, 2011, we recorded gross unrecognized tax benefits of $33.7 million and gross interest and penalties of 

$3.4 million. As of October 2, 2010, we recorded gross unrecognized tax benefits of $50.1 million and gross interest and 
penalties of $6.9 million. Both gross unrecognized tax benefits and gross interest and penalties are classified as non-current 
liabilities in the consolidated balance sheet. At this time, we are unable to make a reasonably reliable estimate of the timing of 
payments in individual years due to uncertainties in the timing of tax audit outcomes. As a result, these amounts are not 
included in the table above. 

Changes in financial condition 

Cash provided by operating activities in fiscal 2011 was $86.7 million, which included net income of $93.2 million, 

depreciation and amortization of $28.6 million, decreases in net deferred tax assets of $22.1 million due to utilization of tax 
credits and stock-based compensation expense of $13.0 million partially offset by cash used by operating assets and liabilities of 
$59.0 million, a non-recurring translation adjustment related to the dissolution of our Finland operations of $6.5 million and 
$4.7 million other. 

Cash used in investing activities in fiscal 2011 of $85.7 million included $35.4 million net purchases of available-for-sale 
securities, $36.8 million, net, used to acquire property and equipment and improve buildings and $14.1 million used to acquire 
Hypertronics partially offset by decreases in restricted cash of $0.6 million. 

Cash used in financing activities in fiscal 2011 was $64.1 million, including $100.6 million used to repurchase our 

common stock partially offset by $34.7 million generated from our employee stock purchase plans and $1.8 million other. 

Changes in exchange rates in fiscal 2011 resulted in a decrease in cash balances of $15.2 million. 

RECENT ACCOUNTING PRONOUNCEMENTS 

See Note 2. "Significant Accounting Policies" in the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements under Item 15 of this 

Annual Report on Form 10-K for a full description of recent accounting pronouncements, including the respective dates of 
adoption or expected adoption and effects on our consolidated financial position, results of operations and cash flows. 

47 

  
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
  
APPLICATION OF CRITICAL ACCOUNTING POLICIES 

Our discussion and analysis of financial condition and results of operations are based upon our consolidated financial 

statements, which have been prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of 
America and pursuant to the rules and regulations of the SEC. The preparation of these financial statements requires 
management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of 
contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during 
the reporting period. We have identified the following as the items that require the most significant judgment and often involve 
complex estimation: revenue recognition, accounting for long-lived assets (including goodwill and intangible assets), inventory 
valuation, warranty reserves, stock-based compensation and accounting for income taxes. 

Revenue Recognition 

We recognize revenue when all four revenue recognition criteria have been met: persuasive evidence of an arrangement 

exists, the product has been delivered or the service has been rendered, the price is fixed or determinable and collection is 
probable. Revenue from product sales is recorded when all of the foregoing conditions are met and risk of loss and title passes 
to the customer. Our products typically include a warranty and the estimated cost of product warranty claims (based on 
historical experience) is recorded at the time the sale is recognized. Sales to customers are generally not subject to any price 
protection or return rights. 

The vast majority of our sales are made to original equipment manufacturers (OEMs), distributors, resellers and end-users 

in the non-scientific market. Sales made to these customers do not require installation of the products by us and are not subject 
to other post-delivery obligations, except in occasional instances where we have agreed to perform installation or provide 
training. In those instances, we defer revenue related to installation services or training until these services have been rendered. 
We allocate revenue from multiple element arrangements to the various elements based upon fair values or a selling price 
hierarchy, for arrangements entered into subsequent to October 2, 2010, as discussed below. 

Should changes in conditions cause management to determine these criteria are not met for certain future transactions, 
revenue recognized for any reporting period could be adversely affected. Failure to obtain anticipated orders due to delays or 
cancellations of orders could have a material adverse effect on our revenue. In addition, pressures from customers to reduce our 
prices or to modify our existing sales terms may have a material adverse effect on our revenue in future periods. 

Our sales to distributors, resellers and end-user customers typically do not have customer acceptance provisions and only 

certain of our sales to OEM customers have customer acceptance provisions. Customer acceptance is generally limited to 
performance under our published product specifications. For the few product sales that have customer acceptance provisions 
because of higher than published specifications, (1) the products are tested and accepted by the customer at our site or by the 
customer's acceptance of the results of our testing program prior to shipment to the customer, or (2) the revenue is deferred until 
customer acceptance occurs. 

Sales to end-users in the scientific market typically require installation and, thus, involve post-delivery obligations; 
however our post-delivery installation obligations are not essential to the functionality of our products. We defer revenue related 
to installation services until completion of these services. 

For most products, training is not provided; therefore, no post-delivery training obligation exists. However, when training 

is provided to our customers, it is typically priced separately and recognized as revenue as these services are provided. 

In October 2009, the Financial Accounting Standards Board ("FASB") issued a new accounting standard for multiple 
deliverable revenue arrangements. The new standard changes the requirements for establishing separate units of accounting in a 
multiple element arrangement and requires the allocation of arrangement consideration to each deliverable to be based on the 
relative selling price. The FASB also issued a new accounting standard for certain revenue arrangements that include software 
elements. This new standard excludes software that is contained on a tangible product from the scope of software revenue 
guidance if the software is essential to the tangible product's functionality. We prospectively adopted both these standards in the 
first quarter of fiscal 2011. The impact of adopting these standards was not material to net sales or our consolidated financial 
statements for fiscal 2011. The new accounting standards for revenue recognition if applied in the same manner to the year 
ended October 2, 2010 would not have had a material impact on net sales or to our consolidated financial statements for that 
fiscal year. 

Under these new standards, when a sales arrangement contains multiple elements, such as products and/or services, we 

allocate revenue to each element based on a selling price hierarchy. Using the selling price hierarchy, we determine the selling 
price of each deliverable using vendor specific objective evidence (“VSOE”), if it exists, and otherwise third-party evidence 
(“TPE”). If neither VSOE nor TPE of selling price exists, we use estimated selling price (“ESP”). We generally expect that we 

48 

  
 
will not be able to establish TPE due to the nature of the markets in which we compete, and, as such, we typically will 
determine selling price using VSOE or if not available, ESP. 

Our basis for establishing VSOE of a deliverable's selling price consists of standalone sales transactions when the same or 

similar product or service is sold separately. However, when services are never sold separately, such as product installation 
services, VSOE is based on the product's estimated installation hours based on historical experience multiplied by the standard 
service billing rate. In determining VSOE, we require that a substantial majority of the selling price for a product or service fall 
within a reasonably narrow price range, as defined by us. We also consider the geographies in which the products or services 
are sold, major product and service groups, and other environmental variables in determining VSOE. Absent the existence of 
VSOE and TPE, our determination of a deliverable's ESP involves evaluating several factors based on the specific facts and 
circumstances of these arrangements, which include pricing strategy and policies driven by geographies, market conditions, 
competitive landscape, correlation between proportionate selling price and list price established by management having the 
relevant authority, and other environmental variables in which the deliverable is sold. 

For multiple element arrangements which include extended maintenance contracts, we allocate and defer the amount of 

consideration equal to the separately stated price and recognize revenue on a straight-line basis over the contract period. 

Long-Lived Assets and Goodwill 

We evaluate long-lived assets and amortizable intangible assets whenever events or changes in business circumstances or 

our planned use of assets indicate that their carrying amounts may not be fully recoverable or that their useful lives are no 
longer appropriate. Reviews are performed to determine whether the carrying values of the assets are impaired based on 
comparison to the undiscounted expected future cash flows identifiable to such long-lived and amortizable intangible assets. If 
the comparison indicates that impairment exists, the impaired asset is written down to its fair value. 

We have determined that our reporting units are the same as our operating segments as each constitutes a business for 
which discrete financial information is available and for which segment management regularly reviews the operating results. 
We make this determination in a manner consistent with how the operating segments are managed. Based on this analysis, we 
have identified two reporting units which are our reportable segments: CLC and SLS. 

Goodwill is tested for impairment on an annual basis and between annual tests in certain circumstances, and written down 
when impaired (see Note 8 "Goodwill and Intangible Assets" in the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements). We generally 
perform our annual impairment tests during the fourth quarter of each fiscal year using the opening balance sheet as of the first 
day of the fourth fiscal quarter, with any resulting impairment recorded in the fourth quarter of the fiscal year. 

During the first quarter of fiscal 2009, our stock price declined substantially which, combined with expectations of 
declines in forecasted operating results due to the slowdown in the global economy, led the Company to conclude that a 
triggering event for review for potential goodwill impairment had occurred. Accordingly, as of December 27, 2008, we 
performed an interim goodwill impairment evaluation. Goodwill is tested for impairment by comparing the respective fair value 
with the respective carrying value of the reporting unit. If such comparison indicates a potential impairment, then the 
impairment is determined as the difference between the recorded value of goodwill and its fair value. The performance of this 
test is a two-step process. 

Step 1 of the impairment test involves comparing the fair values of the applicable reporting units with their aggregate 

carrying values, including goodwill. If the carrying amount of a reporting unit exceeds the reporting unit's fair value, we 
perform Step 2 of the goodwill impairment test to determine the amount of impairment loss if any. Step 2 of the goodwill 
impairment test involves comparing the implied fair value of the affected reporting unit's goodwill against the carrying value of 
that goodwill. 

We have historically relied on the Income approach to determine the fair value of our reporting units. In the first quarter 

of fiscal 2009, when we determined that a triggering event had occurred, we subsequently determined that it would be 
appropriate to rely on the following three valuation approaches to determine the fair value of both of our reporting units. (1) The 
Income approach utilizes the discounted cash flow model to provide an estimation of fair value based on the cash flows that a 
business expects to generate. These cash flows are based on forecasts developed internally by management which are then 
discounted at an after tax rate of return required by equity and debt market participants of a business enterprise. This rate of 
return or cost of capital is weighted based on the capitalization of comparable companies. (2) The Market approach determines 
fair value by comparing the reporting units to comparable companies in similar lines of business that are publicly traded. Total 
Enterprise Value (TEV) multiples such as TEV to revenues and TEV to earnings (if applicable) before interest and taxes of the 
publicly traded companies are calculated. These multiples are then applied to the reporting unit's operating results to obtain an 
estimate of fair value. (3) The Transaction approach estimates the fair value of the reporting unit based on market prices in 
actual transactions. A comparison is done between the reporting units and other similar businesses. Total Enterprise Value 
multiples for revenue and earnings as noted in the Market approach above are calculated from the comparable companies and 

49 

  
then applied to the reporting unit's operating results to obtain an estimate of fair value. Each of these three approaches captures 
aspects of value in each reporting unit. The Income approach captures our expected future performance, the Market approach 
captures how investors view the reporting units through other competitors; and, the Transaction approach captures value 
through transactions for sales of similar types of companies. We believe these valuation approaches are proven valuation 
techniques and methodologies for our industry and are widely accepted by investors. 

As none were perceived by us to deliver any greater indication of value than the other, we weighted each of the 
approaches equally. The sensitivity analysis performed by management determined that by changing the weighting placed on 
the three approaches, the result of the Step 1 test for both reporting units was not affected. 

The valuation analysis requires significant judgments and estimates to be made by management in particular related to the 

forecast. The assumed growth rates and gross margins as well as period expenses were determined based on internally 
developed forecasts considering our future plans. The assumptions used were management's best estimates based on projected 
results and market conditions as of the date of testing. In order to test the sensitivity of these fair values, management further 
reviewed other scenarios relative to these assumptions to see if the resulting impact on fair values would have resulted in a 
different Step 1 conclusion for the CLC and SLS reporting units. 

Based on these forecast scenarios, the fair value of both reporting units was re-calculated. In addition, this sensitivity 
analysis applied more conservative assumptions with regard to control premiums as well as multipliers used in the Market 
approach and the Transaction approach. In each of the sensitivity analyses performed, the CLC reporting unit failed and the SLS 
reporting unit passed. None of the outcomes of the sensitivity analyses performed would have impacted our Step 1 conclusions 
or the non-cash impairment charge for goodwill of $19.3 million recorded in the first quarter of fiscal 2009. 

Sensitivity was also applied to the discount rate used in the Income approach for both the CLC and SLS reporting units. 

At December 27, 2008, the discount rate for the CLC reporting unit could have been reduced by more than 40% and still 
resulted in a failure. For the SLS reporting unit, the discount rate could have been increased by more than 40% and still resulted 
in no impairment. 

During the second quarter of fiscal 2009, our expectations of declines in forecasted operating results due to the slowdown 

in the global economy and the further declines in our stock price led us to conclude that a triggering event for review for 
potential goodwill impairment had occurred. Accordingly, as of April 4, 2009, we performed an interim goodwill impairment 
evaluation. This interim impairment evaluation utilized the same valuation techniques used in our impairment valuation in the 
first quarter of fiscal 2009. A similar sensitivity analysis was also done at April 4, 2009 where we determined that the discount 
rate used in the Income approach for the SLS reporting unit could have been increased by approximately 20% and still resulted 
in no impairment. Based on the results of our Step 1 analysis, we determined that no additional goodwill impairment was 
indicated. 

During the third and fourth quarters of fiscal 2009, and the first three quarters of fiscal 2010, we noted no indications of 

impairment or triggering events to cause us to review goodwill for potential impairment. 

For fiscal 2010, we performed our annual goodwill impairment testing during the fourth quarter of fiscal 2010 using the 

opening balance sheet as of the first day of the fourth fiscal quarter and noted no impairment. As noted in the valuation analysis 
discussion above, such analysis requires significant judgments and estimates to be made by management in particular related to 
the forecast. The assumed growth rates and gross margins as well as period expenses were determined based on internally 
developed forecasts considering our future plans. The assumptions used were management's best estimates based on projected 
results and market conditions as of the date of testing. Utilizing the Income Approach, we noted no impairment. Based on our 
evaluation, the fair values of each of the two operating segments significantly exceeded their carrying value. In order to test the 
sensitivity of these fair values, management further reviewed other scenarios relative to these assumptions to see if the resulting 
impact on fair values would have resulted in a different conclusion for the CLC and SLS reporting units. Sensitivity was applied 
to the discount rate used in the Income approach for both the CLC and SLS reporting units. The discount rate for the CLC and 
SLS reporting units could have been increased by more than 25% and still resulted in no impairment. Based on the outcome of 
this testing and sensitivity analysis, we decided it would not be necessary to utilize all three testing methods for this annual test. 

At October 1, 2011, we had $76.0 million of goodwill, $18.0 million of purchased intangible assets and $104.5 million of 

property and equipment on our consolidated balance sheet.   

Under the goodwill standards, a company may carry forward the detailed determination of a reporting unit from one year 
to the next if certain criteria have been met. Those criteria include: the assets and liabilities that make up the reporting unit have 
not changed significantly since the most recent fair value determination, the most recent fair value determination resulted in an 
amount that exceeded the carrying amount of the reporting unit by a substantial margin, and based on an analysis of events that 
have occurred and circumstances that have changed since the most recent fair value determination, the likelihood that a current 
fair value determination would be less than the current carrying amount of the reporting unit is remote. 

50 

  
Based on our analysis and a review of the criteria, using the opening balance sheet as of the first day of the fourth quarter 
of fiscal 2011, we determined that we had met the requirements of the goodwill standard for carrying forward our fair value 
determination  from  fiscal  2010,  and  did  not  perform  detailed  testing  of  the  fair  value  of  our  reporting  units  for  fiscal  2011.  
Between the completion of that testing and the end of the fourth quarter of fiscal 2011, we noted no indications of impairment 
or triggering events to cause us to review goodwill for potential impairment; based on our evaluation, the fair values of each of 
the two operating segments significantly exceeded their carrying value as of that date. 

As no impairment indicators were present during the fourth quarter of fiscal 2011, we believe these values remain 

recoverable. 

It is reasonably possible that the estimates of anticipated future net revenue, the remaining estimated economic life of the 

products and technologies, or both, could differ from those used to assess the recoverability of these assets in fiscal 2010. In 
addition, if the price of our common stock were to significantly decrease combined with any other adverse change in market 
conditions, thus indicating that the underlying fair value of our reporting units or other long-lived assets may have decreased, 
we may be required to assess the recoverability of such assets in the period such circumstances are identified. In that event, 
additional impairment charges or shortened useful lives of certain long-lived assets may be required.  

Inventory Valuation 

We record our inventory at the lower of cost (computed on a first-in, first-out basis) or market. We write-down our 

inventory to its estimated market value based on assumptions about future demand and market conditions. Inventory write-
downs are generally recorded within guidelines set by management when the inventory for a device exceeds 12 months of its 
demand and when individual parts have been in inventory for greater than 12 months. If actual market conditions are less 
favorable than those projected by management, additional inventory write-downs may be required which could materially affect 
our future results of operations. Due to rapidly changing forecasts and orders, additional write-downs for excess or obsolete 
inventory, while not currently expected, could be required in the future. In the event that alternative future uses of fully written 
down inventories are identified, we may experience better than normal profit margins when such inventory is sold. Differences 
between actual results and previous estimates of excess and obsolete inventory could materially affect our future results of 
operations. We write-down our demo inventory by amortizing the cost of demo inventory over a twenty month period starting 
from the fourth month after such inventory is placed in service. 

Warranty Reserves 

We provide warranties on certain of our product sales and allowances for estimated warranty costs are recorded during the 
period of sale. The determination of such allowances requires us to make estimates of product return rates and expected costs to 
repair or replace the products under warranty. We currently establish warranty reserves based on historical warranty costs for 
each product line. The weighted average warranty period covered is approximately 15 months. If actual return rates and/or 
repair and replacement costs differ significantly from our estimates, adjustments to cost of sales may be required in future 
periods. 

Stock-Based Compensation 

We account for stock-based compensation using fair value. We estimate the fair value of stock options granted using the 

Black-Scholes Merton model and estimate the fair value of market-based performance restricted stock units granted using a 
Monte Carlo simulation model. We use historical data to estimate pre-vesting option forfeitures and record stock-based 
compensation expense only for those awards that are expected to vest. We amortize the fair value of stock options on a straight-
line basis over the requisite service periods of the awards, which are generally the vesting periods. We value service-based 
restricted stock units using the intrinsic value method and amortize the value on a straight-line basis over the restriction period. 
We value market-based performance restricted stock units using a Monte Carlo simulation model and amortize the value over 
the performance period, with no adjustment in future periods, based upon the actual shareholder return over the performance 
period.  

U.S. Generally Accepted Accounting Principles ("GAAP") requires the use of option pricing models that were not 
developed for use in valuing employee stock options. The Black-Scholes option-pricing model was developed for use in 
estimating the fair value of short-lived exchange traded options that have no vesting restrictions and are fully transferable. In 
addition, option-pricing models require the input of highly subjective assumptions, including the options expected life, the 
expected price volatility of the underlying stock and an estimate of expected forfeitures. Our computation of expected volatility 
considers historical volatility and market-based implied volatility. Our estimate of expected forfeitures is based on historical 
employee data and could differ from actual forfeitures. 

See Note 14 "Employee Stock Option and Benefit Plans" in the notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements under 

Item 15 of this Annual Report on Form 10-K for a description of our stock-based employee compensation plans and the 
assumptions we use to calculate the fair value of stock-based employee compensation. 

51 

  
Income Taxes 

As part of the process of preparing our consolidated financial statements, we are required to estimate our income tax 
provision (benefit) in each of the jurisdictions in which we operate. This process involves us estimating our current income tax 
provision (benefit) together with assessing temporary differences resulting from differing treatment of items for tax and 
accounting purposes. These differences result in deferred tax assets and liabilities, which are included within our consolidated 
balance sheets. 

We record a valuation allowance to reduce our deferred tax assets to an amount that more likely than not will be realized. 
While we have considered future taxable income and ongoing prudent and feasible tax planning strategies in assessing the need 
for the valuation allowance, in the event we were to determine that we would be able to realize our deferred tax assets in the 
future in excess of our net recorded amount, an adjustment to the allowance for the deferred tax asset would increase income in 
the period such determination was made. Likewise, should we determine that we would not be able to realize all or part of our 
net deferred tax asset in the future, an adjustment to the valuation allowance for the deferred tax asset would be charged to 
income in the period such determination was made. 

Federal income taxes have not been provided for on a portion of the unremitted earnings of foreign subsidiaries because 

such earnings are intended to be permanently reinvested. The total amount of unremitted earnings of foreign subsidiaries for 
which we have not yet recorded federal income taxes was approximately $198.7 million at fiscal 2011 year-end. In addition to 
federal income taxes (which are not practicably determinable), withholding taxes of approximately $9.4 million would be 
payable upon repatriation of such earnings which would result in additional foreign tax credits. 

The Tax Relief, Unemployment Insurance Reauthorization, and Job Creation Act of 2010 (“Act”), was enacted on 
December 17, 2010. Under the Act, the federal research and development credit was retroactively extended for amounts paid or 
incurred after December 31, 2009 through December 31, 2011. The effects of the change in the tax law are recognized in our 
first quarter of fiscal 2011, which is the quarter that the law was enacted.  

In addition to the federal legislation, the state of California approved its 2010-2011 budget on October 8, 2010 that 

includes modifications to the tax law provisions that were previously set to become effective with tax years beginning on or 
after January 1, 2011. Accordingly, we were able to benefit from additional research and development tax credits in fiscal year 
2011 that were previously limited. 

ITEM 7A.    QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURES ABOUT MARKET RISK 

Market risk disclosures 

We are exposed to market risk related to changes in interest rates and foreign currency exchange rates. We do not use 

derivative financial instruments for speculative or trading purposes. 

Interest rate sensitivity 

A portion of our investment portfolio is composed of fixed income securities. These securities are subject to interest rate 
risk and will fall in value if market interest rates increase. If market interest rates were to increase immediately and uniformly 
by 10% from levels at fiscal 2011 year-end, the fair value of the portfolio, based on quoted market prices in active markets 
involving similar assets, would decline by an immaterial amount. We have the ability to generally hold our fixed income 
investments until maturity and therefore we would not expect our operating results or cash flows to be affected to any 
significant degree by the effect of a sudden change in market interest rates on our securities portfolio. If necessary, we may sell 
short-term investments prior to maturity to meet our liquidity needs. 

At fiscal 2011 year-end, the fair value of our available-for-sale debt securities was $46.6 million, all of which was 
classified as short-term investments. Gross unrealized gains and losses on available-for-sale debt securities were $276,000 and 
($27,000), respectively, at fiscal 2011 year-end. At fiscal 2010 year-end, the fair value of our available-for-sale debt securities 
was $17.4 million, all of which was classified as short-term investments. Gross unrealized gains and losses on available-for-sale 
debt securities were $82,000 and ($2,000), respectively, at fiscal 2010 year-end. 

Foreign currency exchange risk 

We maintain operations in various countries outside of the United States and have foreign subsidiaries that manufacture 

and sell our products in various global markets. The majority of our sales are transacted in U.S. dollars. However, we do 
generate revenues in other currencies, primarily the Euro and the Japanese Yen. As a result, our earnings, cash flows and cash 
balances are exposed to fluctuations in foreign currency exchange rates. A substantial portion of our cash balance is Euro 
denominated. We attempt to limit these exposures through financial market instruments. We utilize derivative instruments, 
primarily forward contracts with maturities of two months or less, to manage our exposure associated with anticipated cash 

52 

  
  
flows and net asset and liability positions denominated in foreign currencies. Gains and losses on the forward contracts are 
mitigated by gains and losses on the underlying instruments. We do not use derivative financial instruments for trading 
purposes. 

We do not anticipate any material adverse effect on our consolidated financial position, results of operations or cash flows 

resulting from the use of these instruments. There can be no assurance that these strategies will be effective or that transaction 
losses can be minimized or forecasted accurately. If a financial counterparty to any of our hedging arrangements experiences 
financial difficulties or is otherwise unable to honor the terms of the foreign currency hedge, we may experience material 
financial losses. In the current economic environment, the risk of failure of a financial party remains high. 

A hypothetical 10% change in foreign currency rates would not have a material impact on our results of operations or 

financial position. 

The following table provides information about our foreign exchange forward contracts at October 1, 2011. The table 

presents the weighted average contractual foreign currency exchange rates, the value of the contracts in U.S. dollars at the 
contract exchange rate as of the contract maturity date and fair value. The U.S. notional fair value represents the contracted 
amount valued at October 1, 2011 rates. 

Forward contracts to sell (buy) foreign currencies for U.S. dollars (in thousands, except contract rates): 

Euro 
British Pound Sterling 
Japanese Yen 
Korean Won 
Chinese Renminbi 
Canadian Dollar 

Average 
Contract Rate   

U.S. Notional 
Contract Value

U.S. Notional 
Fair Value 

1.3583     $ 
1.5795     $ 
76.8993     $ 
1,106.1000     $ 
6.4040     $ 
1.0046     $ 

(42,488) $
4,998 $
(2,351) $
7,044 $
3,579 $
1,162 $

(42,103)
4,932
(2,355 )
6,591
3,591
1,108

ITEM 8.    FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SUPPLEMENTARY DATA 

See Item 15-(a) for an index to the Consolidated Financial Statements and Supplementary Financial Information, which 

are attached hereto and incorporated by reference herein. The financial statements and notes thereto can be found beginning on 
page 64 of this annual report. 

ITEM 9.    CHANGES IN AND DISAGREEMENTS WITH ACCOUNTANTS ON ACCOUNTING AND FINANCIAL 

DISCLOSURE 

Not applicable. 

53 

  
 
 
 
  
  
  
ITEM 9A.    CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES 

Management's Evaluation of Disclosure Controls and Procedures 

We have evaluated the effectiveness of the design and operation of our disclosure controls and procedures; as such term is 
defined in Rule 13a-15(e) under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as of the end of the period covered by this Annual Report 
("Evaluation Date"). The controls evaluation was done under the supervision and with the participation of management, 
including our Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer. Based on this evaluation, our Chief Executive Officer and 
Chief Financial Officer concluded as of the Evaluation Date that our disclosure controls and procedures were effective in 
providing reasonable assurance that information required to be disclosed by us in reports that we file or submit under the 
Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, is (i) recorded, processed, summarized and reported within the time periods 
specified in the Securities and Exchange Commission's rules and forms and (ii) accumulated and communicated to our 
management, including our Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, as appropriate, to allow timely decisions 
regarding required disclosures. 

Management's Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting 

Management, including our Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, is responsible for establishing and 
maintaining adequate internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for 
the Company. 

Management assessed the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting as of October 1, 2011, utilizing the 

criteria set forth by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission ("COSO") in Internal Control-
Integrated Framework. Based on the assessment by management, we determined that our internal control over financial 
reporting was effective as of October 1, 2011. The effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting as of 
October 1, 2011 has been audited by Deloitte & Touche LLP, our independent registered public accounting firm, as stated in 
their report which appears below. 

Inherent Limitations Over Internal Controls 

Our internal control over financial reporting is designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of 
financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted 
accounting principles. The Company's internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that: 

(i) 

(ii) 

(iii) 

pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and 
dispositions of the Company's assets; 
provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial 
statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that the Company's receipts and 
expenditures are being made only in accordance with authorizations of the Company's management and directors; 
and 
provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use, or 
disposition of the Company's assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements. 

Management, including our CEO and CFO, does not expect that the Company's internal controls will prevent or detect all errors 
and all fraud. A control system, no matter how well designed and operated, can provide only reasonable, not absolute, assurance 
that the objectives of the control system are met. Further, the design of a control system must reflect the fact that there are 
resource constraints, and the benefits of controls must be considered relative to their costs. Because of the inherent limitations in 
all control systems, no evaluation of internal controls can provide absolute assurance that all control issues and instances of 
fraud, if any, have been detected. Also, any evaluation of the effectiveness of controls in future periods are subject to the risk 
that those internal controls may become inadequate because of changes in business conditions, or that the degree of compliance 
with the policies or procedures may deteriorate. 

Changes in Internal Control Over Financial Reporting 

There were no changes in our internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the quarter ended 

October 1, 2011 that have materially affected, or are reasonably likely to materially affect, our internal control over financial 
reporting. 

54 

 
  
REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM 

To the Board of Directors and Stockholders of Coherent, Inc.: 

We have audited the internal control over financial reporting of Coherent, Inc. and its subsidiaries (collectively, the 
"Company") as of October 1, 2011, based on the criteria established in Internal Control—Integrated Framework issued by the 
Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission. The Company's management is responsible for 
maintaining effective internal control over financial reporting and for its assessment of the effectiveness of internal control over 
financial reporting included in the accompanying Management's Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting. Our 
responsibility is to express an opinion on the Company's internal control over financial reporting based on our audit. 

We conducted our audit in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United 

States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether effective 
internal control over financial reporting was maintained in all material respects. Our audit included obtaining an understanding 
of internal control over financial reporting, assessing the risk that a material weakness exists, testing and evaluating the design 
and operating effectiveness of internal control based on the assessed risk, and performing such other procedures as we 
considered necessary in the circumstances. We believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinion. 

A company's internal control over financial reporting is a process designed by, or under the supervision of, the company's 

principal executive and principal financial officers, or persons performing similar functions, and effected by the company's 
board of directors, management, and other personnel to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial 
reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting 
principles. A company's internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that (1) pertain to the 
maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of 
the company; (2) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial 
statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles and that receipts and expenditures of the company are 
being made only in accordance with authorizations of management and directors of the company; and (3) provide reasonable 
assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use, or disposition of the company's assets that 
could have a material effect on the financial statements. 

Because of the inherent limitations of internal control over financial reporting, including the possibility of collusion or 

improper management override of controls, material misstatements due to error or fraud may not be prevented or detected on a 
timely basis. Also, projections of any evaluation of the effectiveness of the internal control over financial reporting to future 
periods are subject to the risk that the controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of 
compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate. 

In our opinion, the Company maintained, in all material respects, effective internal control over financial reporting as of 

October 1, 2011, based on the criteria established in Internal Control—Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of 
Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission. 

We have also audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United 
States), the consolidated financial statements as of and for the year ended October 1, 2011, of the Company and our report dated 
November 30, 2011, expressed an unqualified opinion on those consolidated financial statements. 

/s/ DELOITTE & TOUCHE LLP 

San Jose, California 
November 30, 2011  

ITEM 9B.    OTHER INFORMATION 

Not applicable. 

55 

 
 
  
  
PART III 

ITEM 10.    DIRECTORS AND EXECUTIVE OFFICERS OF THE REGISTRANT 

Information regarding: (i) our directors will be set forth under the caption "Proposal One —Election of Directors—
Nominees"; (ii) compliance with Section 16(a) of the Securities Act of 1933 will be set forth under the caption "Section 16(a) 
Beneficial Ownership Reporting Compliance"; (iii) the process for stockholders to nominate directors will be set forth under the 
caption "Proposal One—Election of Directors—Process for Recommending Candidates for Election to the Board of Directors"; 
(iv) our audit committee and audit committee financial expert will be set forth under the caption "Proposal One—Election of 
Directors—Board Meetings and Committees—Audit Committee"; in our proxy statement for use in connection with an 
upcoming Annual Meeting of Stockholders to be held in 2012 (the "2012 Proxy Statement") and is incorporated herein by 
reference or included in a Form 10-K/A as an amendment to this Form 10-K. The 2012 Proxy Statement or Form 10-K/A will 
be filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission within 120 days after the end of our fiscal year. 

Business Conduct Policy 

We have adopted a worldwide Business Conduct Policy that applies to the members of our Board of Directors, executive 

officers and other employees. This policy is posted on our Website at www.coherent.com and may be found as follows: 

1. 

2. 

From our main Web page, first click on "Company" and then on "corporate governance." 

Next, click on "Business Conduct Policy." 

We intend to satisfy the disclosure requirement under Item 5.05 of Form 8-K regarding an amendment to, or waiver from, 

a provision of this Business Conduct Policy by posting such information on our Website, at the address and location specified 
above. 

Stockholders may request free printed copies of our worldwide Business Conduct Policy from: 

Coherent, Inc. 
Attention: Investor Relations 
5100 Patrick Henry Drive 
Santa Clara, California 95054 

Executive Officers 

The name, age, position and a brief account of the business experience of our executive officers as of November 30, 2011 

are set forth below: 

Name 
John R. Ambroseo 
Helene Simonet 
Mark Sobey 
Luis Spinelli 
Bret M. DiMarco 
Paul Sechrist 

Age 

Office Held 

50     President and Chief Executive Officer 
59     Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer 
51     Executive Vice President and General Manager, Specialty Laser Systems 
63     Executive Vice President and Chief Technology Officer 
43     Executive Vice President, General Counsel and Corporate Secretary 
52     Executive Vice President, Worldwide Sales and Service 

John R. Ambroseo.    Mr. Ambroseo has served as our President and Chief Executive Officer as well as a member of the 

Board of Directors since October 2002. Mr. Ambroseo served as our Chief Operating Officer from June 2001 through 
September 2002. Mr. Ambroseo served as our Executive Vice President and as President and General Manager of the Coherent 
Photonics Group from September 2000 to June 2001. From September 1997 to September 2000, Mr. Ambroseo served as our 
Executive Vice President and as President and General Manager of the Coherent Laser Group. From March 1997 to September 
1997, Mr. Ambroseo served as our Scientific Business Unit Manager. From August 1988, when Mr. Ambroseo joined us, until 
March 1997, he served as a Sales Engineer, Product Marketing Manager, National Sales Manager and Director of European 
Operations. Mr. Ambroseo received a Bachelor degree from SUNY-College at Purchase and a PhD in Chemistry from the 
University of Pennsylvania. 

Helene Simonet.    Ms. Simonet has served as our Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer since April 2002. 

Ms. Simonet served as Vice President of Finance of our former Medical Group and Vice President of Finance, Photonics 
Division from December 1999 to April 2002. Prior to joining Coherent, she spent over twenty years in senior finance positions 

56 

  
  
  
 
 
at Raychem Corporation's Division and Corporate organizations, including Vice President of Finance of the Raynet 
Corporation. Ms. Simonet has both Master's and Bachelor degrees from the University of Leuven, Belgium. 

Mark Sobey.    Mr. Sobey was appointed Executive Vice President of Coherent and General Manager of Specialty Laser 

Systems (SLS) in April 2010. He has served as Senior Vice President and General Manager for the SLS Business Group, which 
primarily serves the Microelectronics and Research markets, since joining Coherent in July 2007. Prior to Coherent, Mr. Sobey 
has spent over 20 years in the Laser and Fiber Optics Telecommunications industries, including roles as Senior Vice President 
Product Management at Cymer from January 2006 through June 2007 and previously as Senior Vice President Global Sales at 
JDS Uniphase through October 2005. He received his PhD in Engineering and BSc in Physics, both from the University of 
Strathclyde in Scotland. 

Luis Spinelli.    Mr. Spinelli has served as our Executive Vice President and Chief Technology Officer since February 
2004. Mr. Spinelli joined the Company in May 1985 and has since held various engineering and managerial positions, including 
Vice President, Advanced Research from April 2000 to September 2002 and Vice President, Corporate Research from 
September 2002 to February 2004. Mr. Spinelli has led the Advanced Research Unit from its inception in 1998, whose charter is 
to identify and evaluate new and emerging technologies of interest for us across a range of disciplines in the laser field. 
Mr. Spinelli holds a degree in Electrical Engineering from the University of Buenos Aires, Argentina with post-graduate work 
at the Massachusetts Institute of Technology. 

Bret M. DiMarco.    Mr. DiMarco has served as our Executive Vice President and General Counsel since June 2006 and 

our Corporate Secretary since February 2007. From February 2003 until May 2006, Mr. DiMarco was a member and from 
October 1995 until January 2003 was an associate at Wilson Sonsini Goodrich & Rosati, P.C., a law firm. Mr. DiMarco 
received a Bachelor degree from the University of California at Irvine and a Juris Doctorate degree from the Law Center at the 
University of Southern California. He is also an adjunct professor of law at the University of California Hastings College of the 
Law, teaching corporate law and mergers & acquisitions. 

Paul Sechrist. Mr. Paul Sechrist was appointed Executive Vice President, Worldwide Sales and Service in March 2011.  

He has over 28 years of experience with Coherent, including roles as Senior Vice President and General Manager of 
Commercial Lasers and Components from October 2008 to March 2011, Vice President and General Manager of Specialty 
Laser Systems, Santa Clara from March 2008 to October 2008 and Vice President for Components from April 2005 to October 
2008.  Mr. Sechrist received an AA degree from San Jose City College, with Physics studies at California State University, 
Hayward. 

ITEM 11.    EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION 

Information regarding: (i) executive officer and director compensation will be set forth under the captions "Election of 
Directors—Director Compensation" and "Executive Officers and Executive Compensation" and (ii) compensation committee 
interlocks will be set forth under the caption "Executive Officers and Executive Compensation—Compensation Committee 
Interlocks and Insider Participation and Committee Independence" in the 2012 Proxy Statement or included in a Form 10-K/A 
as an amendment to our Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended October 1, 2011. The 2012 Proxy Statement or Form 10-K/A will 
be filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission within 120 days after the end of our fiscal year. 

ITEM 12.    SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT AND 
RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS 

Information regarding: (i) equity compensation plan information will be set forth under the caption "Equity Compensation 

Plan Information"; and (ii) security ownership of certain beneficial owners and management will be set forth under the caption 
"Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management"; in our 2012 Proxy Statement and is incorporated herein 
by reference or included in a Form 10-K/A as an amendment to our Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended October 1, 2011. 

ITEM 13.    CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS, AND DIRECTOR INDEPENDENCE 

The information required under this item will be set forth under the caption "Certain Relationships and Related Party 

Transactions" in our 2012 Proxy Statement and is incorporated herein by reference or included in a Form 10-K/A as an 
amendment to our Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended October 1, 2011. 

57 

  
  
  
  
  
  
ITEM 14.    PRINCIPAL ACCOUNTANT FEES AND SERVICES 

Principal Accounting Fees and Services 

The following table sets forth fees for services provided by Deloitte & Touche LLP, the member firms of Deloitte Touche 

Tohmatsu, and their respective affiliates (collectively, "Deloitte") during fiscal years 2011 and 2010: 

Audit fees(1) 
Audit-related fees 
Tax fees 
All other fees(2) 
Total 
_____________________________________________ 

2011 
$  1,665,000 $

—
—
2,000

$  1,667,000 $

2010 
1,440,000
—
—
2,000
1,442,000

(1)  Represents fees for professional services provided in connection with the integrated audit of our annual financial 

statements and internal control over financial reporting and review of our quarterly financial statements, advice on 
accounting matters that arose during the audit and audit services provided in connection with other statutory or regulatory 
filings. 

(2)  Represents the annual subscription for access to the Deloitte Accounting Research Tool, which is a searchable on-line 

accounting database ($2,000) in both fiscal years. 

Pre-Approval of Audit and Non-Audit Services 

The Audit Committee has determined that the provision of non-audit services by Deloitte is compatible with maintaining 

Deloitte's independence. In accordance with its charter, the Audit Committee approves in advance all audit and non-audit 
services to be provided by Deloitte. In other cases, the Chairman of the Audit Committee has the delegated authority from the 
Committee to pre-approve certain additional services, and such pre-approvals are communicated to the full Committee at its 
next meeting. During fiscal year 2011, all services were pre-approved by the Audit Committee in accordance with this policy. 

58 

  
 
 
 
  
  
ITEM 15.    EXHIBITS AND FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES 

(a) 

1. Index to Consolidated Financial Statements 

PART IV 

The following Consolidated Financial Statements of Coherent, Inc. and its subsidiaries are filed as part of this annual 

report on Form 10-K: 

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm 

Consolidated Balance Sheets—October 1, 2011 and October 2, 2010 
Consolidated Statements of Operations—Years ended October 1, 2011, October 2, 2010 and October 3, 2009 
Consolidated Statements of Stockholders' Equity—Years ended October 1, 2011, October 2, 2010 and 
October 3, 2009 
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows—Years ended October 1, 2011, October 2, 2010 and October 3, 2009 
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements 
Quarterly Financial Information (Unaudited) 

2. 

Consolidated Financial Statement Schedules 

63
64
65

66
67
69
101

Financial statement schedules have been omitted because they are either not required, not applicable or the information 

required to be set forth therein is included in the Consolidated Financial Statements hereto. 

3. 

Exhibits 

Exhibit 
Numbers 

3.1* 

3.2* 

3.3* 

10.1*‡ 

Restated and Amended Certificate of Incorporation. (Previously filed as Exhibit 3.1 to Form 10-K for the 
fiscal year ended September 29, 1990) 
Certificate of Amendment of Restated and Amended Certificate of Incorporation of Coherent, Inc. (Previously 
filed as Exhibit 3.2 to Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended September 28, 2002) 
Bylaws of Coherent, Inc. (Previously filed as Exhibit 3.3 to Form 10-Q for the fiscal quarter ended June 28, 
2008) 
Amended and Restated Employee Stock Purchase Plan. (Previously filed as Exhibit 10.1 to Form 10-Q for the 
fiscal quarter ended June 28, 2008) 

10.2*‡    Coherent Employee Retirement and Investment Plan. (Previously filed as Exhibit 10.23 to Form 8, 
Amendment No. 1 to Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended September 25, 1982) 
10.3*‡    1995 Stock Plan and forms of agreement. (Previously filed as Exhibit 10.34 to Form 10-K for the fiscal year 

ended September 28, 1996) 

10.4*    1998 Director Option Plan. (Previously filed as Appendix B to Schedule 14A filed February 28, 2006) 
10.5*‡    2001 Stock Plan (Previously filed as Exhibit 10.1 to Form 10-Q for the quarter ended March 29, 2008) 
10.6*‡    Change of Control Severance Plan, as amended and restated effective December 10, 2008. (Previously filed as 

Exhibit 10.1 to Form 10-Q for the quarter ended April 4, 2009). 

10.7‡    Variable Compensation Plan, as amended. 
10.8‡    Fiscal 2011 Variable Compensation Plan Payout Scale for Named Executive Officers. 
10.9**‡    Fiscal 2012 Variable Compensation Plan Payout Scale for Named Executive Officers. 
10.10*‡    Offer Letter to Bret DiMarco. (Previously filed as Exhibit 10.14 to Form 10-K for the year ended 

10.11*‡ 

10.12*‡ 

September 30, 2006) 
Supplementary Retirement Plan. (Previously filed as Exhibit 10.5 to Form 10-Q for the quarter ended April 1, 
2006) 
2005 Deferred Compensation Plan. (Previously filed as Exhibit 10.16 to Form 10-K for the year ended 
September 27, 2008) 

59 

   
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
     
 
 
 
 
  
  
10.13*‡ 

10.14*‡ 

10.15* 

10.16* 

10.17* 

Form of 2001 Stock Plan Terms and Conditions of Restricted Stock Units. (Previously filed as Exhibit 10.1 to 
Form 8-K filed on November 27, 2009) 
Form of 2001 Stock Plan Amended Global Stock Option Agreement. (Previously filed as Exhibit 10.2 to 
Form 8-K filed on November 27, 2009) 
Loan Agreement by and between Coherent, Inc. and Union Bank of California, N.A. dated as of March 31, 
2008. (Previously filed as Exhibit 10.24 to Form 10-K/A for the year ended September 27, 2008) 
Amendment to Union Bank Agreement dated April 29, 2010. (Previously filed as Exhibit 10.1 to Form 10-Q 
for the quarter ended April 3, 2010) 
Second Lease Amendment by and between Coherent, Inc. and 5200 Patrick Henry Associates LLC dated as of 
July 23, 2010. (Previously filed as Exhibit 10.1 to Form 10-Q for the quarter ended July 3, 2010) 

10.18*    Form of Indemnification Agreement. 
10.19*‡ 

2011 Equity Incentive Plan. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Company's Registration 
Statement on Form S-8 (File No. 333-174019) filed on May 6, 2011) 
Form of RSU Agreement for members of the Board of Directors under the Company's 2011 Equity Incentive 
Plan. (Previously filed as Exhibit 10.1 to Form 10-Q for the fiscal quarter ended July 2, 2011) 
Form of Option Agreement for members of the Board of Directors under the Company's 2011 Equity Incentive 
Plan. (Previously filed as Exhibit 10.1 to Form 10-Q for the fiscal quarter ended July 2, 2011) 
Form of Performance RSU Agreement under the 2011 Equity Incentive Plan. 
Form of Time-Based RSU Agreement under the 2011 Equity Incentive Plan. 

10.20*‡ 

10.21*‡ 

10.22‡  
10.23‡ 

Subsidiaries 

21.1    
23.1      Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm 
24.1      Power of Attorney (see signature page) 
31.1  

31.2  

32.1  

32.2  

Certification of Chief Executive Officer pursuant to Exchange Act Rule 13a-14(a)/15d-14(a), as adopted 
pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002. 
Certification of Chief Financial Officer pursuant to Exchange Act Rule 13a-14(a)/15d-14(a), as adopted 
pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002. 
Certification of Chief Executive Officer pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to 
Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002. 
Certification of Chief Financial Officer pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to 
Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002. 

__________________________________________ 

* 

** 
‡ 

These exhibits were previously filed with the Commission as indicated and are 
incorporated herein by reference. 
Portions of this exhibit are redacted and confidential treatment has been requested. 
Identifies management contract or compensatory plans or arrangements required to 
be filed as an exhibit. 

60 

  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
  
  
  
  
Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the registrant has duly caused 

this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized. 

SIGNATURES 

Date:  November 30, 2011 

COHERENT, INC. 
/s/ JOHN R. AMBROSEO 
By:  John R. Ambroseo 
President and Chief Executive Officer 

POWER OF ATTORNEY 

KNOW ALL PERSONS BY THESE PRESENTS, that each person whose signature appears below hereby constitutes and 
appoints John R. Ambroseo and Helene Simonet, and each of them individually, as his attorney-in-fact, each with full power of 
substitution, for him in any and all capacities to sign any and all amendments to this Report on Form 10-K, and to file the same 
with, with exhibits thereto and other documents in connection therewith, with the Securities and Exchange Commission, hereby 
ratifying and confirming all that said attorney-in-fact, or his or her substitute, may do or cause to be done by virtue hereof. 

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this report has been signed below by the following 

persons on behalf of the registrant and in the capacities and on the dates indicated: 

/s/ JOHN R. AMBROSEO 
John R. Ambroseo 
(Director and Principal Executive Officer) 

/s/ HELENE SIMONET 
Helene Simonet 
(Principal Financial and Accounting Officer) 

/s/ JAY T. FLATLEY 
Jay T. Flatley 
(Director) 
/s/ SUSAN M. JAMES 
Susan M. James 
(Director) 
/s/ L. WILLIAM KRAUSE 
L. William Krause 
(Director) 

/s/ GARRY W. ROGERSON 
Garry W. Rogerson 
(Director) 

/s/ LAWRENCE TOMLINSON 
Lawrence Tomlinson 
(Director) 

/s/ SANDEEP VIJ 
Sandeep Vij 
(Director) 

61 

November 30, 2011 
Date 

November 30, 2011 
Date 

November 30, 2011 
Date 

November 30, 2011 
Date 

November 30, 2011 
Date 

November 30, 2011 
Date 

November 30, 2011 
Date 

November 30, 2011 
Date 

  
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
  
STATEMENT OF MANAGEMENT RESPONSIBILITY 

Management is responsible for the preparation, integrity, and objectivity of the Consolidated Financial Statements and 

other financial information included in the Company's 2011 Annual Report on Form 10-K. The Consolidated Financial 
Statements have been prepared in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles and reflect the effects of 
certain estimates and judgments made by management. It is critical for investors and other users of the Consolidated Financial 
Statements to have confidence that the financial information that we provide is timely, complete, relevant and accurate 

Management, with oversight by the Company's Board of Directors, has established and maintains a corporate culture that 

requires that the Company's affairs be conducted to the highest standards of business ethics and conduct. Management also 
maintains a system of internal control that is designed to provide reasonable assurance that assets are safeguarded and that 
transactions are properly recorded and executed in accordance with management's authorization. This system is regularly 
monitored through direct management review, as well as extensive audits conducted by internal auditors throughout the 
organization. 

Our Consolidated Financial Statements as of and for the year ended October 1, 2011 have been audited by Deloitte & 

Touche LLP, an independent registered public accounting firm. Their audit was conducted in accordance with the standards of 
the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States) and included an integrated audit under such standards. 

The Audit Committee of the Board of Directors meets regularly with management, the internal auditors and the 

independent registered public accounting firm to review accounting, reporting, auditing and internal control matters. The Audit 
Committee has direct and private access to both internal and external auditors. 

See Item 9A for Management's Report on Internal Control Over Financing Reporting. 

We are committed to enhancing shareholder value and fully understand and embrace our fiduciary oversight 
responsibilities. We are dedicated to ensuring that our high standards of financial accounting and reporting as well as our 
underlying system of internal controls are maintained. Our culture demands integrity and we have the highest confidence in our 
processes, internal controls, and people, who are objective in their responsibilities and operate under the highest level of ethical 
standards. 

/s/ JOHN R. AMBROSEO 
John R. Ambroseo 
President and Chief Executive Officer 

/s/ HELENE SIMONET 
Helene Simonet 
Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer 

62 

 
 
 
  
REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM 

To the Board of Directors and Stockholders of Coherent, Inc.: 

We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of Coherent, Inc. and its subsidiaries (collectively, the 
"Company") as of October 1, 2011 and October 2, 2010, and the related consolidated statements of operations, stockholders' 
equity, and cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended October 1, 2011. These consolidated financial statements 
are the responsibility of the Company's management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these consolidated financial 
statements based on our audits. 

We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United 
States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial 
statements are free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and 
disclosures in the financial statements. An audit also includes assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates 
made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a 
reasonable basis for our opinion. 

In our opinion, such consolidated financial statements present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of the 

Company as of October 1, 2011 and October 2, 2010, and the results of its operations and its cash flows for each of the three 
years in the period ended October 1, 2011, in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of 
America. 

We have also audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United 

States), the Company's internal control over financial reporting as of October 1, 2011, based on the criteria established in 
Internal Control-Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission 
and our report dated November 30, 2011 expressed an unqualified opinion on the Company's internal control over financial 
reporting. 

/s/ DELOITTE & TOUCHE LLP   

San Jose, California 
November 30, 2011 

63 

  
  
  
  
COHERENT, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES 
CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS 

(In thousands, except par value) 

Current assets: 

ASSETS 

Cash and cash equivalents 
Restricted cash 
Short-term investments 
Accounts receivable—net of allowances of $1,439 in 2011 and $1,655 in 2010 
Inventories 
Prepaid expenses and other assets 
Deferred tax assets 

Total current assets 

Property and equipment, net 
Goodwill 
Intangible assets, net 
Other assets 
Total assets 

LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY 

Current liabilities: 

Current portion of long-term obligations 
Accounts payable 
Income taxes payable 
Other current liabilities 

Total current liabilities 

Long-term obligations 
Other long-term liabilities 
Commitments and contingencies (Note 12) 
Stockholders' equity: 

Common stock, par value $.01: 
Authorized—500,000 shares; 
Outstanding—23,722 shares in 2011 and 24,554 shares in 2010 

Additional paid-in capital 
Accumulated other comprehensive income 
Retained earnings 

Total stockholders' equity 
Total liabilities and stockholders' equity 

See accompanying Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements. 

October 1,  
2011 

October 2,  
2010 

$ 

167,061 $
—
53,142
141,037
152,385
44,964
22,057

580,646
104,504
75,954
17,980
64,182

245,380
625
17,391
110,211
113,858
35,002
20,050

542,517
90,339
70,796
19,931
79,521

$ 

843,266 $

803,104

$ 

15 $

39,841
23,929
98,620

162,405

19
62,841

236
130,250
51,221
436,294

618,001

18
39,737
4,267
87,898

131,920

33
79,688

245
186,078
62,084
343,056

591,463

$ 

843,266 $

803,104

64 

  
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
  
 
  
  
  
  
COHERENT, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES 

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS 

(In thousands, except per share data) 

Net sales 
Cost of sales 
Gross profit 
Operating expenses: 

Research and development 
Selling, general and administrative 
Impairment of goodwill 
Amortization of intangible assets 
Total operating expenses 
Income (loss) from operations 
Other income (expense): 

Interest and dividend income 
Interest expense 
Other—net 

Total other income (expense), net 

Income (loss) before income taxes 
Provision for (benefit from) income taxes 
Net income (loss) 

Net income (loss) per share: 

Basic 

Diluted 

Shares used in computation: 

Basic 

Diluted 

$

October 1,  
2011 
802,834   $ 
452,012  
350,822  

Year Ended 
October 2,  
2010 
605,067   $
344,256  
260,811  

October 3,  
2009 
435,882
274,772

161,110

81,232  
149,499  
—  
8,082  
238,813  
112,009  

909  
(147 ) 
11,058  
11,820  
123,829  
30,591  
93,238   $ 

72,354  
123,575  
—  
8,002  
203,931  
56,880  

1,871  
(256 )
(516 )
1,099  
57,979  
21,063  
36,916   $

61,417
108,098
19,286
7,466

196,267

(35,157)

2,485
(228)
(2,955 )

(698)

(35,855)
(536)

(35,319)

3.74   $ 
3.66   $ 

1.49   $
1.47   $

(1.45)

(1.45)

24,924  

25,464  

24,718  
25,091  

24,281

24,281

$

$

$

See accompanying Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements. 

65 

  
 
  
  
 
  
    
  
  
    
  
  
    
  
  
    
  
COHERENT, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES 

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY 

Three Years in the Period Ended October 1, 2011 

(In thousands) 

Balances, September 27, 2008 
Components of comprehensive income: 
Net loss 

Translation adjustment, net of tax 

Unrealized gain on available for sale securities, net of tax 
Net loss realized on derivative instruments, net of tax 

Total comprehensive loss 

Common stock issued under stock plans, net of shares withheld 
for employee taxes 
Stock-based compensation 
Balances, October 3, 2009 
Components of comprehensive income: 
Net income 

Translation adjustment, net of tax 
Unrealized loss on available for sale securities, net of tax 
Net loss realized on derivative instruments, net of tax 

Total comprehensive income 

Common stock issued under stock plans, net of shares withheld 
for employee taxes 
Repurchases of Common Stock 
Stock-based compensation 
Balances, October 2, 2010 
Components of comprehensive income: 
Net income 

Translation adjustment, net of tax 
Unrealized loss on available for sale securities, net of tax 

Total comprehensive income 

Common stock issued under stock plans, net of shares withheld 
for employee taxes 
Tax benefit from employee stock options 
Repurchases of Common Stock 
Stock-based compensation 
Balances, October 1, 2011 

Common 
Stock 
Shares 
24,191

Common 
Stock 
Par 
Value 

$

241

$

Add. 
Paid-in 
Capital 
177,646

Accum. 
Other 
Comp. 
Income 

$

79,089     $

Retained 
Earnings 
341,459

Total 
598,435

$

—

—

—

—

264

—

—

—

—

—

3

—

—

—

—

—

3,946

7,326

24,455

$

244

$

188,918

$

—

—

—

—

1,295

(1,196 )

—

—

—

—

—

13

(12 )

—

—

—

—

—

32,214

(43,323 )

8,269

24,554

$

245

$

186,078

$

—

—

—

1,233

—

(2,065 )

—

—

—

—

11

—

(20 )

—

—

—

—

31,403

290

(100,617 )

13,096

23,722

$

236

$

130,250

$

—    
1,156    

16    
8    

—    
—    
80,269     $

—    
(18,259 )  
(11 )  
85    

—    
—    
—    
62,084     $

—    
(10,842 )  
(21 )  

—    
—    
—    
—    
51,221     $

(35,319 )

(35,319 )

—

—

—

—

—

1,156

16

8

(34,139 )

3,949

7,326

306,140

$

575,571

36,916

—

—

—

—

—

—

36,916

(18,259 )

(11 )

85

18,731

32,227

(43,335 )

8,269

343,056

$

591,463

93,238

—

—

—

—

—

—

93,238

(10,842 )

(21 )

82,375

31,414

290

(100,637 )

13,096

436,294

$

618,001

See accompanying Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements 

66 

  
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
    
  
 
 
 
   
 
  
  
  
  
    
  
 
 
 
   
 
  
  
  
  
    
  
 
 
 
   
 
COHERENT, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES 

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS  

(In thousands) 

Cash flows from operating activities: 
Net income (loss) 
Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by operating 
activities: 

Depreciation and amortization 
Amortization of intangible assets 
Impairment of goodwill 
Stock-based compensation 
Excess tax benefit from stock-based compensation arrangements 
Non-cash gain on Finland dissolution 
Tax benefit from employee stock options 
Deferred income taxes 
Loss on disposal of property and equipment 
Other non-cash expense 
Changes in assets and liabilities, net of effect of acquisitions: 

Accounts receivable 
Inventories 
Prepaid expenses and other assets 
Other assets 
Accounts payable 
Income taxes payable/receivable 
Other current liabilities 
Other long-term liabilities 

Net cash provided by operating activities 
Cash flows from investing activities: 

Purchases of property and equipment 
Proceeds from dispositions of property and equipment 
Purchases of available-for-sale securities 
Proceeds from sales and maturities of available-for-sale securities 
Acquisition of businesses, net of cash acquired 
Investment in SiOnyx 
Change in restricted cash 
Other-net 

Net cash used in investing activities 

October 1,  
2011 

Year Ended 
October 2,  
2010 

October 3,  
2009 

$

93,238   $ 

36,916   $

(35,319)

20,539  
8,082  
—  
12,963  
(5,111 ) 
(6,511 ) 
290  
22,089  
300  
(232 ) 

(26,185 ) 
(38,570 ) 
(8,098 ) 
(1,194 ) 
(161 ) 
3,982  
8,712  
2,543  
86,676  

(37,117 ) 
355  
(230,992 ) 
195,570  
(14,108 ) 
—  
625  
—  
(85,667 ) 

21,657  
8,002  
—  
8,286  
(934 )
—  
—  
13,287  
334  
4,420  

(33,674 )
(14,607 )
(9,247 )
67  
15,122  
6,454  
22,838  
(108 )
78,813  

(15,139 )
2,144  
(108,688 )
133,087  
(20,745 )
(2,000 )
(625 )
38  
(11,928 )

19,194
7,466
19,286
7,415
(9)
—
—
(12,224)
594
(228)

24,854
21,412
2,302
6,245
(4,172 )
1,481
(13,848)
(5,400 )

39,049

(21,627)
1,604
(106,856)
67,435
—
—
2,521
(25)

(56,948)

(continued) 

67 

  
  
  
 
  
    
  
  
    
  
  
    
  
  
    
  
 
 
  
  
 
COHERENT, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES 

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS (Continued) 

(In thousands) 

Cash flows from financing activities: 

Short-term borrowings 
Short-term repayments 
Cash overdrafts decrease 
Repayments of capital lease obligations 
Repurchase of common stock 
Issuance of common stock under employee stock option and purchase 
plans 
Excess tax benefits from stock-based compensation arrangements 
Net settlement of restricted common stock 
Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities 

Effect of exchange rate changes on cash and cash equivalents 

Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents 

Cash and cash equivalents, beginning of year 

Cash and cash equivalents, end of year 

Supplemental disclosure of cash flow information: 

Cash paid during the year for: 

Interest 
Income taxes 

Cash received during the year for: 

Income taxes 

Noncash investing and financing activities: 

Unpaid property and equipment purchases 
Assets acquired under capital leases 

October 1,  
2011 

Year Ended 
October 2,  
2010 

October 3,  
2009 

2,344   $ 
(2,344 ) 
—  
(18 ) 
(100,637 ) 

34,720  
5,111  
(3,306 ) 
(64,130 ) 
(15,198 ) 
(78,319 ) 
245,380  
167,061   $ 

—   $
—  
—  
(19 )
(43,335 )

33,438  
934  
(1,211 )
(10,193 )
(11,262 )
45,430  
199,950  
245,380   $

8
(8)
(470)
(8)
—

4,674
9
—

4,205

(182)

(13,876)
213,826

199,950

108   $ 
17,291   $ 

223   $
12,642   $

194
22,024

5,250   $ 

9,213   $

10,333

1,334   $ 
—   $ 

2,076   $
43   $

696
—

$

$

$
$

$

$
$

(concluded) 

See accompanying Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements 

68 

  
 
 
 
  
    
  
  
    
  
  
    
  
  
    
  
  
    
  
 
  
  
COHERENT, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 

1. DESCRIPTION OF BUSINESS 

Founded in 1966, Coherent, Inc. provides photonics-based solutions in a broad range of commercial and scientific 
research applications. We design, manufacture, service and market lasers, laser tools and related accessories for a diverse group 
of customers. Headquartered in Santa Clara, California, the Company has worldwide operations including research and 
development, manufacturing, sales, service and support capabilities. 

2. SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES 

Fiscal Year 

Our fiscal year ends on the Saturday closest to September 30. Fiscal years 2011, 2010 and 2009 ended on October 1, 

October 2, and October 3, respectively, and are referred to in these financial statements as fiscal 2011, fiscal 2010, and fiscal 
2009 for convenience. Fiscal 2009 included 53 weeks; fiscal 2011 and 2010 included 52 weeks. The fiscal years of the majority 
of our international subsidiaries end on September 30. Accordingly, the financial statements of these subsidiaries as of that date 
and for the years then ended have been used for our consolidated financial statements. Management believes that the impact of 
the use of different year-ends is immaterial to our consolidated financial statements taken as a whole. 

Use of Estimates 

The preparation of consolidated financial statements in conformity with Generally Accepted Accounting Principles 
("GAAP") requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and 
disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the consolidated financial statements and the reported amounts of 
revenues and expenses during the reporting period. Actual results could differ from those estimates. 

Basis of Presentation 

The consolidated financial statements include the accounts of Coherent, Inc. and its majority-owned subsidiaries 

(collectively, "the Company", "we", "our", or "Coherent"). Intercompany balances and transactions have been eliminated. 
Investments in business entities in which we do not have control, but have the ability to exercise significant influence over 
operating and financial policies (generally 20%-50% ownership) are accounted for by the equity method. 

Fair Value of Financial Instruments 

The carrying amounts of certain of our financial instruments including cash and cash equivalents, accounts receivable, 

accounts payable and accrued liabilities approximate fair value due to their short maturities. Short-term investments are 
comprised of available-for-sale securities, which are carried at fair value. Other non-current assets include trading securities 
related to our deferred compensation plans, which are carried at fair value. The recorded carrying amount of our long-term 
obligations approximates fair value at fiscal 2011 and 2010 year-ends. Foreign exchange contracts are stated at fair value based 
on prevailing financial market information. 

Cash Equivalents 

All highly liquid investments with maturities of three months or less at the time of purchase are classified as cash 

equivalents. 

Concentration of Credit Risk 

Financial instruments that may potentially subject us to concentrations of credit risk consist principally of cash 

equivalents, short-term investments and accounts receivable. At fiscal 2011 year-end, the majority of our short-term investments 
are in corporate notes and obligations, bank certificates of deposit and federal agency obligations. Cash equivalents and short-
term investments are maintained with several financial institutions and may exceed the amount of insurance provided on such 
balances. At October 1, 2011, we held cash and cash equivalents outside the U.S. in certain of our foreign operations totaling 
approximately $145.1 million, the majority of which is denominated in the Euro. The majority of our accounts receivable are 
derived from sales to customers for commercial applications. We perform ongoing credit evaluations of our customers' financial 
condition and limit the amount of credit extended when deemed necessary but generally require no collateral. We maintain 
reserves for potential credit losses. Our products are broadly distributed and there were no customers who accounted for more 
than 10% of accounts receivable at fiscal 2011 or fiscal 2010 year-end. 

69 

  
  
  
COHERENT, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued) 

Accounts Receivable Allowances 

Accounts receivable allowances reflect our best estimate of probable losses inherent in our accounts receivable balances. 

We regularly review allowances by considering factors such as historical experience, credit quality, the age of the accounts 
receivable balances and current economic conditions that may affect a customer's ability to pay. 

Activity in accounts receivable allowance is as follows (in thousands): 

Beginning balance 
Additions charged to expenses 
Accruals resulting from acquisitions 
Deductions from reserves 
Ending balance 

Inventories 

2011 

Fiscal year-end 
2010 

2009 

$

$

1,655 $ 
1,329
184
(1,729)
1,439 $ 

2,147   $
349  
33  
(874 )
1,655   $

2,494
1,974
—
(2,321 )

2,147

Inventories are stated at the lower of cost (first-in, first-out) or market. Inventories are as follows (in thousands): 

Purchased parts and assemblies 
Work-in-process 
Finished goods 

Property and Equipment 

Fiscal year-end 

2011 

2010 

$ 

44,824 $
52,457
55,104

38,449
40,010
35,399

$ 

152,385 $

113,858

Property and equipment are stated at cost and are depreciated or amortized using the straight-line method. Cost, 

accumulated depreciation and amortization, and estimated useful lives are as follows (dollars in thousands): 

Land 
Buildings and improvements 
Equipment, furniture and fixtures 
Leasehold improvements 

Accumulated depreciation and amortization 
Property and equipment, net 

Asset Retirement Obligations 

$

Fiscal year-end 

2011 

6,288 $
62,296
194,566
24,794

287,944
(183,440)

2010 

6,100
60,350
187,240
18,437

272,127
(181,788 )

$

104,504 $

90,339

Useful Life 

5-40 years
3-10 years
Lesser of useful life or terms of leases

The fair value of a liability for an asset retirement obligation is recognized in the period in which it is incurred if a 
reasonable estimate of fair value can be made. The fair value of the liability is added to the carrying amount of the associated 
asset and this additional carrying amount is depreciated over the life of the asset. All of our existing asset retirement obligations 
are associated with commitments to return the property to its original condition upon lease termination at various sites and costs 
to clean up and dispose of certain fixed assets at our Finland site. We estimated that as of fiscal 2011 year-end, gross expected 
future cash flows of $2.2 million would be required to fulfill these obligations. 

70 

  
 
  
  
 
  
  
 
 
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
COHERENT, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued) 

The following table reconciles changes in our asset retirement liability for fiscal 2011 and 2010 (in thousands): 

Asset retirement liability as of October 3, 2009 

Adjustment to asset retirement obligations recognized 
Accretion recognized 
Changes due to foreign currency exchange 
Asset retirement liability as of October 2, 2010 

Payment of asset retirement obligations 
Adjustment to asset retirement obligations recognized 
Accretion recognized 
Changes due to foreign currency exchange 
Asset retirement liability as of October 1, 2011 

$

1,679
(29)
93
(6)

1,737
(328)
318
98
53

$

1,878

At October 1, 2011, $1,878,000 of the asset retirement liability is included in other long-term liabilities on our 

consolidated balance sheets. At October 2, 2010, $328,000 of the asset retirement liability is included in other current liabilities 
and $1,409,000 is included in other long-term liabilities on our consolidated balance sheets. 

Long-lived Assets 

We evaluate the carrying value of long-lived assets, including intangible assets, whenever events or changes in business 
circumstances or our planned use of long-lived assets indicate that their carrying amounts may not be fully recoverable or that 
their useful lives are no longer appropriate. Reviews are performed to determine whether the carrying values of long-lived 
assets are impaired based on a comparison to the undiscounted expected future net cash flows. If the comparison indicates that 
impairment exists, long-lived assets that are classified as held and used are written down to their respective fair values. When 
long-lived assets are classified as held for sale, they are written down to their respective fair values less costs to sell. Significant 
management judgment is required in the forecast of future operating results that is used in the preparation of expected 
undiscounted cash flows. For fiscal years 2011, 2010 and 2009, there were no significant asset impairments recorded. 

Goodwill 

Goodwill is tested for impairment on an annual basis and between annual tests in certain circumstances, and written down 

when impaired (see Note 8). Goodwill is tested for impairment by comparing the respective fair value with the respective 
carrying value of the reporting unit. Fair value is determined using the Income Approach (discounted cash flow approach) 
valuation methodology. Absent any impairment indicators, we perform our annual impairment tests during the fourth quarter of 
each fiscal year using opening balance sheet as of the first day of the fourth fiscal quarter, with any resulting impairment 
recorded in the fourth quarter of the fiscal year. 

Intangible Assets 

Intangible assets, including acquired existing technology, patents, customer lists, order backlog, trade name, non-compete 

agreements, production know-how and in-process research and development, are amortized on a straight-line basis over 
estimated useful lives of one year to fifteen years. 

Warranty Reserves 

We provide warranties on certain of our product sales and reserves for estimated warranty costs are recorded during the 
period of sale. The determination of such reserves requires us to make estimates of product return rates and expected costs to 
repair or replace the products under warranty. We currently establish warranty reserves based on historical warranty costs for 
each product line. The weighted average warranty period covered is approximately 15 months. If actual return rates and/or 
repair and replacement costs differ significantly from our estimates, adjustments to cost of sales may be required in future 
periods. 

71 

  
 
COHERENT, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued) 

Components of the reserve for warranty costs during fiscal 2011, 2010 and 2009 were as follows (in thousands): 

Beginning balance 
Additions related to current period sales 
Warranty costs incurred in the current period 
Accruals resulting from acquisitions 
Adjustments to accruals related to prior period sales 
Ending balance 

Revenue Recognition 

2011 

13,499 $ 
27,900
(24,671)
178
(202)
16,704 $ 

$

$

Fiscal 
2010 

10,211   $
20,466  
(17,450 )
160  
112  
13,499   $

2009 

13,214
12,573
(15,461 )
—
(115 )

10,211

In October 2009, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) issued a new accounting standard for multiple 
deliverable revenue arrangements. The new standard changes the requirements for establishing separate units of accounting in a 
multiple element arrangement and requires the allocation of arrangement consideration to each deliverable to be based on the 
relative selling price. The FASB also issued a new accounting standard for certain revenue arrangements that include software 
elements. This new standard excludes software that is contained on a tangible product from the scope of software revenue 
guidance if the software is essential to the tangible product's functionality. We prospectively adopted both these standards in the 
first quarter of fiscal 2011. The impact of adopting these standards was not material to net sales or our condensed consolidated 
financial statements for the fiscal year ended October 1, 2011. The new accounting standards for revenue recognition if applied 
in the same manner to the year ended October 2, 2010 would not have had a material impact on net sales or to our consolidated 
financial statements for that fiscal year. 

Under these new standards, when a sales arrangement contains multiple elements, such as products and/or services, we 

allocate revenue to each element based on a selling price hierarchy. Using the selling price hierarchy, we determine the selling 
price of each deliverable using vendor specific objective evidence (“VSOE”), if it exists, and otherwise third-party evidence 
(“TPE”). If neither VSOE nor TPE of selling price exists, we use estimated selling price (“ESP”). We generally expect that we 
will not be able to establish TPE due to the nature of the markets in which we compete, and, as such, we typically will 
determine selling price using VSOE or if not available, ESP. 

Our basis for establishing VSOE of a deliverable's selling price consists of standalone sales transactions when the same or 

similar product or service is sold separately. However, when services are never sold separately, such as product installation 
services, VSOE is based on the product's estimated installation hours based on historical experience multiplied by the standard 
service billing rate. In determining VSOE, we require that a substantial majority of the selling price for a product or service fall 
within a reasonably narrow price range, as defined by us. We also consider the geographies in which the products or services 
are sold, major product and service groups, and other environmental variables in determining VSOE. Absent the existence of 
VSOE and TPE, our determination of a deliverable's ESP involves evaluating several factors based on the specific facts and 
circumstances of these arrangements, which include pricing strategy and policies driven by geographies, market conditions, 
competitive landscape, correlation between proportionate selling price and list price established by management having the 
relevant authority, and other environmental variables in which the deliverable is sold. 

For multiple element arrangements which include extended maintenance contracts, we allocate and defer the amount of 

consideration equal to the separately stated price and recognize revenue on a straight-line basis over the contract period. 

We recognize revenue when all four revenue recognition criteria have been met: persuasive evidence of an arrangement 

exists, the product has been delivered or the service has been rendered, the price is fixed or determinable and collection is 
reasonably assured. Revenue from product sales is recorded when all of the foregoing conditions are met and risk of loss and 
title passes to the customer. Sales to customers are generally not subject to any price protection or return rights. 

The vast majority of our sales are made to original equipment manufacturers ("OEMs"), distributors, resellers and end-
users in the non-scientific market. Sales made to these customers do not require installation of the products by us and are not 
subject to other post-delivery obligations, except in occasional instances where we have agreed to perform installation or 
provide training. In those instances, we defer revenue related to installation services or training until these services have been 
rendered. We allocate revenue from multiple element arrangements to the various elements based upon relative fair values. 

Our sales to distributors, resellers and end-user customers typically do not have customer acceptance provisions and only 

certain of our sales to OEM customers have customer acceptance provisions. Customer acceptance is generally limited to 

72 

  
  
  
  
COHERENT, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued) 

performance under our published product specifications. For the few product sales that have customer acceptance provisions 
because of higher than published specifications, (1) the products are tested and accepted by the customer at our site or by the 
customer's acceptance of the results of our testing program prior to shipment to the customer, or (2) the revenue is deferred until 
customer acceptance occurs. 

Sales to end-users in the scientific market typically require installation and, thus, involve post-delivery obligations; 
however, our post-delivery installation obligations are not essential to the functionality of our products. We defer revenue 
related to installation services until completion of these services. 

For most products, training is not provided; therefore, no post-delivery training obligation exists. However, when training 

is provided to our customers, it is typically priced separately and is recognized as revenue as these services are provided. 

We record taxes collected on revenue-producing activities on a net basis. 

Research and Development 

Research and development expenses include salaries, contractor and consultant fees, supplies and materials, as well as 
costs related to other overhead such as depreciation, facilities, utilities and other departmental expenses. The costs we incur with 
respect to internally developed technology and engineering services are included in research and development expenses as 
incurred as they do not directly relate to any particular licensee, license agreement or license fee. 

We treat third party and government funding of our research and development activity, where we are the primary 
beneficiary of such work conducted, as a credit to research and development cost. Amounts offset against research and 
development costs were not material in any of the periods presented. 

Foreign Currency Translation 

The functional currencies of our foreign subsidiaries are generally their respective local currencies. Accordingly, gains 
and losses from the translation of the financial statements of the foreign subsidiaries are reported as a separate component of 
accumulated other comprehensive income ("OCI"). Foreign currency transaction gains and losses are included in earnings. 

Derivatives 

U.S. GAAP requires that all derivatives, whether designated in hedging relationships or not, be recorded on the balance 
sheet at fair value. If the derivative is designated as a fair value hedge, the changes in the fair value of the derivative and of the 
hedged item attributable to the hedged risk are recognized in earnings. If the derivative is designated as a cash flow hedge, the 
effective portions of the changes in the fair value of the derivative are recorded in OCI and are recognized in the income 
statement when the hedged item affects earnings. Ineffective portions of changes in the fair value of cash flow hedges are 
recognized in other income (expense). 

Our objective of holding derivatives is to minimize the risks of foreign currency fluctuation by using the most effective 

methods to eliminate or reduce the impact of these exposures. Principal currencies hedged include the Euro, Japanese Yen, 
British Pound, Korean Won, Chinese Renminbi and Canadian dollar. 

Forwards not designated as hedging instruments are also used to hedge the impact of the variability in exchange rates on 

accounts receivable and collections denominated in certain foreign currencies. Our forward contracts have maturities of two 
months or less and changes in fair value of these derivatives are recognized in other income (expense). 

Comprehensive Income (Loss) 

Comprehensive income (loss) is defined as the change in equity of a business enterprise during a period from transactions 

and other events and circumstances from non-owner sources and is presented in our Consolidated Statements of Stockholders' 
Equity and in Note 15, "Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income (Loss)." 

Earnings Per Share 

Basic earnings per share is computed based on the weighted average number of shares outstanding during the period, 

excluding unvested restricted stock. Diluted earnings per share is computed based on the weighted average number of shares 
outstanding during the period increased by the effect of dilutive employee stock awards, including stock options, restricted 
stock awards and stock purchase contracts, using the treasury stock method. 

73 

  
COHERENT, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued) 

The following table presents information necessary to calculate basic and diluted earnings (loss) per share (in thousands, 

except per share data): 

Weighted average shares outstanding—basic (1) 
Dilutive effect of employee awards 
Weighted average shares outstanding—diluted 

Net income (loss) 

Net income (loss)—basic 
Net income (loss)—diluted 
_______________________________________ 
Net of unvested restricted stock 
(1) 

2011 

24,924
540

25,464

$

$
$

93,238 $ 

3.74 $ 
3.66 $ 

Fiscal 
2010 

24,718  
373  
25,091  
36,916   $
1.49   $
1.47   $

2009 

24,281
—

24,281

(35,319)

(1.45)
(1.45)

A total of 2,416, 1,221,143 and 2,880,395 potentially dilutive securities have been excluded from the dilutive share 

calculation for fiscal 2011, 2010 and 2009, respectively, as their effect was anti-dilutive. 

Stock-Based Compensation 

We account for stock-based compensation using the fair value of the awards granted. We estimate the fair value of stock 

options granted using the Black-Scholes Merton model. We value restricted stock units using the intrinsic value method. We use 
a Monte Carlo model to estimate the fair value of market-based performance restricted stock units. We use historical data to 
estimate pre-vesting option and restricted stock unit forfeitures and record stock-based compensation expense only for those 
options and awards that are expected to vest. We amortize the fair value of stock options and awards on a straight-line basis 
over the requisite service periods of the awards, which are generally the vesting periods. See Note 14 "Employee Stock Option 
and Benefit Plans" for a description of our stock-based employee compensation plans and the assumptions we use to calculate 
the fair value of stock-based employee compensation. 

Shipping and Handling Costs 

We record costs related to shipping and handling of revenue in cost of sales for all periods presented. 

Advertising Costs 

Advertising costs are expensed as incurred and were $4.1 million, $2.6 million and $2.2 million in fiscal 2011, fiscal 2010 

and fiscal 2009, respectively. 

Income Taxes 

As part of the process of preparing our consolidated financial statements, we are required to estimate our income tax 
provision (benefit) in each of the jurisdictions in which we operate. This process involves us estimating our current income tax 
provision (benefit) together with assessing temporary differences resulting from differing treatment of items for tax and 
accounting purposes. These differences result in deferred tax assets and liabilities, which are included within our consolidated 
balance sheets. 

We account for uncertain tax issues pursuant to ASC 740-10 (formerly FASB Financial Interpretation No. 48, 
“Accounting for Uncertainty in Income Taxes”), which creates a single model to address accounting for uncertainty in tax 
positions by prescribing a minimum recognition threshold that a tax position is required to meet before being recognized in the 
financial statements. This standard provides a two-step approach for evaluating tax positions. The first step, recognition, occurs 
when a company concludes (based solely on the technical aspects of the matter) that a tax provision is more likely than not to be 
sustained upon examination by a taxing authority.  The second step, measurement, is only considered after step one has been 
satisfied and measures any tax benefit at the largest amount that is deemed more likely than not to be realized upon ultimate 
settlement of the uncertainty. These determinations involve significant judgment by management.  Tax positions that fail to 
qualify for initial recognition are recognized in the first subsequent interim period that they meet the more likely than not 
standard or when they are resolved through negotiation or litigation with factual interpretation, judgment and certainty. Tax 
laws and regulations themselves are complex and are subject to change as a result of changes in fiscal policy, changes in 

74 

  
 
  
  
  
COHERENT, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued) 

legislation, evolution of regulations and court filings. Therefore, the actual liability for U.S. or foreign taxes may be materially 
different from our estimates, which could result in the need to record additional tax liabilities or potentially to reverse 
previously recorded tax liabilities. 

We record a valuation allowance to reduce our deferred tax assets to an amount that more likely than not will be realized. 
While we have considered future taxable income and ongoing prudent and feasible tax planning strategies in assessing the need 
for the valuation allowance, in the event we were to determine that we would be able to realize our deferred tax assets in the 
future in excess of our net recorded amount, an adjustment to the allowance for the deferred tax asset would increase income in 
the period such determination was made. Likewise, should we determine that we would not be able to realize all or part of our 
net deferred tax asset in the future, an adjustment to the allowance for the deferred tax asset would be charged to income in the 
period such determination was made. 

Federal income taxes have not been provided for on a portion of the unremitted earnings of foreign subsidiaries because 

such earnings are intended to be permanently reinvested. The total amount of unremitted earnings of foreign subsidiaries for 
which we have not yet recorded federal income taxes was approximately $198.7 million at fiscal 2011 year-end. In addition to 
federal income taxes (which are not practicably determinable), withholding taxes of approximately $9.4 million at fiscal 
2011 year-end would be payable upon repatriation of such earnings which would result in additional foreign tax credits. 

Adoption of New Accounting Pronouncement and Update to Significant Accounting Policies 

As discussed under "Revenue Recognition", we adopted the FASB's accounting standard for multiple deliverable revenue 

arrangements and the FASB's accounting standard for certain revenue arrangements that include software elements. We 
prospectively adopted both these standards in the first quarter of fiscal 2011. The impact of adopting these standards was not 
material to net sales or our condensed consolidated financial statements for the fiscal year ended October 1, 2011.  

In June 2009, the FASB issued amendments to the accounting rules for variable interest entities (VIEs) and for transfers of 

financial assets. The new guidance eliminates the quantitative approach previously required for determining the primary 
beneficiary of a variable interest entity and requires ongoing qualitative reassessments of whether an enterprise is the primary 
beneficiary. The determination of whether a company is required to consolidate an entity is based on, among other things, an 
entity's purpose and design and a company's ability to direct the activities of the entity that most significantly impact the entity's 
economic performance. In addition, qualifying special purpose entities (“QSPE”) are no longer exempt from consolidation 
under the amended guidance. The amendments also limit the circumstances in which a financial asset, or a portion of a financial 
asset, should be derecognized when the transferor has not transferred the entire original financial asset to an entity that is not 
consolidated with the transferor in the financial statements being presented, and/or when the transferor has continuing 
involvement with the transferred financial asset. We adopted these amendments in our first quarter of fiscal year 2011 and it did 
not have a material impact on our consolidated financial position, results of operations and cash flows. 

In July 2010, the FASB issued an accounting standard update defining a milestone and determining what criteria must be 

met to apply the milestone method of revenue recognition for research or development transactions. The update provides 
guidance on the criteria which must be met to determine if the milestone method of revenue recognition is appropriate, whether 
a milestone is substantive and the disclosures that must be made if the method is elected. We adopted this standard on a 
prospective basis in our first quarter of fiscal year 2011 and it did not have a material impact on our consolidated financial 
position, results of operations and cash flows. 

Recently Issued Accounting Pronouncements 

In June 2011, the FASB issued a final standard requiring the presentation of net income and other comprehensive income 

in either a single continuous statement or in two separate, but consecutive, statements of net income and other comprehensive 
income. The new standard eliminates the option currently elected by the Company to present items of other comprehensive 
income in the annual statement of changes in stockholders' equity. The new requirements do not change the components of 
comprehensive income recognized in net income or other comprehensive income, or when an item of other comprehensive 
income must be reclassified to net income. Earnings per share computations do not change. The new requirements are effective 
for interim and annual periods beginning after December 15, 2011. Full retrospective application is required. As this standard 
relates only to the presentation of other comprehensive income, the adoption of this accounting standard will not have an impact 
on our consolidated financial position, results of operations and cash flows.  

In May 2011, the FASB issued additional guidance on fair value measurements that clarifies the application of existing 
guidance and disclosure requirements, changes certain fair value measurement principles and requires additional disclosures 

75 

  
  
  
  
COHERENT, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued) 

about fair value measurements. The updated guidance is effective on a prospective basis for financial statements issued for 
fiscal years, and interim periods within those fiscal years, beginning after December 15, 2011. The adoption of this guidance 
will not have a material impact on our consolidated financial position, results of operations and cash flows. 

In December 2010, the FASB amended its existing guidance for goodwill and other intangible assets. This authoritative 

guidance modifies Step 1 of the goodwill impairment test for reporting units with zero or negative carrying amounts. For those 
reporting units, an entity is required to perform Step 2 of the goodwill impairment test if there are qualitative factors indicating 
that it is more likely than not that a goodwill impairment exists. The qualitative factors are consistent with the existing guidance 
which requires goodwill of a reporting unit to be tested for impairment between annual tests if an event occurs or circumstances 
change that would more likely than not reduce the fair value of a reporting unit below its carrying amount. This authoritative 
guidance becomes effective for us in fiscal 2012. The implementation of this authoritative guidance is not expected to have a 
material impact on our consolidated financial position, results of operations and cash flows.  

3. RESTRUCTURING ACTIVITIES 

During the second quarter of fiscal 2009, we announced our plans to close our facilities in Tampere, Finland and 
St. Louis, Missouri. The closure of our St. Louis site was completed in the fourth quarter of fiscal 2009. The closure of our 
Finland site was scheduled for completion by the end of fiscal 2010, but we delayed the closure due to increased demand for 
products manufactured in Finland.  In the second quarter of fiscal 2011, we ceased manufacturing operations in our Finland 
facility and recognized a $6.1 million gain, primarily in other income (expense), due to a non-recurring translation adjustment 
related to the dissolution of our Finland operations. We exited the facility in the third quarter of fiscal 2011. These closure plans 
resulted in charges primarily for employee termination and other exit related costs associated with a plan approved by 
management. 

During the first quarter of fiscal 2010, we acquired the assets and certain liabilities of StockerYale, Inc's laser module 

product line in Montreal, Canada and transitioned those activities to other Coherent facilities in Salem, Massachusetts, 
Wilsonville, Oregon and Sunnyvale, California. The transfer was completed in the second quarter of fiscal 2011. These closure 
plans resulted in charges primarily for employee termination and other exit related costs associated with a plan approved by 
management. 

Restructuring charges in fiscal 2011 and 2010 are recorded in cost of sales, research and development and selling, general 

and administrative expenses in our consolidated statements of operations. 

The following table presents our current liability as accrued on our balance sheets for restructuring charges. The table sets 
forth an analysis of the components of the restructuring charges and payments and other deductions made against the accrual for 
fiscal 2011 and 2010 (in thousands): 

Balances, October 3, 2009 
Provision 
Payments and other 
Balances, October 2, 2010 
Provision 
Payments and other 
Balances, October 1, 2011 

Severance 
Related 

$

488 $

1,411
(987 )

912
218
(1,130 )

$

— $

Facilities 
Related 
Charges 

Other 
Restructuring 
Costs 

Total 

357     $ 

3,823    
(4,163 )  
17    
—    
(17 )  
—     $ 

807 $

3,134
(2,638)

1,303
680
(1,349 )

634 $

1,652
8,368
(7,788 )

2,232
898
(2,496 )

634

The current year severance related costs are primarily comprised of severance pay, outplacement services, medical and 

other related benefits for employees being terminated due to the transition of activities out of Tampere, Finland.  At 
October 1, 2011, $634,000 of accrued restructuring costs was included in other current liabilities. 

76 

  
  
  
 
 
 
COHERENT, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued) 

The following table presents our restructuring charges incurred by segment:  

By Segment 

Commercial 
Lasers and 
Components 

Specialty Laser 
Systems 

Costs incurred and charged to expense in fiscal 2011 
Costs incurred and charged to expense in fiscal 2010 
Costs incurred and charged to expense in fiscal 2009 
Costs incurred and charged to expense in fiscal 2008 

Cumulative costs incurred to date 

4. BUSINESS COMBINATIONS 

  $

  $

898     $ 

8,368    
8,674    
4,160    
22,100     $ 

Total 

898

8,368

15,437

5,804

— $

—

6,763

1,644

8,407

$

30,507

On January 5, 2011, we acquired all of the assets and certain liabilities of Hypertronics Pte Ltd for approximately $14.5 
million in cash. Hypertronics designs and manufactures laser-and vision-based tools for flat panel, storage, semiconductor and 
solar applications at facilities in Singapore and Malaysia. Hypertronics has been included in our Specialty Lasers and Systems 
segment. 

Our allocation of the purchase price is as follows (in thousands): 

Tangible assets 
Goodwill 
Intangible assets: 

Existing technology 
In-process R&D 
Customer lists 
Trade name 
Non-compete agreements 

Liabilities assumed 
Total 

$ 

4,617
5,807

3,120
570
1,880
410
60
(1,965 )

$ 

14,499

The goodwill recognized from this acquisition resulted primarily from anticipated revenue growth and synergies of 
integrating Hypertronics scan vision technology and system capabilities with our laser technology and global sales, marketing, 
distribution and service network.  The goodwill was included in our Specialty Lasers and Systems segment.  

None of the goodwill from this purchase is deductible for tax purposes.  

The identifiable intangible assets are being amortized over their respective useful lives of two to six years. 

In-process research and development (“IPR&D”) consists of seven interrelated projects that will be incorporated into one 
product and had not yet reached technological feasibility. Acquired IPR&D assets are initially recognized at fair value and are 
classified as indefinite-lived assets until the successful completion or abandonment of the associated research and development 
efforts. The value assigned to IPR&D was determined by considering the value of the products under development to the overall 
development plan, estimating the resulting net cash flows from the projects when completed and discounting the net cash flows 
to their present value. During the development period, these assets will not be amortized as charges to earnings; instead these 
assets will be subject to periodic impairment testing. Upon successful completion of the development process for the acquired 
IPR&D projects, the assets would then be considered finite-lived intangible assets and amortization of the assets will 
commence. None of the projects had been completed as of October 1, 2011. 

77 

  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
  
  
  
  
  
COHERENT, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued) 

We expensed $0.6 million of acquisition-related costs as selling, general and administrative expenses in our consolidated 

statements of operations in the fiscal year ended October 1, 2011. 

Results of operations for the business have been included in our consolidated financial statements subsequent to the date 

of acquisition and pro forma results of operations in accordance with authoritative guidance for prior periods have not been 
presented because the effect of the acquisition was not material to our prior period consolidated financial results. 

Beam Dynamics, Inc. 

On April 29, 2010, we acquired Beam Dynamics, Inc. for $5.9 million in cash as allocated below and $0.3 million in 

deferred compensation related to an employment contract, which was recognized in expense as earned. Beam Dynamics 
manufactures flexible laser cutting tools for the materials processing market. Beam Dynamics has been included in our 
Commercial Lasers and Components segment. 

Our allocation of the purchase price is as follows (in thousands): 

Tangible assets 
Goodwill 
Intangible assets: 

Existing technology 
In-process R&D 
Customer lists 
Trade name 
Order backlog 
Non-compete agreements 

Liabilities assumed 
Total 

$ 

$ 

1,132
3,841

2,130
650
360
140
30
10
(2,371)

5,922

The goodwill recognized from this acquisition resulted primarily from access to anticipated growth in the laser tool 

market and was included in our Commercial Lasers and Components ("CLC") segment. None of the goodwill from this 
purchase is deductible for tax purposes. 

The identifiable intangible assets are being amortized over their respective useful lives of one to six years. 

In-process research and development ("IPR&D") consists of three development projects that have not yet reached 

technological feasibility. Acquired IPR&D assets are initially recognized at fair value and are classified as indefinite-lived 
assets until the successful completion or abandonment of the associated research and development efforts. The value assigned to
IPR&D was determined by considering the value of the products under development to the overall development plan, estimating 
the resulting net cash flows from the projects when completed and discounting the net cash flows to their present value. During 
the development period, these assets will not be amortized as charges to earnings; instead these assets will be subject to periodic 
impairment testing. Upon successful completion of the development process for the acquired IPR&D projects, the assets would 
then be considered finite-lived intangible assets and amortization of the assets will commence. 

We expensed $0.2 million of acquisition-related costs as selling, general and administrative expenses in our consolidated 

statements of operations for our fiscal year 2010. 

During the third quarter of fiscal 2011, we paid out $0.6 million that had been held in an escrow account to be applied 

towards any remaining closing costs for the acquisition and payments to the shareholders. The amount was previously included 
in current restricted cash on our consolidated balance sheet. As of October 1, 2011, there were no amounts still classified as 
current restricted cash on our consolidated balance sheet. 

Results of operations for the business have been included in our consolidated financial statements subsequent to the date 

of acquisition and pro forma results of operations in accordance with authoritative guidance for prior periods have not been 
presented because the effect of the acquisition was not material to our prior period consolidated financial results. 

78 

  
  
  
 
  
 
  
COHERENT, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued) 

StockerYale, Inc. 

On October 13, 2009, we acquired all the assets and certain liabilities of StockerYale, Inc. ("StockerYale")'s laser module 

product line in Montreal and its specialty fiber product line in Salem, New Hampshire for $15.0 million in cash. StockerYale 
designs, develops and manufactures low power laser modules, light emitting diode (LED) systems and specialty optical fiber 
products. These assets and liabilities have been included in our Commercial Lasers and Components segment. 

Our allocation of the purchase price is as follows (in thousands): 

Tangible assets 
Goodwill 
Intangible assets: 

Existing technology 
Production know-how 
Customer lists 
Non-compete agreements 
Order backlog 
Liabilities assumed 
Total 

$ 

$ 

9,770
2,580

610
910
3,170
60
600
(2,700 )
15,000

The goodwill recognized from this acquisition resulted primarily from anticipated increases in market share and synergies 
of combining these entities and was included in our CLC segment. None of the goodwill from this purchase is deductible for tax 
purposes. 

The identifiable intangible assets are being amortized over their respective useful lives of one to seven years. 

We expensed $0.2 million of acquisition-related costs incurred as selling, general and administrative expenses in our 

consolidated statements of operations for our fiscal year 2010. 

Results of operations for the acquired product lines have been included in our consolidated financial statements 
subsequent to the date of acquisition and pro forma results of operations in accordance with authoritative guidance for prior 
periods have not been presented because the effect of the acquisition was not material to our prior period consolidated financial 
results. 

79 

  
  
  
  
COHERENT, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued) 

5. FAIR VALUE OF FINANCIAL ASSETS AND LIABILITIES 

We measure our cash equivalents and marketable securities at fair value. The fair values of our financial assets and 

liabilities are determined using quoted market prices of identical assets or quoted market prices of similar assets from active 
markets. Level 1 valuations are obtained from real-time quotes for transactions in active exchange markets involving identical 
assets. Level 2 valuations are obtained from quoted market prices in active markets involving similar assets. Level 3 valuations 
would be based on unobservable inputs to a valuation model and include our own data about assumptions market participants 
would use in pricing the asset or liability based on the best information available under the circumstances; as of October 1, 2011 
and October 2, 2010, we did not have any assets or liabilities valued based on Level 3 valuations. 

Financial assets and liabilities measured at fair value as of October 1, 2011 are summarized below (in thousands): 

Money market fund deposits(1) 
Certificates of deposit(2) 
U.S. and international government obligations(3) 
Corporate notes and obligations(4) 
Foreign currency contracts(5) 
Mutual funds—Deferred comp and supplemental plan(6) 

Quoted Prices in 
Active Markets 
for Identical 
Assets 

Significant 
Other 
Observable 
Inputs 

Total Fair 
Value 

$

(Level 1)
8,135 $
—
—
—
—
7,830

(Level 2)  

—     $

65,941    
62,079    
48,967    
181    
—    

8,135
65,941
62,079
48,967
181
7,830

(1) 

(2) 

(3) 

(4) 

(5) 

(6) 

Included in cash and cash equivalents on the Consolidated Balance Sheet. 

Includes $59,431 recorded in cash and cash equivalents and $6,510 recorded in short-term investments on the 
Consolidated Balance Sheet. 

Includes $60,978 recorded in cash and cash equivalents and $1,101 recorded in short-term investments on the 
Consolidated Balance Sheet. 

Includes $3,436 recorded in cash and cash equivalents and $45,531 recorded in short-term investments on the 
Consolidated Balance Sheet. 

Includes $578 recorded in prepaid expenses and other assets and $397 recorded in other current liabilities on the 
Consolidated Balance Sheet (see Note 7). 

Includes $2,844 recorded in prepaid expenses and other assets and $4,986 recorded in other assets on the Consolidated 
Balance Sheet (see Note 14). 

80 

 
 
 
  
 
  
COHERENT, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued) 

Financial assets and liabilities measured at fair value as of October 2, 2010 are summarized below (in thousands): 

Money market fund deposits(1) 
Certificates of deposit(1) 
U.S. and international government obligations(2) 
Corporate notes and obligations(3) 
Commercial paper(4) 
Foreign currency contracts(5) 
Mutual funds—Deferred comp and supplemental plans(6) 

Quoted Prices in 
Active Markets 
for Identical 
Assets 
(Level 1) 

Significant 
Other 
Observable 
Inputs 
(Level 2) 

Total Fair 
Value 

$

39,677 $
—
—
—
—
—
6,711

—     $

90,986    
92,298    
15,445    
7,000    
1,401    
—    

39,677
90,986
92,298
15,445
7,000
1,401
6,711

(1) 

(2) 

(3) 

(4) 

(5) 

(6) 

Included in cash and cash equivalents on the Consolidated Balance Sheet. 

Includes $90,299 recorded in cash and cash equivalents and $1,999 recorded in short-term investments on the 
Consolidated Balance Sheet. 

Includes $1,303 recorded in cash and cash equivalents and $14,142 recorded in short-term investments on the 
Consolidated Balance Sheet. 

Includes $5,750 recorded in cash and cash equivalents and $1,250 recorded in short-term investments on the 
Consolidated Balance Sheet. 

Includes $1,636 recorded in prepaid expenses and other assets and $235 recorded in other current liabilities on the 
Consolidated Balance Sheet (see Note 7). 

Includes $2,340 recorded in prepaid expenses and other assets and $4,371 recorded in other assets on the Consolidated 
Balance Sheet (see Note 14). 

6. SHORT-TERM INVESTMENTS 

We consider all highly liquid investments with maturities of three months or less at the time of purchase to be cash 
equivalents. Investments classified as available-for-sale are reported at fair value with unrealized gains and losses, net of related 
income taxes, recorded as a separate component of other comprehensive income ("OCI") in stockholders' equity until realized. 
Interest and amortization of premiums and discounts for debt securities are included in interest income. Gains and losses on 
securities sold are determined based on the specific identification method and are included in other income (expense). 

Cash, cash equivalents and short-term investments consist of the following (in thousands): 

Cash and cash equivalents 
Short-term investments: 

Available-for-sale securities: 

Certificates of deposit 
International government obligations 
Corporate notes and obligations 
Total short-term investments 

$

$

$

Fiscal 2011 Year-end 

Cost Basis 

Unrealized Gains 

Unrealized Losses 

166,931 $

131 $

(1) $

Fair Value 
167,061

10 $
1
275
286 $

— $
(1)
(26)
(27) $

6,510
1,101
45,531
53,142

6,500 $
1,101
45,282
52,883 $

81 

 
 
  
    
  
   
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
COHERENT, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued) 

Cost Basis 

Unrealized Gains 

Unrealized Losses 

Fiscal 2010 Year-end 

Cash and cash equivalents 
Less: restricted cash 

Short-term investments: 

Available-for-sale securities: 

Commercial paper 
U.S. Treasury and agency obligations 
Corporate notes and obligations 
Total short-term investments 

$

$

$

$

246,004 $

(625)
245,379

1,250 $
1,999
14,062
17,311 $

Fair Value 
246,005

1 $

— $

(625 )
245,380

  $

— $
—
82
82 $

— $
—
(2)
(2) $

1,250
1,999
14,142
17,391

The amortized cost and estimated fair value of available-for-sale investments in debt securities at fiscal 2011 and 
2010 year-ends, classified as short-term investments on our consolidated balance sheet, were as follows (in thousands): 

Fiscal Year-end 

Due in less than 1 year 
Due beyond 10 years 
Total investments in available-for-sale debt securities $

$

Amortized Cost

2011 
Estimated Fair Value Amortized Cost    Estimated Fair Value
17,387
4

46,632 $
—

17,307     $ 

2010 

4    

46,383 $
—

46,383 $

46,632 $

17,311     $ 

17,391

During fiscal 2011, we received proceeds totaling $172.6 million from the sale of available-for-sale securities and realized 
gross gains of less than $0.1 million. During fiscal 2010, we received proceeds totaling $28.4 million from the sale of available-
for-sale securities and realized gross gains of less than $0.1 million. 

At October 1, 2011, gross unrealized losses on our investments with unrealized losses that are not deemed to be other-
than-temporarily impaired were $28,000 on corporate notes and obligations, certificates of deposit and government agency 
obligations of $29,198,000. 

7. DERIVATIVE INSTRUMENTS AND HEDGING ACTIVITIES 

All derivatives, whether designated in hedging relationships or not, are recorded on the balance sheet at fair value. We 
enter into foreign exchange forwards to minimize the risks of foreign currency fluctuation of specific assets and liabilities on the 
balance sheet; these are not designated as hedging instruments. 

We maintain operations in various countries outside of the United States and have foreign subsidiaries that manufacture 

and sell our products in various global markets. The majority of our sales are transacted in U.S. dollars. However, we do 
generate revenues in other currencies, primarily the Euro and the Japanese Yen. As a result, our earnings, cash flows and cash 
balances are exposed to fluctuations in foreign currency exchange rates. We attempt to limit these exposures through financial 
market instruments. We utilize derivative instruments, primarily forward contracts with maturities of two months or less, to 
manage our exposure associated with anticipated cash flows and net asset and liability positions denominated in foreign 
currencies. Gains and losses on the forward contracts are mitigated by gains and losses on the underlying instruments. We do 
not use derivative financial instruments for speculative or trading purposes. If a financial counterparty to any of our hedging 
arrangements experiences financial difficulties or is otherwise unable to honor the terms of the foreign currency hedge, we may 
experience material financial losses. 

For derivative instruments that are not designated as hedging instruments, gains and losses are recognized in other income 

(expense). 

82 

  
  
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
  
 
  
  
  
  
COHERENT, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued) 

The outstanding notional contract and fair value amounts of hedge contracts, with maximum maturity of 2 months are as 

follows (in thousands): 

Euro currency hedge contracts: 

Purchase 
Sell 

Net 
Other foreign currency hedge contracts: 

Purchase 
Sell 

Net 

U.S. Notional Contract Value 

U.S. Notional Fair Value 

October 1, 2011 October 2, 2010    October 1, 2011 October 2, 2010

$

$

$

$

42,488 $
—
42,488 $

25,686     $ 
—    
25,686     $ 

42,103 $
—
42,103 $

2,351 $

(16,783 )
(14,432) $

4,843     $ 
(9,444 )  
(4,601 )   $ 

2,355 $

(16,221)
(13,866) $

27,320
—
27,320

4,845
(9,679 )
(4,834)

The location and amount of non-designated derivative instruments' loss in the Consolidated Statements of Operations for 

the fiscal year ended October 1, 2011 and October 2, 2010 is as follows (in thousands): 

Derivatives not designated as hedging instruments 
Foreign exchange contracts 

Derivatives not designated as hedging instruments 
Foreign exchange contracts 

8. GOODWILL AND INTANGIBLE ASSETS 

Location of Loss 
Recognized in 
Income on Derivatives 

Amount of Gain or (Loss) 
Recognized 
in Income on Derivatives 

Fiscal Year Ended 
October 1, 2011 

Other income (expense)  $ 

14

Location of Loss 
Recognized in 
Income on Derivatives 

Amount of Gain or (Loss) 
Recognized 
in Income on Derivatives 

Fiscal Year Ended 
October 2, 2010 

Other income (expense)  $ 

203

During the first quarter of fiscal 2009, our stock price declined substantially which, combined with expectations of 
declines in forecasted operating results due to the slowdown in the global economy, led the Company to conclude that a 
triggering event for review for potential goodwill impairment had occurred. Accordingly, as of December 27, 2008, we 
performed an interim goodwill impairment evaluation. Goodwill is tested for impairment first by comparing each reporting 
unit's fair value to its respective carrying value. If such comparison indicates a potential impairment, then the impairment is 
determined as the difference between the recorded value of goodwill and its fair value. The performance of this test is a two-
step process. 

Step 1 of the impairment test involves comparing the fair values of the applicable reporting units with their aggregate 

carrying values, including goodwill. If the carrying amount of a reporting unit exceeds the reporting unit's fair value, we 
perform Step 2 of the goodwill impairment test to determine the amount of impairment loss. Step 2 of the goodwill impairment 
test involves comparing the fair value of the affected reporting unit's goodwill against the carrying value of that goodwill. 

The reporting units we evaluated for goodwill impairment were determined to be the same as our operating segments, 

Commercial Lasers and Components ("CLC") and Specialty Lasers and Systems ("SLS"). We determined the fair value of our 
reporting units for the Step 1 test using a weighting of the Income (discounted cash flow), Market and Transaction approach 
valuation methodologies. Management completed and reviewed the results of the Step 1 analysis and concluded that a Step 2 
analysis was required only for the CLC reporting unit. Our preliminary analysis indicated that the entire balance of the goodwill 
in the CLC reporting unit at that date was impaired and we recorded a non-cash goodwill impairment charge of $19.3 million in 

83 

 
  
 
  
  
  
    
  
  
  
    
  
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
  
COHERENT, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued) 

the first quarter of fiscal 2009. During the second quarter of fiscal 2009, we completed the Step 2 analysis for the CLC reporting 
unit as of December 27, 2008 and determined that no further adjustments for CLC were required. The estimated fair value of 
our SLS reporting unit exceeded its carrying value so no further impairment analysis was required for this reporting unit. 

During the second quarter of fiscal 2009, our expectations of declines in forecasted operating results due to the slowdown 
in the global economy and the further declines in our stock price led us to conclude that a second triggering event for review for 
potential goodwill impairment had occurred. Accordingly, as of April 4, 2009, we performed an interim goodwill impairment 
evaluation. This interim impairment evaluation utilized the same valuation techniques used in our impairment valuation in the 
first quarter of fiscal 2009. Based on the results of our Step 1 analysis for that period, we determined there was no additional 
goodwill impairment. During the remainder of fiscal 2009 and during fiscal 2010, we noted no indications of impairment or 
triggering events to cause us to review goodwill for potential impairment. We also noted no impairment during our annual 
testing which was performed during the fourth quarter of fiscal 2010 using the opening balance sheet as of the first day of the 
fourth quarter of fiscal 2010.  

Under the goodwill standards, a company may carry forward the detailed determination of the fair value of a reporting 

unit from one year to the next if certain criteria have been met. Those criteria include: the assets and liabilities that make up the 
reporting unit have not changed significantly since the most recent fair value determination, the most recent fair value 
determination resulted in an amount that exceeded the carrying amount of the reporting unit by a substantial margin, and based 
on an analysis of events that have occurred and circumstances that have changed since the most recent fair value determination, 
the likelihood that a current fair value determination would be less than the current carrying amount of the reporting unit is 
remote. 

Based on our analysis and a review of the criteria, using the opening balance sheet as of the first day of the fourth quarter 
of fiscal 2011, we determined that we had met the requirements of the goodwill standard for carrying forward our fair value 
determination from fiscal 2010, and did not perform detailed calculation of the fair value of our reporting units for fiscal 2011, 
but rather compared the fair values calculated in the prior year to the 2011 carrying values of our reporting units; based on our 
evaluation,  the  fair  values  of  each  of  the  two  operating  segments  significantly  exceeded  their  carrying  value  as  of  that  date.  
Between the completion of that testing and the end of the fourth quarter of fiscal 2011, we noted no indications of impairment 
or triggering events to cause us to review goodwill for potential impairment. 

The changes in the carrying amount of goodwill by segment for fiscal 2011 and 2010 are as follows (in thousands): 

Balance as of October 3, 2009 
Additions (see Note 4) 
Translation adjustments and other 
Balance as of October 2, 2010 
Additions (see Note 4) 
Translation adjustments and other 
Balance as of October 1, 2011 

Commercial 
Lasers and 
Components (1)   

Specialty 
Laser 
Systems (2) 

$

$

—    $ 

6,421   
(57 )  
6,364   
—   
1   
6,365    $ 

66,967 $
—
(2,535 )

64,432
5,807
(650)

69,589 $

Total 

66,967
6,421
(2,592 )

70,796
5,807
(649)

75,954

(1) Gross amount of goodwill for our CLC segment was $25.7 million at October 1, 2011 and October 2, 2010.  For both periods, the accumulated 

impairment loss for the CLC segment was $19.3 million reflecting an impairment charge in fiscal 2009. 

(2)  The gross amount of goodwill for our SLS segment was  $72.0 million and $66.8 million at October 1, 2011 and October 2, 2010, respectively.  For 

both periods, the accumulated impairment loss for the SLS segment was $2.4 million reflecting an impairment charge in fiscal 2003. 

84 

 
 
COHERENT, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued) 

The components of our amortizable intangible assets are as follows (in thousands): 

Existing technology 
Patents 
Order backlog 
Customer lists 
Trade name 
Non-compete agreement 
Production know-how 
In-process research and development 
Total 

$ 

Fiscal 2011 Year-end 

Gross 
Carrying 
Amount 

Accumulated
Amortization

52,283 $
7,246
—
9,807
3,566
837
910
1,217

(41,615) $
(7,220 )
—
(5,142 )
(2,504 )
(784)
(621)
—

Net 
10,668 $
26
—
4,665
1,062
53
289
1,217

$ 

75,866 $

(57,886) $

17,980 $

Fiscal 2010 Year-end 

Gross 
Carrying 
Amount 

Accumulated
Amortization

56,194     $ 
9,852    
5,361    
8,808    
3,766    
1,616    
910    
650    
87,157     $ 

(43,666) $
(9,326)
(5,054 )
(4,635)
(2,666 )
(1,583)
(296)
—

Net 
12,528
526
307
4,173
1,100
33
614
650

(67,226) $

19,931

The weighted average remaining amortization period for existing technology, patents, customer lists, trade name, non-

compete agreements, production know-how and in-process research and development are approximately 3 years, less than 
1 year, 3 years, 2 years, 3 years, 1 year and 3 years, respectively. Order backlog is fully amortized. Amortization expense for 
intangible assets during fiscal years 2011, 2010, and 2009 was $8.1 million, $8.0 million and $7.5 million, respectively, which 
includes $5.5 million, $5.5 million and $5.8 million, respectively, for amortization of existing technology and production know-
how. 

Estimated amortization expense for the next five fiscal years and all years thereafter are as follows (in thousands): 

2012 
2013 
2014 
2015 
2016 
Thereafter 
Total 

9. BALANCE SHEET DETAILS 

Prepaid expenses and other assets consist of the following (in thousands): 

Prepaid and refundable income taxes 
Prepaid expenses and other 
Total prepaid expenses and other assets 

85 

Estimated 
Amortization 
Expense 

6,839
4,500
3,366
2,001
1,184
90
17,980

$

$

Fiscal Year-end 

2011 

2010 

$ 

$ 

9,193   $
35,771  
44,964   $

8,407
26,595
35,002

 
 
  
  
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
  
 
COHERENT, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued) 

Other assets consist of the following (in thousands): 

Assets related to deferred compensation arrangements (see Note 14) 
Deferred tax assets 
Other assets 
Total other assets 

Fiscal Year-end 

2011 

2010 

$ 

$ 

22,737   $
37,156  
4,289  
64,182   $

21,418
53,219
4,884

79,521

On June 8, 2010, we invested $2.0 million in SiOnyx, Inc., a privately-held company focused on shallow junction 
photonics, used to enhance the performance of light sensing devices used in consumer, industrial, medical and defense related 
applications using black silicon processing. The investment is included in other assets and is being carried on a cost basis. 

Other current liabilities consist of the following (in thousands): 

Accrued payroll and benefits 
Accrued expenses and other 
Reserve for warranty 
Other taxes payable 
Customer deposits 
Accrued restructuring charges (Note 3) 
Deferred income 
Total other current liabilities 

Other long-term liabilities consist of the following (in thousands): 

Long-term taxes payable 
Deferred compensation (see Note 14) 
Deferred tax liabilities 
Deferred income 
Asset retirement obligations liability (see Note 2) 
Other long-term liabilities 
Total other long-term liabilities 

10. SHORT-TERM BORROWINGS 

Fiscal Year-end 

2011 

2010 

39,639   $
12,473  
16,704  
11,067  
3,210  
634  
14,893  
98,620   $

35,716
9,947
13,499
10,095
2,938
2,232
13,471
87,898

Fiscal Year-end 

2011 

2010 

27,775   $
22,685  
2,194  
2,636  
1,878  
5,673  
62,841   $

42,902
21,927
6,231
1,786
1,409
5,433
79,688

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

We have several lines of credit which allow us to borrow in the applicable local currency. We have a total of $20.6 
million of unsecured foreign lines of credit as of October 1, 2011. At October 1, 2011, we had used $2.1 million of these 
available foreign lines of credit which were used in Europe during fiscal 2011 as guarantees. In addition, our domestic line of 
credit includes a $40.0 million unsecured revolving credit account with Union Bank of California. The agreement, as amended, 
will expire on March 31, 2012 and is subject to covenants related to financial ratios and tangible net worth with which we are 
currently in compliance. No amounts have been drawn upon our domestic line of credit as of October 1, 2011. 

86 

 
 
  
  
 
  
  
 
  
  
 
  
  
COHERENT, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued) 

 11. LONG-TERM OBLIGATIONS 

The components of long-term obligations are as follows (in thousands): 

Capital leases 
Current portion 
Long-term obligations 

12. COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES 

Commitments 

We lease several of our facilities under operating leases. 

Fiscal Year-end 

2011 

2010 

$ 

$ 

34 $
(15)

19 $

51
(18)

33

Future minimum payments under our non-cancelable operating leases at October 1, 2011 are as follows (in thousands): 

Fiscal 
2012 
2013 
2014 
2015 
2016 
Thereafter 
Total 

$

$

8,465
7,039
5,523
4,596
4,400
13,822
43,845

Rent expense, exclusive of sublease income, was $10.1 million, $10.1 million and $11.8 million in fiscal 2011, 2010 and 

2009, respectively. Sublease income was less than $0.0 million, $0.1 million and $0.1 million for fiscal years 2011, 2010 and 
2009, respectively. 

As of October 1, 2011, we had total purchase commitments for inventory over the next year of approximately $71.5 

million and purchase obligations for fixed assets and services of $8.6 million compared to $37.6 million of purchase 
commitments for inventory and $3.6 million of purchase obligations for fixed assets and services at October 2, 2010. 

Contingencies 

We are subject to legal claims and litigation arising in the ordinary course of business, such as employment or intellectual 

property claims, including, but not limited to, the matters described below. The outcome of any such matters is currently not 
determinable. Although we do not expect that such legal claims and litigation will ultimately have a material adverse effect on 
our consolidated financial position or results of operations, an adverse result in one or more matters could negatively affect our 
results in the period in which they occur. 

Between February 15, 2007 and March 2, 2007, three purported shareholder derivative lawsuits were filed in the United 

States District Court for the Northern District of California against certain of the Company's current and former officers and 
directors. The Company is named as a nominal defendant. The complaints generally allege that the defendants breached their 
fiduciary duties and violated the securities laws in connection with the granting of stock options, the accounting treatment for 
such grants, the issuance of allegedly misleading public statements and stock sales by certain of the individual defendants. On 
May 30, 2007, these lawsuits were consolidated under the caption In re Coherent, Inc. Shareholder Derivative Litigation, Lead 
Case No. C-07-0955-JF (N.D. Cal.). On June 25, 2007, the plaintiffs filed an amended consolidated complaint. The Company's 
Board of Directors appointed a Special Litigation Committee ("SLC") comprised of independent director Sandeep Vij to 
investigate and evaluate the claims asserted in the derivative litigation and to determine what action(s) should be taken with 
respect to the derivative litigation. On September 8, 2009, Coherent, Inc., by and through the SLC, plaintiffs, and certain of 

87 

 
  
  
 
  
 
  
COHERENT, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued) 

Coherent's former and current officers and directors filed with the court a Stipulation of Settlement reflecting the terms of a 
settlement that would resolve all claims alleged in the consolidated complaint. On September 14, 2009, the United States 
District Court for the Northern District of California issued an order granting preliminary approval of the settlement of the three 
purported shareholder derivative lawsuits. On November 20, 2009, the court held a hearing for final approval of the settlement, 
and on November 24, 2009, the court entered an Order and Final Judgment, which approved the settlement and dismissed the 
action with prejudice. Following receipt of insurance proceeds and the payment of the plaintiff attorneys' fees and expenses, we 
received a net cash benefit of $2.2 million from the settlement on December 11, 2009, which was recorded in selling general 
and administrative expenses in the Consolidated Statement of Operations for the first quarter of fiscal 2010. 

13. STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY 

On April 29, 2010, we announced that the Board of Directors had authorized the repurchase of up to $50.0 million of our 

common stock. During fiscal 2010, we repurchased and retired 1,195,829 shares of outstanding common stock at an average 
price of $36.21 per share for a total of $43.3 million, excluding expenses. Such repurchases were accounted for as a reduction in 
additional paid in capital. At October 2, 2010, $6.7 million remained authorized for repurchase under our repurchase program.   

On January 26, 2011, the Board canceled this program and authorized the repurchase of up to $75.0 million of our 
common stock under a new program. The timing and size of any purchases would be subject to market conditions. The program 
was authorized for 12 months from the date of authorization.  

On February 10, 2011, we announced that the Company would repurchase up to 1,271,100 shares of our common stock 
through a modified “Dutch Auction” tender offer, following the completion or termination of the tender offer, terminating no 
later than March 11, 2011. On March 14, 2011, we completed our tender offer, repurchased and retired 454,682 shares of 
outstanding common stock at a price of $59.00 per share for a total of $26.8 million excluding expenses.  

During the third and fourth quarters of fiscal 2011, we repurchased and retired 1,024,409 shares of outstanding common 

stock at an average price of $47.03 per share for a total of $48.2 million, excluding expenses.  

On August 25, 2011, we announced that the Board of Directors had authorized the repurchase of up to $50.0 million of our 

common stock. The timing and size of any purchases will be subject to market conditions. The program is authorized for 12 
months from the date of authorization. During fiscal 2011, we repurchased and retired 586,200 shares of outstanding common 
stock at an average price of $42.67 per share for a total of $25.0 million, excluding expenses.  

All such repurchases were accounted for as a reduction in additional paid in capital.  At October 1, 2011, $25.0 million 

remained authorized for repurchase under our repurchase program.   

14. EMPLOYEE STOCK AWARD, OPTION AND BENEFIT PLANS 

Deferred Compensation Plans 

Under our deferred compensation plans ("plans"), eligible employees are permitted to make compensation deferrals up to 

established limits set under the plans and accrue income on these deferrals based on reference to changes in available 
investment options. While not required by the plan, the Company chooses to invest in insurance contracts and mutual funds in 
order to approximate the changes in the liability to the employees. These investments and the liability to the employees were as 
follows (in thousands): 

Cash surrender value of life insurance contracts 
Fair value of mutual funds 
Total assets 
Total assets, included in: 
Prepaid expenses and other assets 
Other assets 
Total assets 

88 

Fiscal Year-end 

2011 

2010 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

17,751 $
7,830
25,581 $

2,844 $
22,737
25,581 $

17,047
6,711
23,758

2,340
21,418
23,758

  
 
  
  
 
 
  
COHERENT, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued) 

Total deferred compensation liability, included in: 
Other current liabilities 
Other long-term liabilities 
Total deferred compensation liability 

Fiscal Year-end 

2011 

2010 

$ 

$ 

2,844 $
22,685

25,529 $

2,340
21,927

24,267

Life insurance premiums loads, policy fees and cost of insurance that are paid from the asset investments and gains and 

losses from the asset investments for these plans are recorded as components of other income or expense; such amounts were a 
net gain of $3.1 million (including a $1.5 million death benefit) in fiscal year 2011, a net gain of $0.7 million in fiscal year 2010 
and a net loss of $4.3 million in fiscal year 2009. Changes in the obligation to plan participants are recorded as a component of 
operating expenses and cost of sales; such amounts were an expense of $2.6 million in fiscal year 2011, an expense of $1.6 
million in fiscal year 2010 and a benefit of $3.6 million in fiscal year 2009. Liabilities associated with participant balances 
under our deferred compensation plans are affected by individual contributions and distributions made, as well as gains and 
losses on the participant's investment allocation election. 

Coherent Employee Retirement and Investment Plan 

Under the Coherent Employee Retirement and Investment Plan, we match employee contributions to the plan up to a 

maximum of 4% of the employee's individual earnings. Employees become eligible for participation on their first day of 
employment and for Company matching contributions after completing one year of service. The Company matching 
contribution percentage was decreased from 6% to 4% during fiscal 2009. Our contributions (net of forfeitures) during fiscal 
2011, 2010, and 2009 were $3.0 million, $2.6 million and $3.4 million, respectively. 

Employee Stock Purchase Plan 

We have an Employee Stock Purchase Plan ("ESPP") whereby eligible employees may authorize payroll deductions of up 

to 10% of their regular base salary to purchase shares at the lower of 85% of the fair market value of the common stock on the 
date of commencement of the offering or on the last day of the six-month offering period. During fiscal 2011, 2010 and 2009, a 
total of 144,147 shares, 229,172 shares and 224,226 shares, respectively, were purchased by and distributed to employees at an 
average price of $34.47, $18.50 and $19.83 per share, respectively. At fiscal 2011 year-end, we had 226,991 shares of our 
common stock reserved for future issuance under the plan. 

Stock Award and Option Plans 

We have a Stock Plan for which employees and non-employee directors are eligible participants. This Plan is the 2011 

Equity Incentive Plan (the "2011 Plan") which includes our options, time-based restricted stock units and market-based 
performance restricted stock units. In prior years, we have had a Stock Plan for which employees and service providers were 
eligible participants and a non-employee Directors' Stock Option Plan for which only non-employee directors were eligible 
participants. Those prior Plans have expired, and any future grants will be made from the 2011 Plan.  Under the 2011 Plan, 
Coherent may grant options and awards (time-based restricted stock units and market-based performance restricted stock units) 
to purchase up to 6,882,000 shares of common stock, of which 6,700,191 remain available for grant at fiscal 2011 year end.  

Employee options are generally exercisable between two and four years from the grant date at a price equal to the fair 
market value of the common stock on the date of the grant and generally vest 25% to 50% annually. The Company settles stock 
option exercises with newly issued shares of common stock. Grants to employees generally expire six years from the original 
grant date.   

Director options are automatically granted to our non-employee directors. Such directors initially receive a stock option 

for 24,000 shares exercisable over a three-year period and an award of restricted stock units of 2,000 shares. Beginning with the 
annual meeting of stockholders in 2011, the annual grant for non-employee directors became 3,500 shares of restricted stock 
units that vest on February 15 of the calendar year following the grant. 

Restricted stock awards and restricted stock units are independent of option grants and are typically subject to vesting 
restrictions—either time-based or performance-based conditions for vesting. Until restricted stock vests, shares (including those 
issuable upon vesting of the applicable restricted stock unit) are subject to forfeiture if employment terminates prior to the 
release of restrictions and cannot be transferred. 

89 

  
  
  
  
• 

• 

• 

COHERENT, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued) 

The service based restricted stock awards generally vest three years from the date of grant. 

The service based restricted stock unit awards are generally subject to annual vesting over three years from the 
date of grant. 

The market-based performance restricted stock unit award grants are generally either subject to annual vesting 
over three years from the date of grant or subject to a single vest measurement three years from the date of grant, 
depending upon achievement of performance measurements ("Performance RSUs") ") based on the performance 
of the Company's Total Shareholder Returns (as defined) compared with the performance of the Russell 2000 
Index. 

The Company previously granted Performance RSUs during the second quarter of fiscal 2009 which had a single vesting 

measurement date of November 14, 2010. These RSUs would have vested anywhere between 0% and 300% of the targeted 
amount based upon achievement by the Company of (a) an annual revenue threshold amount and (b) adjusted EBITDA 
percentage targets. The Company determined that the performance target had not been met and these awards were canceled in 
the first quarter of fiscal 2011 with no shares vesting.  

Fair Value of Stock Compensation 

We recognize compensation expense for all share-based payment awards based on the fair value of such awards. The 

expense is recognized on a straight-line basis over the respective requisite service period of the awards. 

Determining Fair Value 

Stock Options 

Valuation and amortization method—We estimate the fair value of stock options granted using the Black-Scholes-Merton 

option-pricing formula and a single option award approach. This fair value is then amortized on a straight-line basis over the 
requisite service periods of the awards, which is generally the vesting period. 

Expected Term—The expected term represents the period that our stock-based awards are expected to be outstanding and 

was determined based on historical experience of similar awards, giving consideration to the contractual terms of the stock-
based awards, vesting schedules and expectations of future employee behavior as influenced by changes to the terms of its 
stock-based awards. 

Expected Volatility—Our process for computing expected volatility considers both historical volatility and market-based 

implied volatility; however our estimate of expected forfeitures is based on historical employee data and could differ from 
actual forfeitures. 

Risk-Free Interest Rate—The risk-free interest rate used in the Black-Scholes-Merton valuation method is based on the 

implied yield currently available on U.S. Treasury zero-coupon issues with an equivalent remaining term. 

Expected Dividend—The expected dividend assumption is based on our current expectations about our anticipated 

dividend policy. 

The fair values of the Company's stock options granted to employees and shares purchased under the stock purchase plan 

for fiscal 2011, 2010 and 2009 were estimated using the following weighted-average assumptions: 

Expected life in years 
Expected volatility 
Risk-free interest rate 
Expected dividends 
Weighted average fair value per share 

Employee Stock 
Option Plans 
Fiscal 
2010 
4.6 

2011 
6.0 
36.1 % 33.0 %
2.0 %
1.1 %
— 
— 
8.27 
$16.26

$

$

Employee Stock 
Purchase Plans 
Fiscal 
2010 
0.5 
33.5 %
0.2 %
— 
   $  7.27 

$

2011 
0.5  
32.8 %  
0.1 %  
—  
$12.50

2009 
0.5 
50.7%
0.8%
— 
6.50 

2009 
4.2 
48.0%
2.0%
— 
8.95 

90 

  
 
  
  
  
 
 
 
COHERENT, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued) 

Time-Based Restricted Stock Units 

Time-based restricted stock units are fair valued at the closing market price on the date of grant.  

Market-Based Performance Restricted Stock Units 

During fiscal 2011, we granted market-based performance restricted stock units to officers and certain employees.  The 

performance stock unit agreements provide for the award of performance stock units with each unit representing the right to 
receive one share of Coherent, Inc. common stock to be issued after the applicable award period. The final number of units 
awarded for this grant will be determined as of vesting dates in November 2011, November 2012 and November 2013, based 
upon our total shareholder return over the performance period compared to the Russell 2000 Index and could range from a 
minimum of no units to a maximum of twice the initial award. The weighted average fair value for these performance units was 
$49.37 and was determined using a Monte Carlo simulation model incorporating the following weighted average assumptions: 

Risk-free interest rate 
Volatility 

0.65 %
38.8 %

We recognize the estimated cost of these awards, as determined under the simulation model, over the related service 

period, with no adjustment in future periods based upon the actual shareholder return over the performance period. 

Stock Compensation Expense 

The following table shows total stock-based compensation expense included in the Consolidated Statements of Operations 

for fiscal 2011, 2010 and 2009 (in thousands): 

Cost of sales 
Research and development 
Selling, general and administrative 
Income tax benefit 

Fiscal 2011 

Fiscal 2010 

$

$

1,331     $ 
1,474    
10,158    
(3,802 )  
9,161     $ 

949 $

1,174
6,333
(1,610 )
6,846 $

Fiscal 2009 
753
933
5,199
(1,084)
5,801

Total stock-based compensation cost capitalized as part of inventory during fiscal 2011 was $1.5 million. $1.3 million was 

amortized into income during fiscal 2011, which includes amounts capitalized in fiscal 2011 and amounts carried over from 
fiscal 2010. Total stock-based compensation cost capitalized as part of inventory during fiscal 2010 was $0.9 million. $0.9 
million was amortized into income during fiscal 2010, which includes amounts capitalized in fiscal 2010 and amounts carried 
over from fiscal 2009. Management has made an estimate of expected forfeitures and is recognizing compensation costs only 
for those equity awards expected to vest. 

At fiscal 2011 year-end, the total compensation cost related to unvested stock-based awards granted to employees under 

the Company's stock option and award plans but not yet recognized was approximately $12.0 million, net of estimated 
forfeitures of $1.2 million. This cost will be amortized on a straight-line basis over a weighted-average period of approximately 
1.3 years and will be adjusted for subsequent changes in estimated forfeitures. 

At fiscal 2011 year-end, the total compensation cost related to options to purchase common shares under the ESPP but not 

yet recognized was approximately $0.1 million. This cost will be amortized on a straight-line basis over a weighted-average 
period of approximately one month. 

The stock option exercise tax benefits reported in the statement of cash flows results from the excess tax benefits arising 
from tax deductions in excess of the stock-based compensation cost recognized, determined on a grant-by-grant basis. During 
fiscal 2011 and fiscal 2010, we recorded approximately $5.1 million and $0.9 million, respectively, of excess tax benefits as 
cash flows from financing activities. 

During fiscal 2010, we recorded cash-based compensation expense of $0.3 million for cash payments to employees for 

options that were not able to be exercised due to the internal stock option investigation. In addition, we recorded compensation 
expense of $0.5 million in fiscal 2009 for tax payments to be made to United States and United Kingdom tax authorities on 
behalf of employees in connection with discounted options previously exercised, for the adverse tax consequences associated 
with these discount options.  

91 

  
  
 
 
 
 
COHERENT, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued) 

Stock Options & Awards Activity 

The following is a summary of option activity for our Stock Option Plans for fiscal 2011, 2010 and 2009 (in thousands, 

except per share amounts and remaining contractual term in years): 

Weighted 
Average 
Exercise Price 
Per Share 

Weighted 
Average 
Remaining 
Contractual 
Term in Years 

Aggregate 
Intrinsic 
Value 

Number of 
Shares 

Outstanding at September 28, 2008 
Granted 
Exercised 
Forfeitures 
Expirations 
Outstanding at October 3, 2009 

Exercisable at October 3, 2009 

Outstanding at October 3, 2009 
Granted 
Exercised 
Forfeitures 
Expirations 
Outstanding at October 2, 2010 

Exercisable at October 2, 2010 

Outstanding at October 2, 2010 
Granted 
Exercised 
Forfeitures 
Expirations 
Outstanding at October 1, 2011 

Vested and expected to vest at October 1, 2011 
Exercisable at October 1, 2011 

2,880 $
499
(9 )
(26 )
(850 )

2,494 $

1,968 $

2,494 $
476
(1,004 )
(38 )
(35 )

1,893 $

1,118 $

1,893 $
24
(975 )
(21 )
(4 )

917 $

907 $

463 $

30.31    
22.30    
25.37    
25.94    
28.34    
29.44    
31.23    
29.44    
26.59    
29.09    
24.66    
31.95    
28.96    
31.69    
28.96    
44.74    
30.51    
24.97    
33.95    
27.80    
27.76    
29.19    

3.4 $

2.7 $

562

147

4.0 $

2.8 $

21,279

9,520

4.2 $

4.2 $

3.5 $

13,952

13,834

6,378

The aggregate intrinsic value is calculated as the difference between the exercise price of the underlying options and the 

quoted price of our common stock for in-the-money options. During fiscal 2011, 2010 and 2009, the aggregate intrinsic value of 
options exercised under the Company's stock option plans were $18.6 million, $6.0 million and $0.1 million, respectively, 
determined as of the date of option exercise. 

92 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
COHERENT, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued) 

The following table summarizes information about stock options outstanding at fiscal 2011 year-end: 

Options Exercisable 

Weighted 
Average 
Exercise 
Price per 
Share 

Range of Exercise Prices 
$15.21 - $22.98 
$23.16 - $23.16 
$26.16 - $26.16 
$27.93 - $32.02 
$32.10 - $32.10 
$32.95 - $32.95 
$33.71 - $33.71 
$35.01 - $35.01 
$35.36 - $35.36 
$44.74 - $44.74 
$15.21 - $44.74 

Options Outstanding 
Weighted 
Average 
Exercise 
Price per 
Share 

Weighted 
Average 
Remaining 
Contractual 
Life (Years) 

Number of 
Shares 

47,884 $

186,852
347,578
54,800
27,650
201,460
12,000
12,000
3,000
24,000

917,224 $

18.55
23.16
26.16
30.21
32.10
32.95
33.71
35.01
35.36
44.74

27.80

6.73    
3.13    
5.14    
7.49    
0.70    
2.01    
3.52    
4.49    
5.67    
9.97    
4.23    

Number of 
Shares 

34,600 $
62,483
72,291
39,800
27,650
201,460
12,000
12,000
1,000
—

463,284 $

18.08
23.16
26.16
29.54
32.10
32.95
33.71
35.01
35.36
—

29.19

There were 1,893,191 and 1,967,520 options exercisable as of fiscal 2010 and 2009 year-ends with weighted average 

exercise prices of $28.96 per share and $31.23 per share, respectively. 

The following table summarizes our restricted stock award and restricted stock unit activity for fiscal 2011, 2010 and 2009 

(in thousands, except per share amounts): 

Nonvested stock at September 27, 2008 
Granted 
Vested 
Forfeited 
Nonvested stock at October 3, 2009 
Granted 
Vested 
Forfeited 
Nonvested stock at October 2, 2010 
Granted 
Vested 
Forfeited 
Nonvested stock at October 1, 2011 

Time Based Restricted 
Stock Units 

Market-Based 
Performance Restricted 
Stock Units 

Weighted
Average 
Grant Date
Fair Value

Weighted
Average 
Grant Date
Fair Value

Number of 
Shares(2)   

Number of
Shares(1) 

341 $
178
(112)
(50)

357 $
245
(104)
(17)

481 $
191
(183)
(85)

29.70
22.38
30.72
30.22

25.66
26.73
25.87
23.87

26.22
45.44
26.17
29.20

404 $

34.71

—     $ 
—    
—    
—    
—     $ 
—    
—    
—    
—     $ 
101    
—    
—    
101     $ 

—
—
—
—

—
—
—
—

—
49.77
—
—

49.77

93 

 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
COHERENT, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued) 

__________________________________________ 

(1) 

(2) 

Service-based restricted stock vested during each fiscal year 

Performance-based awards and units included at 100% of target goal; under the terms of the awards, the recipient may 
earn between 0% and 200% of the award. 

At fiscal 2011 year-end, 6,700,191 options or restricted stock units were available for future grant under all plans. At 

fiscal 2011 year-end, all outstanding stock options have been issued under plans approved by our shareholders. 

15. ACCUMULATED OTHER COMPREHENSIVE INCOME (LOSS) 

Activity in accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) related to derivatives held by us, net of tax of $55,000 at 

October 3, 2009, is as follows (in thousands): 

Balance, October 3, 2009 
Changes in fair value of derivatives 
Net losses reclassified from OCI 
Balance, October 2, 2010 
Changes in fair value of derivatives 
Net losses reclassified from OCI 
Balance, October 1, 2011 

$

$

(85)
—
85

—
—
—

—

Accumulated other comprehensive income (net of tax) at fiscal 2011 and fiscal 2010 year-ends are comprised of 

accumulated translation adjustments of $51.2 million and $62.1 million, respectively.  

16. OTHER INCOME (EXPENSE), NET 

Other income (expense) includes other-net which is comprised of the following (in thousands): 

Foreign exchange gain (loss) 
Translation adjustment related to dissolution of Finland (1) 
Japan consumption tax benefit (2) 
Gain (loss) on deferred compensation investments, net (Note 14) 
Other—net 
Other income (expense), net 
_______________________________________________ 

2011 

1,457     $ 
6,511    
—    
3,149    
(59 )  
11,058     $ 

$

$

Fiscal 
2010 

(1,417 ) $
—
—
756
145

(516) $

2009 

(1,101 )
—
2,497
(4,305)
(46)

(2,955 )

(1) 

(2) 

In the second quarter of fiscal 2011, the Company had substantially completed the liquidation of its Finland operations 
and recognized in other income the accumulated translation gains for this subsidiary previously recorded in 
accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) on the consolidated balance sheet. 

The Japanese consumption tax (JCT) benefit was due to a two-year exemption, which ended in September 2009, from 
the JCT registration and filing requirements. 

94 

  
 
  
 
  
  
 
  
  
  
COHERENT, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued) 

17. INCOME TAXES 

The provision for (benefit from) income taxes on income (loss) before income taxes consists of the following (in 

thousands): 

Currently payable: 

Deferred: 

Federal 
State 
Foreign 

Federal 
State 
Foreign 

Provision for (benefit from) income taxes 

2011 

Fiscal 
2010 

2009 

$

$

(14,408) $ 
677
31,098

17,367

10,325
2,358
541

13,224
30,591 $ 

(7,776 ) $
(551 )
17,967  
9,640  

10,897  
1,418  
(892 )
11,423  
21,063   $

735
103
10,154

10,992

(10,126 )
(537 )
(865 )

(11,528 )

(536)

The components of income (loss) before income taxes consist of (in thousands): 

United States 
Foreign 
Income (loss) before income taxes 

2011 

32,993 $ 
90,836
123,829 $ 

$

$

Fiscal 
2010 

9,004   $
48,975  
57,979   $

2009 
(56,043)
20,188

(35,855)

The reconciliation of the income tax expense (benefit) at the U.S. Federal statutory rate (35% in fiscal years 2011, 2010 

and 2009) to actual income tax expense (benefit) is as follows (in thousands): 

Federal statutory tax expense (benefit) 
Valuation allowance 
Foreign taxes at rates less than U.S. rates, net 
Currency translation adjustments recognized 
Stock-based compensation 
State income taxes, net of federal income tax benefit 
Research and development credit 
Impairment of goodwill 
Deferred compensation 
Release of unrecognized tax benefits 
Release of interest accrued for unrecognized tax benefits 
Other 
Provision for (benefit from) income taxes 

2011 
43,340  
1,456 
(2,818 ) 
(2,424 ) 
885 
2,409 
(2,752 ) 
— 
(759 ) 
(7,090 ) 
(2,672 ) 
1,016 
30,591  

$ 

$ 

$

$

Fiscal 
2010 
20,293  
569  
(202 ) 
(490 ) 
1,313  
1,104  
(824 ) 
—  
(210 ) 
(84 ) 
(1,241 ) 
835  
21,063  

$

$

2009 
(12,549) 
6,756 
(403 ) 
— 
1,875 
(1,376 ) 
(2,525 ) 
6,750 
944 
— 
— 
(8 ) 
(536) 

Effective tax rate 

24.7 %

36.3 %

1.5 %

95 

 
  
  
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
 
 
  
  
 
  
  
The significant components of deferred tax assets and liabilities were (in thousands): 

Deferred tax assets: 

Reserves and accruals not currently deductible 
Operating loss carryforwards and tax credits 
Capital loss carryforwards 
Deferred service revenue 
Depreciation and amortization 
Inventory capitalization 
Stock-based compensation 
Competent authority offset to transfer pricing tax reserves 
Accumulated translation adjustment 
Other 

Valuation allowance 

Deferred tax liabilities: 

Gain on issuance of stock by subsidiary 
Depreciation and amortization 
Accumulated translation adjustment 
Other 

Net deferred tax assets 

Fiscal year-end 

2011 

2010 

$ 

$ 

26,580   $
55,950  
409  
2,018  
1,604  
1,795  
6,162  
9,513  
507  
137  
104,675  
(8,831 )
95,844  

21,131  
9,149  
—  
11,188  
41,468  
54,376   $

27,229
61,033
408
2,095
2,778
910
7,369
16,610
—
(1,107)

117,325
(7,377)

109,948

22,660
6,755
4,221
11,274

44,910

65,038

In determining our fiscal 2011, 2010 and 2009 tax provisions under ASC Subtopic 740, "Income Taxes", we calculated 

the deferred tax assets and liabilities for each separate tax entity. We then considered a number of factors including the positive 
and negative evidence regarding the realization of our deferred tax assets to determine whether a valuation allowance should be 
recognized with respect to our deferred tax assets. We determined that a valuation allowance was appropriate for a portion of 
the deferred tax assets of our California research and development tax credits, foreign tax attributes and net operating losses and 
capital loss carryforwards at fiscal 2011, 2010 and 2009 year-ends. 

During fiscal 2011, we increased our valuation allowance on deferred tax assets by $1.5 million to $8.8 million, primarily 

due to the reduced ability to utilize foreign tax attributes and net operating losses and the reduced ability to utilize California 
research and development tax credits as a result of releasing net unrecognized tax benefits under ASC 740-10 that supported the 
credits. 

96 

  
 
 
 
  
 
  
  
  
  
 
 
  
  
 
The net deferred tax asset is classified on the consolidated balance sheets as follows (in thousands): 

Current deferred income tax assets 
Current deferred income tax liabilities 
Non-current deferred income tax assets 
Non-current deferred income tax liabilities 
Net deferred tax assets 

Fiscal year-end 

2011 

2010 

$ 

$ 

22,057   $
(2,643 )
37,156  
(2,194 )
54,376   $

20,050
(2,000)
53,219
(6,231)

65,038

We have various tax attribute carryforwards which include the following: 

• 

• 

• 

• 

Foreign net operating loss carryforwards are $11.4 million, of which $9.3 million have no expiration date and of 
which $2.0 million will expire in fiscal years 2019 to 2030. A valuation allowance totaling $11.2 million has been 
recorded against the foreign net operating loss carryforwards since the recovery of the carryforwards are uncertain. 

Federal capital loss carryforwards of $1.0 million which will expire in fiscal year 2012 to 2015. State capital loss 
carryforwards of $1.0 million which will expire in fiscal 2012 to 2015. Full valuation allowances have been 
recorded against the federal capital loss and the state capital loss carryforwards since the recovery of the 
carryforwards are uncertain. 

Federal R&D credit carryforwards of $10.9 million which will expire in fiscal years 2025 to 2031. California 
R&D credit carryforwards of $15.1 million that have no expiration date. A valuation allowance totaling $4.4 
million, net of federal benefit, has been recorded against California R&D credit carryforwards since the recovery 
of the carryforwards are uncertain. 

Federal foreign tax credit carryforwards of $17.5 million which will expire in fiscal years 2016 to 2019. 

Included in the net deferred tax asset balance is $0.5 million of deferred tax liabilities related to the currency translation 

adjustment. The associated tax expenses are recorded as a part of other comprehensive income. 

The Tax Relief, Unemployment Insurance Reauthorization, and Job Creation Act of 2010 (“Act”), was enacted on 
December 17, 2010. Under the Act, the federal research and development credit was retroactively extended for amounts paid or 
incurred after December 31, 2009 through December 31, 2011. The effects of the change in the tax law are recognized in our 
first quarter of fiscal 2011, which is the quarter that the law was enacted.  

In addition to the federal legislation, the state of California approved its 2010-2011 budget on October 8, 2010 that 
includes modifications to the tax law provisions that were previously set to become effective with tax years beginning on or 
after January 1, 2011. Accordingly, we were able to benefit from additional research and development tax credits in fiscal year 
2011 that were previously limited.  

We are subject to taxation and file income tax returns in the U.S. federal jurisdiction and in many state and foreign 
jurisdictions. For U.S. federal income tax purposes, all years prior to 2005 are closed. The IRS audited the research and 
development credits generated in the years 1999 through 2001 and carried forward to future years. We received a notice of 
proposed adjustment (“NOPA”) from the IRS in October 2008 to decrease the amount of research and development credits 
generated in years 2000 and 2001. We signed a Closing Agreement with the IRS which allows additional research and 
development credits for the years 2000 and 2001, respectively.  During the fourth quarter of fiscal 2011, the Joint Committee on 
Taxation approved this agreement. We provided adequate tax reserves for adjustments to these research and development 
credits for the years 2000 and 2001. This settlement resulted in the closure of U.S. federal statutes of limitations for years 
through 2004 and we released net unrecognized tax benefits under ASC 740-10 and related interest of approximately $9.7 
million that affected the Company's effective tax rate for fiscal year 2011. In our major state jurisdictions and our major foreign 
jurisdictions, the years subsequent to 2000 and 2004, respectively, currently remain open and could be subject to examination 
by the taxing authorities. We believe that we have provided adequate reserves for any adjustments that may be determined by 
the tax authorities. 

97 

  
 
  
  
  
As of October 1, 2011, the total amount of gross unrecognized tax benefits was $33.7 million, of which $19.7 million, if 

recognized, would affect our effective tax rate. As of October 2, 2010, we recorded gross unrecognized tax benefits of $50.1 
million of which $27.9 million, if recognized, would affect our effective tax rate. Our total gross unrecognized tax benefit was 
classified as long-term taxes payable in the consolidated balance sheets. We include interest and penalties related to 
unrecognized tax benefits within the provision for income taxes. As of October 1, 2011, the total amount of gross interest and 
penalties accrued was $3.4 million, which is classified as long-term taxes payable in the consolidated balance sheets. As of 
October 2, 2010, we had accrued $6.9 million for the gross interest and penalties relating to the gross unrecognized tax benefits. 

Management believes that it has adequately provided for any adjustments that may result from tax examinations.  The 
Company regularly engages in discussions and negotiations with tax authorities regarding tax matters in various jurisdictions.  It 
is reasonably possible that certain federal, foreign and state tax matters may be concluded in the next 12 months. The Company 
estimates that the net unrecognized tax benefits and related interest at October 1, 2011 could be reduced by approximately $1.0 
million to $2.0 million in the next 12 months. 

A reconciliation of the change in gross unrecognized tax benefits, excluding interest and penalties, is as follows (in 

thousands): 

Balance as of the beginning of the year 
Tax positions related to current year: 
Additions 
Reductions 
Tax positions related to prior year: 
Additions 
Reductions 

Settlements 
Lapses in statutes of limitations 
Balance as of end of year 

2011 

Fiscal year-end 
2010 

2009 

$

43,254 $ 

50,370   $

45,211

739
—

496
(1,125)
(913)
(12,150)
30,301 $ 

646  
—  

—  
(6,607 )
(874 )
(281 )
43,254   $

1,610
—

3,549
—
—
—
50,370

$

The decrease in liabilities for unrecognized tax benefits from $43.3 million to $30.3 million resulted in a reduction of 

$13.0 million in our gross uncertain tax positions.  The IRS settlement resulted in the closure of U.S. federal statutes of 
limitations for years through 2004. The decrease in liabilities for unrecognized tax benefits related to the closure of U.S. federal 
statutes of limitations for years through 2004 is $12.2 million. We also recorded an offsetting reduction in deferred tax assets, 
primarily related to competent authority offsets for transfer pricing adjustments.  As a result, the impact on our effective tax rate 
for fiscal 2011 is $7.1 million excluding related interest.  

A summary of the fiscal tax years that remain subject to examination, as of October 1, 2011, for our major tax 

jurisdictions is: 

United States—Federal 
United States—Various States 
Netherlands 
Germany 
Japan 
United Kingdom 

2005—forward
2001—forward
2006—forward
2006—forward
2005—forward
2010—forward

18. SEGMENT AND GEOGRAPHIC INFORMATION 

We are organized into two reportable operating segments: Commercial Lasers and Components ("CLC") and Specialty 
Lasers and Systems ("SLS"). This segmentation reflects the go-to-market strategies for various products and markets. While 
both segments work to deliver cost-effective solutions, CLC focuses on higher volume products that are offered in set 
configurations. The product architectures are designed for easy exchange at the point of use such that product service and 
repairs are based upon advanced replacement and depot (i.e., factory) repair. CLC's primary markets include OEM components 

98 

  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
and instrumentation and materials processing. SLS develops and manufacturers configurable, advanced-performance products 
largely serving the microelectronics and scientific research markets. The size and complexity of many of our SLS products 
require service to be performed at the customer site by factory-trained field service engineers. 

We have identified CLC and SLS as operating segments for which discrete financial information was available. Both units 

have dedicated engineering, manufacturing, product business management and product line management functions. A small 
portion of our outside revenue is attributable to projects and recently developed products for which a segment has not yet been 
determined. The associated direct and indirect costs are presented in the category of Corporate and other, along with other 
corporate costs as described below. 

Our Chief Executive Officer has been identified as the chief operating decision maker (CODM) as he assesses the 
performance of the segments and decides how to allocate resources to the segments. Income (loss) from operations is the 
measure of profit and loss that our CODM uses to assess performance and make decisions. As assets are not a measure used to 
assess the performance of the company by the CODM, asset information is not tracked or compiled by segment and is not 
available to be reported in our disclosures. Income (loss) from operations represents the sales less the cost of sales and direct 
operating expenses incurred within the operating segments as well as allocated expenses such as shared sales and manufacturing 
costs. We do not allocate to our operating segments certain operating expenses, which we manage separately at the corporate 
level. These unallocated costs include stock-based compensation, corporate functions (certain research and development, 
management, finance, legal and human resources) and are included in the results below under Corporate and other in the 
reconciliation of operating results. Management does not consider unallocated Corporate and other costs in its measurement of 
segment performance. 

The following table provides sales and income (loss) from operations for our operating segments (in thousands): 

Net sales: 

Commercial Lasers and Components 
Specialty Laser Systems 
Corporate and other 

Total net sales 

Income (loss) from operations: 

Commercial Lasers and Components 
Specialty Laser Systems 
Corporate and other 

Total income (loss) from operations 

2011 

Fiscal 
2010 

$

$

$

$

283,098 $ 
519,736
—
802,834 $ 

37,709 $ 
116,383
(42,083)
112,009 $ 

208,691   $
396,276  
100  
605,067   $

2,472   $
85,002  
(30,594 )
56,880   $

2009 

125,619
310,163
100

435,882

(45,240)
31,751
(21,668 )

(35,157)

The following table provides a reconciliation of our total income (loss) from operations to net income (loss) (in 

thousands): 

Reconciliation of Income (Loss) From Operations to Net Income (Loss) 
Total income (loss) from operations 
Total other income (expense), net 

Income (loss) before income taxes 

Provision for (benefit from) income taxes 

Net Income (loss) 

Geographic Information 

2011 
112,009 $ 
11,820

123,829
30,591
93,238 $ 

$

$

Fiscal 
2010 

56,880   $
1,099  
57,979  
21,063  
36,916   $

2009 
(35,157)
(698 )

(35,855 )
(536 )

(35,319)

Our foreign operations consist primarily of manufacturing facilities in Europe and sales offices in Europe and Asia-

Pacific. Sales, marketing and customer service activities are conducted through sales subsidiaries throughout the world. 

99 

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
Geographic sales information for fiscal 2011, 2010 and 2009 is based on the location of the end customer. Geographic long-
lived asset information presented below is based on the physical location of the assets at the end of each year. 

Sales to unaffiliated customers are as follows (in thousands): 

SALES 
United States 
Foreign countries: 

Japan 
South Korea 
Germany 
Europe, other 
Asia-Pacific, other 
Rest of World 

Total foreign countries sales 

Total sales 

2011 
208,868 $ 

$

166,911
117,918
100,759
79,751
71,813
56,814

593,966
802,834 $ 

$

Fiscal 
2010 
196,633   $

103,009  
52,623  
88,518  
52,066  
63,896  
48,322  
408,434  
605,067   $

2009 
148,982

79,709
19,498
72,732
48,575
41,308
25,078

286,900

435,882

Long-lived assets, which include all non-current assets other than goodwill, intangibles and deferred taxes, by geographic 

region, are as follows (in thousands): 

LONG-LIVED ASSETS 
United States 
Foreign countries: 

Germany 
Europe, other 
Asia-Pacific 

Total foreign countries long-lived assets 

Total long-lived assets 

Fiscal Year-end 

2011 

2010 

$ 

81,955   $

82,776

39,832  
3,189  
4,550  
47,571  
129,526   $

26,561
2,795
2,506

31,862

114,638

$ 

For fiscal 2011, 2010 and 2009, no single customer accounted for 10% or more of total net sales. 

19. SUBSEQUENT EVENTS 

On November 15, 2011, we entered into a lease of approximately 33,000 square feet of buildings to be used for the 
creation of a customer service center in Yongin-si, South Korea. The lease, with annual rent of approximately $250,000, has a 
term of approximately six years with a four year extension.   

100 

  
 
  
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
  
  
QUARTERLY FINANCIAL INFORMATION (UNAUDITED) 

Summarized quarterly financial data for the years ended October 1, 2011 and October 2, 2010 are as follows (in 

thousands, except per share amounts): 

First 
Quarter 

Second 
Quarter 

Third 
Quarter 

Fourth 
Quarter 

Fiscal 2011: 
Net sales 
Gross profit 
Net income 
Net income per basic share 
Net income per diluted share 
Fiscal 2010: 
Net sales 
Gross profit 
Net loss 
Net loss per basic share 
Net loss per diluted share 
___________________________________ 

$ 

$ 
$ 

$ 

$ 
$ 

183,111   
82,394   
19,113  
0.77   
0.76   

122,815   
51,032   
4,179 (3) 
0.17  
0.17  

$

$
$

$

$
$

200,880   
88,769   
23,723 (1) 
0.94   
0.92   

149,157   
65,613   
8,480 (4) 
0.34  
0.34  

$

$
$

$

$
$

210,882     
90,162     
19,022    
0.76     
0.74     

  $

  $
  $

  $

166,697     
74,347     
14,404   (5)   
0.58    
0.57    

  $
  $

207,961   
89,497   
31,380 (2) 
1.27   
1.25   

166,398   
69,819   
9,853 (6) 
0.40  
0.39  

(1) 

(2) 

(3) 

(4) 

(5) 

(6) 

The second quarter of fiscal 2011 includes $5,918 of after tax gain from the dissolution of our Finland operations, of 
which a charge of $593 is recorded in cost of sales and a benefit of $6,511 is recorded in other income (expense), net 
and a $1,549 increase in valuation allowances against deferred tax assets. 

The fourth quarter of fiscal 2011 includes a $9,686 benefit from the release of tax reserves and related interest as a 
result of an IRS settlement and the closure of open tax years. 

The first quarter of fiscal 2010 includes $813 of after tax restructuring costs primarily related to the transition of 
activities out of Montreal, Canada, and Tampere, Finland and $1,438 after tax net payment from the settlement of 
litigation resulting from our internal stock option investigation. 

The second quarter of fiscal 2010 includes $978 of after tax restructuring costs primarily related to the transition of 
activities out of Montreal, Canada, and Tampere, Finland. 

The third quarter of fiscal 2010 includes $786 of after tax restructuring costs primarily related to the transition of 
activities out of Montreal, Canada, and Tampere, Finland. 

The fourth quarter of fiscal 2010 includes $3,209 of after tax restructuring costs primarily related to the loss on the sale 
of our Finland facility. 

101 

  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
    
  
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
    
  
 
  
  
Directors and Executive Officers  
of Coherent, Inc.

Board of Directors

Executive Officers

Garry W. Rogerson, Ph.D.
Chairman of the Board, Coherent, Inc. 
Chief Executive Officer, Advanced Energy Industries, Inc.

John R. Ambroseo, Ph.D.
President and Chief Executive Officer
Coherent, Inc.

John R. Ambroseo, Ph.D.
President and Chief Executive Officer
Coherent, Inc.

Jay T. Flatley
President and Chief Executive Officer
Illumina, Inc.

Helene Simonet
Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer
Coherent, Inc.

Mark Sobey, Ph.D.
Executive Vice President and General Manager, Specialty Laser Systems  
Coherent, Inc.

Susan James
Partner and Executive Board Member (retired)
Ernst & Young

Paul Sechrist
Executive Vice President, Worldwide Sales, Service and Marketing  
Coherent, Inc.

L. William Krause
President
LWK Ventures

Bret DiMarco
Executive Vice President, General Counsel and Corporate Secretary
Coherent, Inc.

Lawrence Tomlinson
Senior Vice President and Treasurer (retired)
Hewlett-Packard Company

Luis Spinelli
Executive Vice President and Chief Technology Officer
Coherent, Inc.

Sandeep Vij
President and Chief Executive Officer
MIPS Technologies, Inc.

Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm
Deloitte & Touche, LLP
San Jose, CA

SEC Form 10-K
Form 10-K was filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission  
on November 30, 2011 for the 2011 fiscal year.   
Copies will be made available without charge upon request.

COHR_AR2011_final.indd   6

1/18/12   10:45 AM

Directors and Executive Officers  

of Coherent, Inc.

Investor Relations

Coherent, Inc. 
Investor Relations
P.O. Box 54980
Santa Clara, CA  95056-0980
Telephone: (408) 764-4110
Fax:  (408) 970-9998
http://www.coherent.com 

Financial Information
Coherent invites security analysts and  
representatives of portfolio management  
firms to contact:

Helene Simonet
Executive Vice President and 
Chief Financial Officer
Coherent, Inc.
Telephone:  (408) 764-4110

Please send change of address and other  
correspondence to the transfer agent:

American Stock Transfer & Trust Company, LLC
59 Maiden Lane
New York, NY  10038
www.amstock.com
Telephone:  (800) 937-5449
dansbro@amstock.com
http://www.amstock.com

Annual meeting of shareholders will be held on 
February 28, 2012 at 8:00 a.m.

Stock Symbol
Common Stock traded under the symbol 
COHR

Coherent, Inc. is an equal opportunity employer, M/F/H/V

SPECIAL NOTE REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING DOCUMENTS: Except for 
historical statements, this annual report contains certain “forward-looking 
statements” within the meaning of Section 27A of the Securities Act of 1933 and 
Section 21E of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934. Actual results, events and 
performance may differ materially.Readers are cautioned not to place undue 
reliance on these forward-looking statements, which speak only as of the date 
hereof. The Company undertakes no obligation to release publicly the results of 
any revisions to these forward-looking statements that may be made to reflect 
events or circumstances after the date hereof or to reflect the occurrence of 
unanticipated events. 

Readers are encouraged to refer to the risk disclosures described in the  
Company’s Form 10-K 10-K/A, 10-Q and 8-K, as applicable.

COHR_AR2011_final.indd   7

1/18/12   10:45 AM

 
 
 
 
 
Coherent, Inc.
5100 Patrick Henry Drive
Santa Clara, CA  95054

www.Coherent.com

Printed in the U.S.A.  MC-009-12-5M0112
Copyright © 2012 Coherent, Inc.

COHR_AR2011_final.indd   8

1/18/12   10:45 AM